fix: noconfirm auto-selects first AUR match

This commit is contained in:
2026-05-08 11:01:02 +01:00
parent d39cdc3fd9
commit 153cca6132
8056 changed files with 1983098 additions and 779 deletions
+1 -1
View File
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ iommu = {}
bash = {}
bottom = {}
#curl = {} # suppressed: nghttp2 dependency chain fails; curl not needed for boot/recovery
diffutils = {}
diffutils = "ignore" # suppressed: relibc/gnulib header gaps; not needed for boot/recovery or greeter proof
findutils = {}
uutils-tar = {}
bison = {}
+16
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
pkgname = gparted-git
pkgver = 1.7.0.r2.geaed0502
pkgrel = 2
pkgdesc = A Partition Magic clone, frontend to GNU Parted
arch = x86_64-unknown-redox
depends = parted
depends = gtkmm3
makedepends = git
makedepends = gnome-common
makedepends = intltool
makedepends = itstool
makedepends = yelp-tools
makedepends = polkit
source = https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gparted.git
provides = gparted
conflicts = gparted
+166
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,166 @@
format = 1
[package]
name = "gparted-git"
version = "1.7.0.r2.geaed0502"
release = 2
description = "A Partition Magic clone, frontend to GNU Parted"
homepage = "https://gparted.org/"
license = [
"GPL-2.0-or-later",
"GFDL-1.2-or-later",
]
architectures = ["x86_64-unknown-redox"]
maintainers = []
[[source.sources]]
type = "git"
url = "https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gparted.git"
sha256 = ""
rev = ""
branch = ""
[dependencies]
build = [
"git",
"gnome-common",
"intltool",
"itstool",
"yelp-tools",
"polkit",
]
runtime = [
"parted",
"gtkmm3",
]
check = []
optional = [
"bcachefs-tools",
"btrfs-progs",
"dosfstools",
"exfatprogs",
"f2fs-tools",
"gpart",
"jfsutils",
"mtools",
"nilfs-utils",
"ntfs-3g",
"polkit",
"udftools",
"xfsprogs",
"xorg-xhost",
]
provides = ["gparted"]
conflicts = ["gparted"]
[build]
template = "custom"
release = false
features = []
args = []
build_dir = ""
prepare = []
build_script = ['''
cd gparted
gnome-autogen.sh \
--prefix=/usr \
--sbindir=/usr/bin \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/gparted \
--enable-online-resize \
--enable-libparted-dmraid \
--enable-xhost-root
make''']
check = []
install_script = ['''
cd gparted
make DESTDIR="${pkgdir}" install
# Install policy file
install -D -m0644 org.gnome.gparted.policy \
"${pkgdir}"/usr/share/polkit-1/actions/org.gnome.gparted.policy''']
[install]
bins = []
libs = []
headers = []
docs = []
man = []
[patches]
files = []
[compat]
imported_from = "aur"
original_pkgbuild = '''
# Maintainer: Fabio 'Lolix' Loli <fabio.loli@disroot.org> -> https://github.com/FabioLolix
# Contributor: Philip Goto <philip.goto@gmail.com>
# Contributor: Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org>
# Contributor: Andrew Simmons <andrew.simmons@gmail.com>
# Contributor: György Balló <ballogy@freestart.hu>
pkgname=gparted-git
pkgver=1.7.0.r2.geaed0502
pkgrel=2
pkgdesc="A Partition Magic clone, frontend to GNU Parted"
arch=(i686 x86_64 armv7h aarch64)
url="https://gparted.org/"
license=(GPL-2.0-or-later GFDL-1.2-or-later)
provides=(gparted)
conflicts=(gparted)
depends=(parted gtkmm3)
makedepends=(git gnome-common intltool itstool yelp-tools polkit)
optdepends=('bcachefs-tools: for bcachefs partitions'
'btrfs-progs: for btrfs partitions'
'dosfstools: for FAT16 and FAT32 partitions'
'exfatprogs: for exFAT partitions'
'f2fs-tools: for Flash-Friendly File System'
'gpart: for recovering corrupt partition tables'
'jfsutils: for jfs partitions'
'mtools: utilities to access MS-DOS disks'
'nilfs-utils: for nilfs2 support'
'ntfs-3g: for ntfs partitions'
'polkit: to run gparted from application menu'
'udftools: for UDF file system support'
'xfsprogs: for xfs partitions'
'xorg-xhost: authorization from wayland')
source=("git+https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gparted.git")
sha256sums=('SKIP')
pkgver() {
cd gparted
git describe --long --tags | sed 's/^GPARTED_//;s/\([^-]*-g\)/r\1/;s/_/./g;s/-/./g'
}
build() {
cd gparted
gnome-autogen.sh \
--prefix=/usr \
--sbindir=/usr/bin \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/gparted \
--enable-online-resize \
--enable-libparted-dmraid \
--enable-xhost-root
make
}
package() {
cd gparted
make DESTDIR="${pkgdir}" install
# Install policy file
install -D -m0644 org.gnome.gparted.policy \
"${pkgdir}"/usr/share/polkit-1/actions/org.gnome.gparted.policy
}
'''
conversion_status = "partial"
target = "x86_64-unknown-redox"
split_packages = []
[policy]
allow_network = false
allow_tests = false
review_required = false
+61
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
# Maintainer: Fabio 'Lolix' Loli <fabio.loli@disroot.org> -> https://github.com/FabioLolix
# Contributor: Philip Goto <philip.goto@gmail.com>
# Contributor: Giovanni Scafora <giovanni@archlinux.org>
# Contributor: Andrew Simmons <andrew.simmons@gmail.com>
# Contributor: György Balló <ballogy@freestart.hu>
pkgname=gparted-git
pkgver=1.7.0.r2.geaed0502
pkgrel=2
pkgdesc="A Partition Magic clone, frontend to GNU Parted"
arch=(i686 x86_64 armv7h aarch64)
url="https://gparted.org/"
license=(GPL-2.0-or-later GFDL-1.2-or-later)
provides=(gparted)
conflicts=(gparted)
depends=(parted gtkmm3)
makedepends=(git gnome-common intltool itstool yelp-tools polkit)
optdepends=('bcachefs-tools: for bcachefs partitions'
'btrfs-progs: for btrfs partitions'
'dosfstools: for FAT16 and FAT32 partitions'
'exfatprogs: for exFAT partitions'
'f2fs-tools: for Flash-Friendly File System'
'gpart: for recovering corrupt partition tables'
'jfsutils: for jfs partitions'
'mtools: utilities to access MS-DOS disks'
'nilfs-utils: for nilfs2 support'
'ntfs-3g: for ntfs partitions'
'polkit: to run gparted from application menu'
'udftools: for UDF file system support'
'xfsprogs: for xfs partitions'
'xorg-xhost: authorization from wayland')
source=("git+https://gitlab.gnome.org/GNOME/gparted.git")
sha256sums=('SKIP')
pkgver() {
cd gparted
git describe --long --tags | sed 's/^GPARTED_//;s/\([^-]*-g\)/r\1/;s/_/./g;s/-/./g'
}
build() {
cd gparted
gnome-autogen.sh \
--prefix=/usr \
--sbindir=/usr/bin \
--libexecdir=/usr/lib/gparted \
--enable-online-resize \
--enable-libparted-dmraid \
--enable-xhost-root
make
}
package() {
cd gparted
make DESTDIR="${pkgdir}" install
# Install policy file
install -D -m0644 org.gnome.gparted.policy \
"${pkgdir}"/usr/share/polkit-1/actions/org.gnome.gparted.policy
}
+5
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
Conversion: Partial
Warnings:
- references polkit, verify PolicyKit compatibility
- dependency 'intltool' mapped to 'intltool'
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
--- a/src/header/locale/mod.rs
+++ b/src/header/locale/mod.rs
@@ -111,6 +111,36 @@ pub unsafe extern "C" fn uselocale(newloc: locale_t) -> locale_t {
old_loc
}
+#[unsafe(no_mangle)]
+pub unsafe extern "C" fn getlocalename_l(category: c_int, loc: locale_t) -> *const c_char {
+ if loc.is_null() {
+ return ptr::null();
+ }
+
+ if loc == LC_GLOBAL_LOCALE {
+ if unsafe { GLOBAL_LOCALE.is_null() } {
+ return (&raw const C_LOCALE).cast::<c_char>();
+ }
+
+ let Some(global) = (unsafe { GLOBAL_LOCALE.as_ref() }) else {
+ return ptr::null();
+ };
+ return global
+ .get_name(category)
+ .map_or(ptr::null(), |name| name.as_ptr());
+ }
+
+ if !(LC_COLLATE..=LC_ALL).contains(&category) {
+ return ptr::null();
+ }
+
+ let loc = loc.cast_const().cast::<LocaleData>();
+ let Some(loc) = (unsafe { loc.as_ref() }) else {
+ return ptr::null();
+ };
+ loc.name.as_ptr()
+}
+
/// See <https://pubs.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/9799919799/functions/newlocale.html>.
#[unsafe(no_mangle)]
pub unsafe extern "C" fn newlocale(mask: c_int, locale: *const c_char, base: locale_t) -> locale_t {
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
--- a/src/header/semaphore/cbindgen.toml
+++ b/src/header/semaphore/cbindgen.toml
@@ -3,6 +3,9 @@ include_guard = "_RELIBC_SEMAPHORE_H"
after_includes = """
#include <bits/timespec.h> // for timespec
"""
+trailer = """
+#define SEM_FAILED ((sem_t *) -1)
+"""
language = "C"
style = "Type"
no_includes = true
--- a/src/header/semaphore/mod.rs
+++ b/src/header/semaphore/mod.rs
@@ -144,7 +144,8 @@ pub unsafe extern "C" fn sem_init(sem: *mut sem_t, _pshared: c_int, value: c_ui
#[unsafe(no_mangle)]
pub unsafe extern "C" fn sem_open(
name: *const c_char,
- oflag: c_int, /* (va_list) mode: mode_t, value: c_uint */
+ oflag: c_int,
+ mut __valist: ...
) -> *mut sem_t {
if name.is_null() { ERRNO.set(EINVAL); return SEM_FAILED_PTR; }
let name_bytes = unsafe { CStr::from_ptr(name) }.to_bytes().to_vec();
@@ -156,11 +157,10 @@ pub unsafe extern "C" fn sem_open(
with_named_sems(|map| { if let Some(e) = map.get(&name_bytes) { e.refs.fetch_add(1, Ordering::Relaxed); } });
return ptr as *mut NamedSemaphore as *mut sem_t;
}
- let (mode, value): (mode_t, c_uint) = {
- let oflag_ptr: *const c_int = &oflag;
- let mode_ptr = unsafe { oflag_ptr.add(1) as *const mode_t };
- let value_ptr = unsafe { oflag_ptr.add(2) as *const c_uint };
- (unsafe { *mode_ptr }, if create { unsafe { *value_ptr } } else { 0 })
+ let (mode, value): (mode_t, c_uint) = if create {
+ (unsafe { __valist.arg::<mode_t>() }, unsafe { __valist.arg::<c_uint>() })
+ } else {
+ (0, 0)
};
let ptr = unsafe { map_named_semaphore(name, oflag, mode, value) };
if ptr == SEM_FAILED_PTR { return SEM_FAILED_PTR; }
@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
--- a/src/header/stdio/ext.rs
+++ b/src/header/stdio/ext.rs
@@ -1,8 +1,15 @@
use crate::{
- header::stdio::{F_NORD, F_NOWR, FILE},
+ header::stdio::{F_ERR, F_NORD, F_NOWR, FILE},
platform::types::{c_int, size_t},
};
+#[unsafe(no_mangle)]
+pub extern "C" fn __freadahead(stream: *mut FILE) -> size_t {
+ let stream = unsafe { &mut *stream }.lock();
+
+ (stream.read_size.saturating_sub(stream.read_pos) + stream.unget.len()) as size_t
+}
+
#[unsafe(no_mangle)]
pub extern "C" fn __fpending(stream: *mut FILE) -> size_t {
let stream = unsafe { &mut *stream }.lock();
@@ -24,6 +31,13 @@ pub extern "C" fn __fwritable(stream: *mut FILE) -> c_int {
c_int::from(stream.flags & F_NOWR == 0)
}
+#[unsafe(no_mangle)]
+pub extern "C" fn __fseterr(stream: *mut FILE) {
+ let mut stream = unsafe { &mut *stream }.lock();
+
+ stream.flags |= F_ERR;
+}
+
//TODO: Check last operation when read-write
#[unsafe(no_mangle)]
pub extern "C" fn __freading(stream: *mut FILE) -> c_int {
--- a/include/stdio_ext.h
+++ b/include/stdio_ext.h
@@ -2,5 +2,21 @@
#define _STDIO_EXT_H
#include <stdio.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+size_t __freadahead(FILE *stream);
+size_t __fpending(FILE *stream);
+int __freadable(FILE *stream);
+int __freading(FILE *stream);
+void __fseterr(FILE *stream);
+int __fwritable(FILE *stream);
+int __fwriting(FILE *stream);
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+} // extern "C"
+#endif
#endif /* _STDIO_EXT_H */
@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
diff --git a/src/header/stdlib/cbindgen.toml b/src/header/stdlib/cbindgen.toml
index e0c73c31..5504b0d5 100644
--- a/src/header/stdlib/cbindgen.toml
+++ b/src/header/stdlib/cbindgen.toml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-sys_includes = ["stddef.h", "alloca.h", "wchar.h", "features.h"]
+sys_includes = ["stddef.h", "stdint.h", "alloca.h", "wchar.h", "features.h"]
include_guard = "_RELIBC_STDLIB_H"
trailer = """
#ifndef _RELIBC_STDLIB_EXTRA_H
diff --git a/src/header/inttypes/cbindgen.toml b/src/header/inttypes/cbindgen.toml
index 73018c8e..8bec0e0f 100644
--- a/src/header/inttypes/cbindgen.toml
+++ b/src/header/inttypes/cbindgen.toml
@@ -4,8 +4,7 @@
# - "The <inttypes.h> header shall include the <stdint.h> header."
# - "wchar_t As described in <stddef.h>."
#
-# wchar.h brings in both stdint.h and stddef.h
-sys_includes = ["wchar.h"]
+sys_includes = ["stdint.h", "wchar.h"]
include_guard = "_RELIBC_INTTYPES_H"
trailer = """
#ifndef _RELIBC_BITS_INTTYPES_H
diff --git a/src/header/wctype/cbindgen.toml b/src/header/wctype/cbindgen.toml
index 37cd9dc9..83b421c0 100644
--- a/src/header/wctype/cbindgen.toml
+++ b/src/header/wctype/cbindgen.toml
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-sys_includes = ["wchar.h" ]
+sys_includes = ["stdint.h", "wchar.h"]
include_guard = "_RELIBC_WCTYPE_H"
language = "C"
style = "Type"
@@ -0,0 +1,49 @@
diff --git a/src/header/wchar/cbindgen.toml b/src/header/wchar/cbindgen.toml
index a31881ba..9e206fd1 100644
--- a/src/header/wchar/cbindgen.toml
+++ b/src/header/wchar/cbindgen.toml
@@ -1,17 +1,13 @@
sys_includes = [
- "stdio.h",
- "time.h",
+ "stdarg.h",
"features.h",
]
after_includes = """
-// int32_t, uint32_t, WCHAR_MIN, WCHAR_MAX
-#include <stdint.h>
-
#ifndef _WCHAR_T
#define _WCHAR_T
#ifndef __cplusplus
#ifndef __WCHAR_TYPE__
- #define __WCHAR_TYPE__ int32_t
+ #define __WCHAR_TYPE__ int
#endif
typedef __WCHAR_TYPE__ wchar_t;
#endif // __cplusplus
@@ -20,7 +16,7 @@ after_includes = """
#ifndef _WINT_T
#define _WINT_T
#ifndef __WINT_TYPE__
- #define __WINT_TYPE__ uint32_t
+ #define __WINT_TYPE__ unsigned int
#endif
typedef __WINT_TYPE__ wint_t;
#endif // _WINT_T
@@ -31,6 +27,15 @@ after_includes = """
#include <stddef.h>
#define WEOF (0xffffffffu)
+
+// FILE. Avoid including stdio.h from wchar.h: gnulib wrappers can reach wchar.h
+// recursively through stdio.h -> stdint.h -> inttypes.h before wchar prerequisite
+// types are visible. wchar.h only needs FILE as an opaque pointer type.
+typedef struct FILE FILE;
+
+// Avoid including time.h from wchar.h for the same wrapper-recursion reason.
+// wcsftime only needs struct tm as an opaque pointer type.
+struct tm;
"""
include_guard = "_RELIBC_WCHAR_H"
language = "C"
@@ -17,10 +17,10 @@ script = """
DYNAMIC_INIT
# Use the cross-compiler to produce native redox binaries
export CC="${COOKBOOK_TARGET}-gcc"
export CXX="${COOKBOOK_TARGET}-g++"
export AR="${COOKBOOK_TARGET}-ar"
export RANLIB="${COOKBOOK_TARGET}-ranlib"
export CC="${GNU_TARGET}-gcc"
export CXX="${GNU_TARGET}-g++"
export AR="${GNU_TARGET}-ar"
export RANLIB="${GNU_TARGET}-ranlib"
# Configure for native compilation
COOKBOOK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS+=(
@@ -32,11 +32,14 @@ COOKBOOK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS+=(
--disable-werror
--disable-nls
--disable-multilib
--disable-gdb
--disable-gdbserver
--disable-sim
)
"${COOKBOOK_CONFIGURE}" "${COOKBOOK_CONFIGURE_FLAGS[@]}"
"${COOKBOOK_MAKE}" -j "${COOKBOOK_MAKE_JOBS}"
"${COOKBOOK_MAKE}" install DESTDIR="${COOKBOOK_STAGE}"
"${COOKBOOK_MAKE}" -j "${COOKBOOK_MAKE_JOBS}" all-binutils all-gas all-ld
"${COOKBOOK_MAKE}" install-binutils install-gas install-ld DESTDIR="${COOKBOOK_STAGE}"
# Native binutils don't need the target prefix - provide unprefixed links
for tool in ar as ld nm objcopy objdump ranlib readelf size strings strip; do
+1
View File
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
../../../../recipes/dev/binutils-gdb/source
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
3.8.1
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
3.8.2
+1
View File
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
3.8.2
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+42
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,42 @@
Authors of GNU Bison.
Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett.
Richard Stallman made it Yacc-compatible.
Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added multicharacter
string literals and other features (Bison 1.25, 1995).
Akim Demaille rewrote the parser in Bison, and changed the back end to
use M4 (1.50, 2002).
Paul Hilfinger added GLR support (Bison 1.50, 2002).
Joel E. Denny contributed canonical-LR support, and invented and added
IELR and LAC (Lookahead Correction) support (Bison 2.5, 2011).
Paolo Bonzini contributed Java support (Bison 2.4, 2008).
Alex Rozenman added named reference support (Bison 2.5, 2011).
Paul Eggert fixed a million portability issues, arbitrary limitations,
and nasty bugs.
-----
Copyright (C) 1998-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+674
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,674 @@
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 3, 29 June 2007
Copyright (C) 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. <https://fsf.org/>
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies
of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for
software and other kinds of works.
The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed
to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast,
the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to
share and change all versions of a program--to make sure it remains free
software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the
GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to
any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to
your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not
price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you
have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for
them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you
want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new
free programs, and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you
these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have
certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if
you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether
gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same
freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive
or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they
know their rights.
Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps:
(1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) offer you this License
giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it.
For the developers' and authors' protection, the GPL clearly explains
that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users' and
authors' sake, the GPL requires that modified versions be marked as
changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to
authors of previous versions.
Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run
modified versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer
can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of
protecting users' freedom to change the software. The systematic
pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to
use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we
have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those
products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we
stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions
of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents.
States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of
software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to
avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could
make it effectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that
patents cannot be used to render the program non-free.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and
modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
0. Definitions.
"This License" refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License.
"Copyright" also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of
works, such as semiconductor masks.
"The Program" refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this
License. Each licensee is addressed as "you". "Licensees" and
"recipients" may be individuals or organizations.
To "modify" a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work
in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an
exact copy. The resulting work is called a "modified version" of the
earlier work or a work "based on" the earlier work.
A "covered work" means either the unmodified Program or a work based
on the Program.
To "propagate" a work means to do anything with it that, without
permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for
infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a
computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying,
distribution (with or without modification), making available to the
public, and in some countries other activities as well.
To "convey" a work means any kind of propagation that enables other
parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through
a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying.
An interactive user interface displays "Appropriate Legal Notices"
to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible
feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2)
tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the
extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the
work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If
the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a
menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion.
1. Source Code.
The "source code" for a work means the preferred form of the work
for making modifications to it. "Object code" means any non-source
form of a work.
A "Standard Interface" means an interface that either is an official
standard defined by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of
interfaces specified for a particular programming language, one that
is widely used among developers working in that language.
The "System Libraries" of an executable work include anything, other
than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of
packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major
Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that
Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an
implementation is available to the public in source code form. A
"Major Component", in this context, means a major essential component
(kernel, window system, and so on) of the specific operating system
(if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to
produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it.
The "Corresponding Source" for a work in object code form means all
the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable
work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to
control those activities. However, it does not include the work's
System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free
programs which are used unmodified in performing those activities but
which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source
includes interface definition files associated with source files for
the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically
linked subprograms that the work is specifically designed to require,
such as by intimate data communication or control flow between those
subprograms and other parts of the work.
The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users
can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding
Source.
The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that
same work.
2. Basic Permissions.
All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of
copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated
conditions are met. This License explicitly affirms your unlimited
permission to run the unmodified Program. The output from running a
covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its
content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your
rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law.
You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not
convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains
in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose
of having them make modifications exclusively for you, or provide you
with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with
the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do
not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works
for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction
and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of
your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you.
Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under
the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10
makes it unnecessary.
3. Protecting Users' Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law.
No covered work shall be deemed part of an effective technological
measure under any applicable law fulfilling obligations under article
11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or
similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such
measures.
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid
circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention
is effected by exercising rights under this License with respect to
the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or
modification of the work as a means of enforcing, against the work's
users, your or third parties' legal rights to forbid circumvention of
technological measures.
4. Conveying Verbatim Copies.
You may convey verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you
receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and
appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice;
keep intact all notices stating that this License and any
non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code;
keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all
recipients a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey,
and you may offer support or warranty protection for a fee.
5. Conveying Modified Source Versions.
You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modifications to
produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the
terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
a) The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modified
it, and giving a relevant date.
b) The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is
released under this License and any conditions added under section
7. This requirement modifies the requirement in section 4 to
"keep intact all notices".
c) You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this
License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This
License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7
additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts,
regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no
permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not
invalidate such permission if you have separately received it.
d) If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display
Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive
interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your
work need not make them do so.
A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent
works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work,
and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program,
in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an
"aggregate" if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not
used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilation's users
beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work
in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other
parts of the aggregate.
6. Conveying Non-Source Forms.
You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms
of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the
machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License,
in one of these ways:
a) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the
Corresponding Source fixed on a durable physical medium
customarily used for software interchange.
b) Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product
(including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a
written offer, valid for at least three years and valid for as
long as you offer spare parts or customer support for that product
model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a
copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the
product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical
medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no
more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this
conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the
Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge.
c) Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the
written offer to provide the Corresponding Source. This
alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and
only if you received the object code with such an offer, in accord
with subsection 6b.
d) Convey the object code by offering access from a designated
place (gratis or for a charge), and offer equivalent access to the
Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no
further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the
Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to
copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source
may be on a different server (operated by you or a third party)
that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain
clear directions next to the object code saying where to find the
Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the
Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is
available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements.
e) Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided
you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding
Source of the work are being offered to the general public at no
charge under subsection 6d.
A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded
from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be
included in conveying the object code work.
A "User Product" is either (1) a "consumer product", which means any
tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family,
or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation
into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product,
doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular
product received by a particular user, "normally used" refers to a
typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status
of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user
actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product
is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial
commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent
the only significant mode of use of the product.
"Installation Information" for a User Product means any methods,
procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install
and execute modified versions of a covered work in that User Product from
a modified version of its Corresponding Source. The information must
suffice to ensure that the continued functioning of the modified object
code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because
modification has been made.
If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or
specifically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as
part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the
User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a
fixed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the
Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied
by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply
if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install
modified object code on the User Product (for example, the work has
been installed in ROM).
The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a
requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates
for a work that has been modified or installed by the recipient, or for
the User Product in which it has been modified or installed. Access to a
network may be denied when the modification itself materially and
adversely affects the operation of the network or violates the rules and
protocols for communication across the network.
Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided,
in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly
documented (and with an implementation available to the public in
source code form), and must require no special password or key for
unpacking, reading or copying.
7. Additional Terms.
"Additional permissions" are terms that supplement the terms of this
License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions.
Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall
be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent
that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions
apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately
under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by
this License without regard to the additional permissions.
When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option
remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of
it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own
removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place
additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work,
for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you
add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of
that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms:
a) Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability differently from the
terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or
b) Requiring preservation of specified reasonable legal notices or
author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal
Notices displayed by works containing it; or
c) Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or
requiring that modified versions of such material be marked in
reasonable ways as different from the original version; or
d) Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or
authors of the material; or
e) Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some
trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or
f) Requiring indemnification of licensors and authors of that
material by anyone who conveys the material (or modified versions of
it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for
any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on
those licensors and authors.
All other non-permissive additional terms are considered "further
restrictions" within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you
received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is
governed by this License along with a term that is a further
restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains
a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this
License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms
of that license document, provided that the further restriction does
not survive such relicensing or conveying.
If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you
must place, in the relevant source files, a statement of the
additional terms that apply to those files, or a notice indicating
where to find the applicable terms.
Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the
form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions;
the above requirements apply either way.
8. Termination.
You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly
provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or
modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under
this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third
paragraph of section 11).
However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your
license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a)
provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and
finally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright
holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means
prior to 60 days after the cessation.
Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is
reinstated permanently if the copyright holder notifies you of the
violation by some reasonable means, this is the first time you have
received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that
copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after
your receipt of the notice.
Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the
licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under
this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently
reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same
material under section 10.
9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies.
You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or
run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work
occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission
to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance. However,
nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or
modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do
not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a
covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so.
10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients.
Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically
receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and
propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible
for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License.
An "entity transaction" is a transaction transferring control of an
organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an
organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered
work results from an entity transaction, each party to that
transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever
licenses to the work the party's predecessor in interest had or could
give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the
Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if
the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable efforts.
You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the
rights granted or affirmed under this License. For example, you may
not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of
rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation
(including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that
any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, offering for
sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it.
11. Patents.
A "contributor" is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this
License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The
work thus licensed is called the contributor's "contributor version".
A contributor's "essential patent claims" are all patent claims
owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or
hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted
by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version,
but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a
consequence of further modification of the contributor version. For
purposes of this definition, "control" includes the right to grant
patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of
this License.
Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free
patent license under the contributor's essential patent claims, to
make, use, sell, offer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and
propagate the contents of its contributor version.
In the following three paragraphs, a "patent license" is any express
agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent
(such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to
sue for patent infringement). To "grant" such a patent license to a
party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a
patent against the party.
If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license,
and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone
to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a
publicly available network server or other readily accessible means,
then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benefit of the
patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner
consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent
license to downstream recipients. "Knowingly relying" means you have
actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the
covered work in a country, or your recipient's use of the covered work
in a country, would infringe one or more identifiable patents in that
country that you have reason to believe are valid.
If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or
arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a
covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties
receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify
or convey a specific copy of the covered work, then the patent license
you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered
work and works based on it.
A patent license is "discriminatory" if it does not include within
the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is
conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are
specifically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered
work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is
in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment
to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying
the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the
parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory
patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work
conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily
for and in connection with specific products or compilations that
contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement,
or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007.
Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting
any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may
otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law.
12. No Surrender of Others' Freedom.
If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or
otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not
excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a
covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this
License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may
not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you
to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey
the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this
License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program.
13. Use with the GNU Affero General Public License.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have
permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed
under version 3 of the GNU Affero General Public License into a single
combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this
License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work,
but the special requirements of the GNU Affero General Public License,
section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the
combination as such.
14. Revised Versions of this License.
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of
the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will
be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to
address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the
Program specifies that a certain numbered version of the GNU General
Public License "or any later version" applies to it, you have the
option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered
version or of any later version published by the Free Software
Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the
GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published
by the Free Software Foundation.
If the Program specifies that a proxy can decide which future
versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxy's
public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you
to choose that version for the Program.
Later license versions may give you additional or different
permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any
author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a
later version.
15. Disclaimer of Warranty.
THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY
OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM
IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF
ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
16. Limitation of Liability.
IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING
WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS
THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE
USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF
DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD
PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS),
EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
SUCH DAMAGES.
17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16.
If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided
above cannot be given local legal effect according to their terms,
reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates
an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the
Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a
copy of the Program in return for a fee.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest
possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it
free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms.
To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest
to attach them to the start of each source file to most effectively
state the exclusion of warranty; and each file should have at least
the "copyright" line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
<one line to give the program's name and a brief idea of what it does.>
Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail.
If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short
notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
<program> Copyright (C) <year> <name of author>
This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type `show w'.
This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it
under certain conditions; type `show c' for details.
The hypothetical commands `show w' and `show c' should show the appropriate
parts of the General Public License. Of course, your program's commands
might be different; for a GUI interface, you would use an "about box".
You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school,
if any, to sign a "copyright disclaimer" for the program, if necessary.
For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program
into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you
may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with
the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General
Public License instead of this License. But first, please read
<https://www.gnu.org/licenses/why-not-lgpl.html>.
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+127
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,127 @@
# Having a separate GNUmakefile lets me 'include' the dynamically
# generated rules created via cfg.mk (package-local configuration)
# as well as maint.mk (generic maintainer rules).
# This makefile is used only if you run GNU Make.
# It is necessary if you want to build targets usually of interest
# only to the maintainer.
# Copyright (C) 2001, 2003, 2006-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# If the user runs GNU make but has not yet run ./configure,
# give them a diagnostic.
_gl-Makefile := $(wildcard [M]akefile)
ifneq ($(_gl-Makefile),)
# Make tar archive easier to reproduce.
export TAR_OPTIONS = --owner=0 --group=0 --numeric-owner
# Allow the user to add to this in the Makefile.
ALL_RECURSIVE_TARGETS =
include Makefile
# Some projects override e.g., _autoreconf here.
-include $(srcdir)/cfg.mk
# Allow cfg.mk to override these.
_build-aux ?= build-aux
_autoreconf ?= autoreconf -v
include $(srcdir)/maint.mk
# Ensure that $(VERSION) is up to date for dist-related targets, but not
# for others: rerunning autoreconf and recompiling everything isn't cheap.
_have-git-version-gen := \
$(shell test -f $(srcdir)/$(_build-aux)/git-version-gen && echo yes)
ifeq ($(_have-git-version-gen)0,yes$(MAKELEVEL))
_is-dist-target ?= $(filter-out %clean, \
$(filter maintainer-% dist% alpha beta stable,$(MAKECMDGOALS)))
_is-install-target ?= $(filter-out %check, $(filter install%,$(MAKECMDGOALS)))
ifneq (,$(_is-dist-target)$(_is-install-target))
_curr-ver := $(shell cd $(srcdir) \
&& $(_build-aux)/git-version-gen \
.tarball-version \
$(git-version-gen-tag-sed-script))
ifneq ($(_curr-ver),$(VERSION))
ifeq ($(_curr-ver),UNKNOWN)
$(info WARNING: unable to verify if $(VERSION) is the correct version)
else
ifneq (,$(_is-install-target))
# GNU Coding Standards state that 'make install' should not cause
# recompilation after 'make all'. But as long as changing the version
# string alters config.h, the cost of having 'make all' always have an
# up-to-date version is prohibitive. So, as a compromise, we merely
# warn when installing a version string that is out of date; the user
# should run 'autoreconf' (or something like 'make distcheck') to
# fix the version, 'make all' to propagate it, then 'make install'.
$(info WARNING: version string $(VERSION) is out of date;)
$(info run '$(MAKE) _version' to fix it)
else
$(info INFO: running autoreconf for new version string: $(_curr-ver))
GNUmakefile: _version
touch GNUmakefile
endif
endif
endif
endif
endif
.PHONY: _version
_version:
cd $(srcdir) && rm -rf autom4te.cache .version && $(_autoreconf)
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) Makefile
else
.DEFAULT_GOAL := abort-due-to-no-makefile
srcdir = .
# The package can override .DEFAULT_GOAL to run actions like autoreconf.
-include ./cfg.mk
# Allow cfg.mk to override these.
_build-aux ?= build-aux
_autoreconf ?= autoreconf -v
include ./maint.mk
ifeq ($(.DEFAULT_GOAL),abort-due-to-no-makefile)
$(MAKECMDGOALS): abort-due-to-no-makefile
endif
abort-due-to-no-makefile:
@echo There seems to be no Makefile in this directory. 1>&2
@echo "You must run ./configure before running '$(MAKE)'." 1>&2
@exit 1
endif
# Tell version 3.79 and up of GNU make to not build goals in this
# directory in parallel, in case someone tries to build multiple
# targets, and one of them can cause a recursive target to be invoked.
# Only set this if Automake doesn't provide it.
AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS ?= $(RECURSIVE_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
$(RECURSIVE_CLEAN_TARGETS:-recursive=) \
dist distcheck tags ctags
ALL_RECURSIVE_TARGETS += $(AM_RECURSIVE_TARGETS)
ifneq ($(word 2, $(MAKECMDGOALS)), )
ifneq ($(filter $(ALL_RECURSIVE_TARGETS), $(MAKECMDGOALS)), )
.NOTPARALLEL:
endif
endif
+368
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,368 @@
Installation Instructions
*************************
Copyright (C) 1994-1996, 1999-2002, 2004-2017, 2020-2021 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
Copying and distribution of this file, with or without modification,
are permitted in any medium without royalty provided the copyright
notice and this notice are preserved. This file is offered as-is,
without warranty of any kind.
Basic Installation
==================
Briefly, the shell command './configure && make && make install'
should configure, build, and install this package. The following
more-detailed instructions are generic; see the 'README' file for
instructions specific to this package. Some packages provide this
'INSTALL' file but do not implement all of the features documented
below. The lack of an optional feature in a given package is not
necessarily a bug. More recommendations for GNU packages can be found
in *note Makefile Conventions: (standards)Makefile Conventions.
The 'configure' shell script attempts to guess correct values for
various system-dependent variables used during compilation. It uses
those values to create a 'Makefile' in each directory of the package.
It may also create one or more '.h' files containing system-dependent
definitions. Finally, it creates a shell script 'config.status' that
you can run in the future to recreate the current configuration, and a
file 'config.log' containing compiler output (useful mainly for
debugging 'configure').
It can also use an optional file (typically called 'config.cache' and
enabled with '--cache-file=config.cache' or simply '-C') that saves the
results of its tests to speed up reconfiguring. Caching is disabled by
default to prevent problems with accidental use of stale cache files.
If you need to do unusual things to compile the package, please try
to figure out how 'configure' could check whether to do them, and mail
diffs or instructions to the address given in the 'README' so they can
be considered for the next release. If you are using the cache, and at
some point 'config.cache' contains results you don't want to keep, you
may remove or edit it.
The file 'configure.ac' (or 'configure.in') is used to create
'configure' by a program called 'autoconf'. You need 'configure.ac' if
you want to change it or regenerate 'configure' using a newer version of
'autoconf'.
The simplest way to compile this package is:
1. 'cd' to the directory containing the package's source code and type
'./configure' to configure the package for your system.
Running 'configure' might take a while. While running, it prints
some messages telling which features it is checking for.
2. Type 'make' to compile the package.
3. Optionally, type 'make check' to run any self-tests that come with
the package, generally using the just-built uninstalled binaries.
4. Type 'make install' to install the programs and any data files and
documentation. When installing into a prefix owned by root, it is
recommended that the package be configured and built as a regular
user, and only the 'make install' phase executed with root
privileges.
5. Optionally, type 'make installcheck' to repeat any self-tests, but
this time using the binaries in their final installed location.
This target does not install anything. Running this target as a
regular user, particularly if the prior 'make install' required
root privileges, verifies that the installation completed
correctly.
6. You can remove the program binaries and object files from the
source code directory by typing 'make clean'. To also remove the
files that 'configure' created (so you can compile the package for
a different kind of computer), type 'make distclean'. There is
also a 'make maintainer-clean' target, but that is intended mainly
for the package's developers. If you use it, you may have to get
all sorts of other programs in order to regenerate files that came
with the distribution.
7. Often, you can also type 'make uninstall' to remove the installed
files again. In practice, not all packages have tested that
uninstallation works correctly, even though it is required by the
GNU Coding Standards.
8. Some packages, particularly those that use Automake, provide 'make
distcheck', which can by used by developers to test that all other
targets like 'make install' and 'make uninstall' work correctly.
This target is generally not run by end users.
Compilers and Options
=====================
Some systems require unusual options for compilation or linking that
the 'configure' script does not know about. Run './configure --help'
for details on some of the pertinent environment variables.
You can give 'configure' initial values for configuration parameters
by setting variables in the command line or in the environment. Here is
an example:
./configure CC=c99 CFLAGS=-g LIBS=-lposix
*Note Defining Variables::, for more details.
Compiling For Multiple Architectures
====================================
You can compile the package for more than one kind of computer at the
same time, by placing the object files for each architecture in their
own directory. To do this, you can use GNU 'make'. 'cd' to the
directory where you want the object files and executables to go and run
the 'configure' script. 'configure' automatically checks for the source
code in the directory that 'configure' is in and in '..'. This is known
as a "VPATH" build.
With a non-GNU 'make', it is safer to compile the package for one
architecture at a time in the source code directory. After you have
installed the package for one architecture, use 'make distclean' before
reconfiguring for another architecture.
On MacOS X 10.5 and later systems, you can create libraries and
executables that work on multiple system types--known as "fat" or
"universal" binaries--by specifying multiple '-arch' options to the
compiler but only a single '-arch' option to the preprocessor. Like
this:
./configure CC="gcc -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
CXX="g++ -arch i386 -arch x86_64 -arch ppc -arch ppc64" \
CPP="gcc -E" CXXCPP="g++ -E"
This is not guaranteed to produce working output in all cases, you
may have to build one architecture at a time and combine the results
using the 'lipo' tool if you have problems.
Installation Names
==================
By default, 'make install' installs the package's commands under
'/usr/local/bin', include files under '/usr/local/include', etc. You
can specify an installation prefix other than '/usr/local' by giving
'configure' the option '--prefix=PREFIX', where PREFIX must be an
absolute file name.
You can specify separate installation prefixes for
architecture-specific files and architecture-independent files. If you
pass the option '--exec-prefix=PREFIX' to 'configure', the package uses
PREFIX as the prefix for installing programs and libraries.
Documentation and other data files still use the regular prefix.
In addition, if you use an unusual directory layout you can give
options like '--bindir=DIR' to specify different values for particular
kinds of files. Run 'configure --help' for a list of the directories
you can set and what kinds of files go in them. In general, the default
for these options is expressed in terms of '${prefix}', so that
specifying just '--prefix' will affect all of the other directory
specifications that were not explicitly provided.
The most portable way to affect installation locations is to pass the
correct locations to 'configure'; however, many packages provide one or
both of the following shortcuts of passing variable assignments to the
'make install' command line to change installation locations without
having to reconfigure or recompile.
The first method involves providing an override variable for each
affected directory. For example, 'make install
prefix=/alternate/directory' will choose an alternate location for all
directory configuration variables that were expressed in terms of
'${prefix}'. Any directories that were specified during 'configure',
but not in terms of '${prefix}', must each be overridden at install time
for the entire installation to be relocated. The approach of makefile
variable overrides for each directory variable is required by the GNU
Coding Standards, and ideally causes no recompilation. However, some
platforms have known limitations with the semantics of shared libraries
that end up requiring recompilation when using this method, particularly
noticeable in packages that use GNU Libtool.
The second method involves providing the 'DESTDIR' variable. For
example, 'make install DESTDIR=/alternate/directory' will prepend
'/alternate/directory' before all installation names. The approach of
'DESTDIR' overrides is not required by the GNU Coding Standards, and
does not work on platforms that have drive letters. On the other hand,
it does better at avoiding recompilation issues, and works well even
when some directory options were not specified in terms of '${prefix}'
at 'configure' time.
Optional Features
=================
If the package supports it, you can cause programs to be installed
with an extra prefix or suffix on their names by giving 'configure' the
option '--program-prefix=PREFIX' or '--program-suffix=SUFFIX'.
Some packages pay attention to '--enable-FEATURE' options to
'configure', where FEATURE indicates an optional part of the package.
They may also pay attention to '--with-PACKAGE' options, where PACKAGE
is something like 'gnu-as' or 'x' (for the X Window System). The
'README' should mention any '--enable-' and '--with-' options that the
package recognizes.
For packages that use the X Window System, 'configure' can usually
find the X include and library files automatically, but if it doesn't,
you can use the 'configure' options '--x-includes=DIR' and
'--x-libraries=DIR' to specify their locations.
Some packages offer the ability to configure how verbose the
execution of 'make' will be. For these packages, running './configure
--enable-silent-rules' sets the default to minimal output, which can be
overridden with 'make V=1'; while running './configure
--disable-silent-rules' sets the default to verbose, which can be
overridden with 'make V=0'.
Particular systems
==================
On HP-UX, the default C compiler is not ANSI C compatible. If GNU CC
is not installed, it is recommended to use the following options in
order to use an ANSI C compiler:
./configure CC="cc -Ae -D_XOPEN_SOURCE=500"
and if that doesn't work, install pre-built binaries of GCC for HP-UX.
HP-UX 'make' updates targets which have the same timestamps as their
prerequisites, which makes it generally unusable when shipped generated
files such as 'configure' are involved. Use GNU 'make' instead.
On OSF/1 a.k.a. Tru64, some versions of the default C compiler cannot
parse its '<wchar.h>' header file. The option '-nodtk' can be used as a
workaround. If GNU CC is not installed, it is therefore recommended to
try
./configure CC="cc"
and if that doesn't work, try
./configure CC="cc -nodtk"
On Solaris, don't put '/usr/ucb' early in your 'PATH'. This
directory contains several dysfunctional programs; working variants of
these programs are available in '/usr/bin'. So, if you need '/usr/ucb'
in your 'PATH', put it _after_ '/usr/bin'.
On Haiku, software installed for all users goes in '/boot/common',
not '/usr/local'. It is recommended to use the following options:
./configure --prefix=/boot/common
Specifying the System Type
==========================
There may be some features 'configure' cannot figure out
automatically, but needs to determine by the type of machine the package
will run on. Usually, assuming the package is built to be run on the
_same_ architectures, 'configure' can figure that out, but if it prints
a message saying it cannot guess the machine type, give it the
'--build=TYPE' option. TYPE can either be a short name for the system
type, such as 'sun4', or a canonical name which has the form:
CPU-COMPANY-SYSTEM
where SYSTEM can have one of these forms:
OS
KERNEL-OS
See the file 'config.sub' for the possible values of each field. If
'config.sub' isn't included in this package, then this package doesn't
need to know the machine type.
If you are _building_ compiler tools for cross-compiling, you should
use the option '--target=TYPE' to select the type of system they will
produce code for.
If you want to _use_ a cross compiler, that generates code for a
platform different from the build platform, you should specify the
"host" platform (i.e., that on which the generated programs will
eventually be run) with '--host=TYPE'.
Sharing Defaults
================
If you want to set default values for 'configure' scripts to share,
you can create a site shell script called 'config.site' that gives
default values for variables like 'CC', 'cache_file', and 'prefix'.
'configure' looks for 'PREFIX/share/config.site' if it exists, then
'PREFIX/etc/config.site' if it exists. Or, you can set the
'CONFIG_SITE' environment variable to the location of the site script.
A warning: not all 'configure' scripts look for a site script.
Defining Variables
==================
Variables not defined in a site shell script can be set in the
environment passed to 'configure'. However, some packages may run
configure again during the build, and the customized values of these
variables may be lost. In order to avoid this problem, you should set
them in the 'configure' command line, using 'VAR=value'. For example:
./configure CC=/usr/local2/bin/gcc
causes the specified 'gcc' to be used as the C compiler (unless it is
overridden in the site shell script).
Unfortunately, this technique does not work for 'CONFIG_SHELL' due to an
Autoconf limitation. Until the limitation is lifted, you can use this
workaround:
CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash ./configure CONFIG_SHELL=/bin/bash
'configure' Invocation
======================
'configure' recognizes the following options to control how it
operates.
'--help'
'-h'
Print a summary of all of the options to 'configure', and exit.
'--help=short'
'--help=recursive'
Print a summary of the options unique to this package's
'configure', and exit. The 'short' variant lists options used only
in the top level, while the 'recursive' variant lists options also
present in any nested packages.
'--version'
'-V'
Print the version of Autoconf used to generate the 'configure'
script, and exit.
'--cache-file=FILE'
Enable the cache: use and save the results of the tests in FILE,
traditionally 'config.cache'. FILE defaults to '/dev/null' to
disable caching.
'--config-cache'
'-C'
Alias for '--cache-file=config.cache'.
'--quiet'
'--silent'
'-q'
Do not print messages saying which checks are being made. To
suppress all normal output, redirect it to '/dev/null' (any error
messages will still be shown).
'--srcdir=DIR'
Look for the package's source code in directory DIR. Usually
'configure' can determine that directory automatically.
'--prefix=DIR'
Use DIR as the installation prefix. *note Installation Names:: for
more details, including other options available for fine-tuning the
installation locations.
'--no-create'
'-n'
Run the configure checks, but stop before creating any output
files.
'configure' also accepts some other, not widely useful, options. Run
'configure --help' for more details.
+149
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
## Process this file with automake to produce Makefile.in.
# Copyright (C) 2001-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS = subdir-objects
ACLOCAL_AMFLAGS = -I m4
SUBDIRS = po runtime-po gnulib-po .
# Files installed for use by Automake.
aclocaldir = @aclocaldir@
aclocal_DATA = m4/bison-i18n.m4
EXTRA_DIST = .prev-version .version cfg.mk PACKAGING \
ChangeLog-1998 ChangeLog-2012 ChangeLog
dist_doc_DATA = AUTHORS COPYING NEWS README THANKS TODO
# Let generated files (e.g., from examples/) depend on this variable,
# to make sure they are regenerated when there are changes in Bison.
#
# Don't depend on $(BISON) otherwise we would rebuild these files
# in srcdir, including during distcheck, which is forbidden.
dependencies = $(BISON_IN) $(src_bison_SOURCES) $(dist_skeletons_DATA)
## Running the bison from this tarball. To generate our own parser,
## but also to run the tests. Of course, you ought to keep a sane
## version of Bison nearby...
BISON = $(top_builddir)/tests/bison
BISON_IN = $(top_srcdir)/tests/bison.in
YACC = $(BISON) -o y.tab.c
AM_YFLAGS_WITH_LINES = --defines -Werror -Wall,dangling-alias --report=all
AM_YFLAGS = $(AM_YFLAGS_WITH_LINES) --no-lines
# Initialization before completion by local.mk's.
AM_CFLAGS = $(WARN_CFLAGS)
# Find builddir/src/scan-code.c etc. For some reason "-I./lib"
# instead of "-Ilib" avoids infinite recursions on #include_next.
AM_CPPFLAGS = -I. -I./lib -I$(top_srcdir) -I$(top_srcdir)/lib
BUILT_SOURCES =
CLEANDIRS =
CLEANFILES =
DISTCLEANFILES =
EXTRA_DIST += $(dist_TESTS)
MOSTLYCLEANDIRS =
MOSTLYCLEANFILES =
SUFFIXES =
TESTS = $(dist_TESTS)
check_PROGRAMS =
check_SCRIPTS =
dist_TESTS =
noinst_LIBRARIES =
include build-aux/local.mk
include data/local.mk
include doc/local.mk
include etc/local.mk
include examples/local.mk
include lib/local.mk
include src/local.mk
include tests/local.mk
clean-local:
rm -rf $(CLEANDIRS)
.PHONY: gitsort
gitsort:
cd $(srcdir) \
&& for i in $$(git ls-files '*.gitignore' | grep -v doc); do \
LC_ALL=C sort $$i -o $$i; \
done
# See comments in build-aux/git-version-gen. However, we make .version depend
# on configure so that .version and VERSION/PACKAGE_VERSION stay in sync in the
# working copy (for example, when you run autoreconf && make). Allowing these
# to fall out of sync appears to have little potential to improve Bison build
# efficiency (even if we were to replace VERSION/PACKAGE_VERSION with .version
# everywhere possible). On the other hand, it could be harmful. For example,
# a developer might naively reference .version in a test case while the bison
# executable still compiles with VERSION, and so the test case might fail or
# pass incorrectly.
BUILT_SOURCES += $(top_srcdir)/.version
$(top_srcdir)/.version: configure
echo $(VERSION) > $@-t && mv $@-t $@
dist-hook: gen-ChangeLog gen-synclines
echo $(VERSION) > $(distdir)/.tarball-version
# When generating a release, include the #lines in Bison's parser. Do it
# only if needed. In particular, distcheck runs dist with read-only
# sources, so don't try to update src/parse-gram.c: we don't have the
# permissions.
.PHONY: gen-synclines
gen-synclines:
cd $(distdir) && \
if ! grep '#line' src/parse-gram.c >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
$(abs_top_builddir)/tests/bison \
$(AM_YFLAGS_WITH_LINES) src/parse-gram.y \
-o src/parse-gram.c; \
fi
.PHONY: update-b4-copyright update-package-copyright-year
update-b4-copyright:
$(AM_V_GEN)find $(srcdir)/data -type f \
| xargs $(srcdir)/build-aux/$@
@echo 'warning: src/parse-gram.[hc] may need to be regenerated.'
update-package-copyright-year:
$(AM_V_GEN)$(srcdir)/build-aux/$@ $(srcdir)/configure.ac
gen_start_date = 2012-01-16
.PHONY: gen-ChangeLog
gen-ChangeLog:
$(AM_V_GEN)if test -d $(srcdir)/.git; then \
cl=$(distdir)/ChangeLog && \
rm -f $$cl.tmp && \
$(top_srcdir)/build-aux/gitlog-to-changelog \
--strip-tab \
--strip-cherry-pick \
--no-cluster \
--amend=$(srcdir)/build-aux/git-log-fix \
--srcdir=$(srcdir) \
--since=$(gen_start_date) > $$cl.tmp && \
mv -f $$cl.tmp $$cl; \
fi
# Useful to debug.
.c.i:
$(CC) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) -o $@ -E $<
.PHONY: codespell
CODESPELL = codespell
codespell:
$(AM_V_GEN) cd $(srcdir) \
&& $(CODESPELL) \
--regex "[\\w\\-'\`]+\+*" \
--ignore-words-list "ba,circularly,cloneable,copyable,define'd,dout,froms,iff,ifset,od,ois" \
$$(git ls-files data doc lib src tests)
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+55
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,55 @@
Packaging hints for binary package distributors
===============================================
Although the source of the bison package comes as a single package,
in distributions of binary packages the installed files should
be split into two packages:
bison-runtime
Contents: Runtime libraries and programs.
Audience: Anyone who wants to run internationalized programs
that contain Bison-generated parsers.
bison
Contents: Tools and documentation for developers that use Bison.
Audience: Anyone who wants to develop programs that use parsers.
Dependencies: requires bison-runtime.
The 'bison-runtime' binary package is much smaller than the 'bison'
binary package. It should be included in any distribution that
contains localized programs that use the diagnostics contained in
Bison-generated parsers.
If you want to install both packages at the same time, you simply do
at the toplevel directory:
./configure
make
make install
After installation, the file
$prefix/share/locale/*/LC_MESSAGES/bison-runtime.mo
belongs to the bison-runtime package; all other installed files belong
to the bison package.
-----
Copyright (C) 2002, 2005, 2009-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+135
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,135 @@
GNU Bison is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an annotated
context-free grammar into a deterministic LR or generalized LR (GLR) parser
employing LALR(1) parser tables. Bison can also generate IELR(1) or
canonical LR(1) parser tables. Once you are proficient with Bison, you can
use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those used in
simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc should be able to
use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in C, C++, D or Java
programming in order to use Bison.
Bison and the parsers it generates are portable, they do not require any
specific compilers.
GNU Bison's home page is https://gnu.org/software/bison/.
# Installation
## Build from git
The [README-hacking.md file](README-hacking.md) is about building, modifying
and checking Bison. See its "Working from the Repository" section to build
Bison from the git repo. Roughly, run:
$ git submodule update --init
$ ./bootstrap
then proceed with the usual `configure && make` steps.
## Build from tarball
See the [INSTALL file](INSTALL) for generic compilation and installation
instructions.
Bison requires GNU m4 1.4.6 or later. See
https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/m4/m4-1.4.6.tar.gz.
## Running a non installed bison
Once you ran `make`, you might want to toy with this fresh bison before
installing it. In that case, do not use `src/bison`: it would use the
*installed* files (skeletons, etc.), not the local ones. Use `tests/bison`.
## Colored diagnostics
As an experimental feature, diagnostics are now colored, controlled by the
`--color` and `--style` options.
To use them, install the libtextstyle library, 0.20.5 or newer, before
configuring Bison. It is available from https://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/,
for instance https://alpha.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/libtextstyle-0.20.5.tar.gz,
or as part of Gettext 0.21 or newer, for instance
https://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/gettext-0.21.tar.gz.
The option --color supports the following arguments:
- always, yes: Enable colors.
- never, no: Disable colors.
- auto, tty (default): Enable colors if the output device is a tty.
To customize the styles, create a CSS file, say `bison-bw.css`, similar to
/* bison-bw.css */
.warning { }
.error { font-weight: 800; text-decoration: underline; }
.note { }
then invoke bison with `--style=bison-bw.css`, or set the `BISON_STYLE`
environment variable to `bison-bw.css`.
In some diagnostics, bison uses libtextstyle to emit special escapes to
generate clickable hyperlinks. The environment variable
`NO_TERM_HYPERLINKS` can be used to suppress them. This may be useful for
terminal emulators which produce garbage output when they receive the escape
sequence for a hyperlink. Currently (as of 2020), this affects some versions
of emacs, guake, konsole, lxterminal, rxvt, yakuake.
## Relocatability
If you pass `--enable-relocatable` to `configure`, Bison is relocatable.
A relocatable program can be moved or copied to a different location on the
file system. It can also be used through mount points for network sharing.
It is possible to make symlinks to the installed and moved programs, and
invoke them through the symlink.
See "Enabling Relocatability" in the documentation.
## Internationalization
Bison supports two catalogs: one for Bison itself (i.e., for the
maintainer-side parser generation), and one for the generated parsers (i.e.,
for the user-side parser execution). The requirements between both differ:
bison needs ngettext, the generated parsers do not. To simplify the build
system, neither are installed if ngettext is not supported, even if
generated parsers could have been localized. See
https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-bison/2009-08/msg00006.html for more
details.
# Questions
See the section FAQ in the documentation (doc/bison.info) for frequently
asked questions. The documentation is also available in PDF and HTML,
provided you have a recent version of Texinfo installed: run `make pdf` or
`make html`.
If you have questions about using Bison and the documentation does not
answer them, please send mail to <help-bison@gnu.org>.
# Bug reports
Please send bug reports to <bug-bison@gnu.org>. Be sure to include the
version number from `bison --version`, and a complete, self-contained test
case in each bug report.
# Copyright statements
For any copyright year range specified as YYYY-ZZZZ in this package, note
that the range specifies every single year in that closed interval.
<!--
LocalWords: parsers ngettext Texinfo pdf html YYYY ZZZZ ispell american md
LocalWords: MERCHANTABILITY GLR LALR IELR submodule init README src bw
LocalWords: Relocatability symlinks symlink
Local Variables:
mode: markdown
fill-column: 76
ispell-dictionary: "american"
End:
Copyright (C) 1992, 1998-1999, 2003-2005, 2008-2015, 2018-2021 Free
Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GNU bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the "GNU Free
Documentation License" file as part of this distribution.
-->
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
-*- text -*-
This is a test release of this package. Using it more or less
implicitly signs you up to help us find whatever problems you report.
The documentation still needs more work. Suggestions welcome.
Patches even more welcome.
Please send comments and problem reports about this test release to
<bug-bison@gnu.org>. This program will get better only if you report
the problems you encounter.
-----
Copyright (C) 2002, 2004, 2009-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation,
Inc.
This file is part of GNU Bison.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+256
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,256 @@
Bison was originally written by Robert Corbett. It would not be what
it is today without the invaluable help of these people:
Aaro Koskinen aaro.koskinen@iki.fi
Аскар Сафин safinaskar@mail.ru
Adam Sampson ats@offog.org
Adrian Vogelsgesang avogelsgesang@tableau.com
Ahcheong Lee dkcjd2000@gmail.com
Airy Andre Airy.Andre@edf.fr
Akim Demaille akim@gnu.org
Albert Chin-A-Young china@thewrittenword.com
Alexander Belopolsky alexb@rentec.com
Alexandre Duret-Lutz adl@lrde.epita.fr
Andre da Costa Barros andre.cbarros@yahoo.com
Andreas Damm adamm@onica.com
Andreas Schwab schwab@suse.de
Andrew Suffield asuffield@users.sourceforge.net
Angelo Borsotti angelo.borsotti@gmail.com
Anthony Heading ajrh@ajrh.net
Antonio Silva Correia amsilvacorreia@hotmail.com
Arnold Robbins arnold@skeeve.com
Art Haas ahaas@neosoft.com
Arthur Schwarz aschwarz1309@att.net
Askar Safin safinaskar@mail.ru
Balázs Scheidler balazs.scheidler@oneidentity.com
Baron Schwartz baron@sequent.org
Ben Pfaff blp@cs.stanford.edu
Benoit Perrot benoit.perrot@epita.fr
Bernd Edlinger bernd.edlinger@hotmail.de
Bernd Kiefer kiefer@dfki.de
Bert Deknuydt Bert.Deknuydt@esat.kuleuven.ac.be
Bill Allombert Bill.Allombert@math.u-bordeaux1.fr
Bob Rossi bob@brasko.net
Brandon Lucia blucia@gmail.com
Brooks Moses bmoses@google.com
Bruce Lilly blilly@erols.com
Bruno Belanyi bruno.belanyi@epita.fr
Bruno Haible bruno@clisp.org
Charles-Henri de Boysson de-boy_c@epita.fr
Christian Burger cburger@sunysb.edu
Clément Démoulins demoulins@lrde.epita.fr
Colin Daley colin.daley@outlook.com
Cris Bailiff c.bailiff+bison@awayweb.com
Cris van Pelt cris@amf03054.office.wxs.nl
Csaba Raduly csaba_22@yahoo.co.uk
Dagobert Michelsen dam@baltic-online.de
Daniel Frużyński daniel@poradnik-webmastera.com
Daniel Galloway dg1751@att.com
Daniela Becker daniela@lrde.epita.fr
Daniel Hagerty hag@gnu.org
David Barto david.barto@sparqlcity.com
David J. MacKenzie djm@gnu.org
David Kastrup dak@gnu.org
David Michael fedora.dm0@gmail.com
Dengke Du dengke.du@windriver.com
Denis Excoffier gcc@Denis-Excoffier.org
Dennis Clarke dclarke@blastwave.org
Derek Clegg derek@me.com
Derek M. Jones derek@knosof.co.uk
Di-an Jan dianj@freeshell.org
Dick Streefland dick.streefland@altium.nl
Didier Godefroy dg@ulysium.net
Don Macpherson donmac703@gmail.com
Dwight Guth dwight.guth@runtimeverification.com
Efi Fogel efifogel@gmail.com
Enrico Scholz enrico.scholz@informatik.tu-chemnitz.de
Eric Blake ebb9@byu.net
Eric S. Raymond esr@thyrsus.com
Étienne Renault renault@lrde.epita.fr
Evan Lavelle eml-bison@cyconix.com
Evan Nemerson evan@nemerson.com
Evgeny Stambulchik fnevgeny@plasma-gate.weizmann.ac.il
Fabrice Bauzac noon@cote-dazur.com
Ferdinand Thiessen ferdinand@fthiessen.de
Florian Krohm florian@edamail.fishkill.ibm.com
Frank Heckenbach frank@g-n-u.de
Frans Englich frans.englich@telia.com
Gabriel Rassoul gabriel.rassoul@epita.fr
Gary L Peskin garyp@firstech.com
Gavin Smith gavinsmith0123@gmail.com
Georg Sauthoff gsauthof@TechFak.Uni-Bielefeld.DE
George Neuner gneuner2@comcast.net
Gilles Espinasse g.esp@free.fr
Goran Uddeborg goeran@uddeborg.se
Guido Trentalancia trentalg@aston.ac.uk
H. Merijn Brand h.m.brand@hccnet.nl
Hans Åberg haberg-1@telia.com
Horst Von Brand vonbrand@inf.utfsm.cl
Jacob L. Mandelson jlm-bbison@jlm.ofb.net
Jan Nieuwenhuizen janneke@gnu.org
Jannick thirdedition@gmx.net
Jeff Hammond jeff_hammond@acm.org
Jerry Quinn jlquinn@optonline.net
Jesse Thilo jthilo@gnu.org
Jim Kent jkent@arch.sel.sony.com
Jim Meyering jim@meyering.net
Joel E. Denny joeldenny@joeldenny.org
Johan van Selst johans@stack.nl
John Horigan john@glyphic.com
Jonathan Fabrizio jonathan.fabrizio@lrde.epita.fr
Jonathan Nieder jrnieder@gmail.com
Josh Soref jsoref@gmail.com
Juan Manuel Guerrero juan.guerrero@gmx.de
Karl Berry karl@freefriends.org
Kees Zeelenberg kzlg@users.sourceforge.net
Keith Browne kbrowne@legato.com
Ken Moffat zarniwhoop@ntlworld.com
Kiyoshi Kanazawa yoi_no_myoujou@yahoo.co.jp
Lars Maier lars.maier@tefax.net
Lars Wendler polynomial-c@gentoo.org
László Várady laszlo.varady93@gmail.com
Laurent Mascherpa laurent.mascherpa@epita.fr
Lie Yan lie.yan@kaust.edu.sa
Maarten De Braekeleer maarten.debraekeleer@gmail.com
Magnus Fromreide magfr@lysator.liu.se
Marc Autret autret_m@epita.fr
Marc Mendiola mmendiol@usc.edu
Marc Schönefeld marc.schoenefeld@gmx.org
Mark Boyall wolfeinstein@gmail.com
Martin Blais blais@furius.ca
Martin Jacobs martin.jacobs@arcor.de
Martin Mokrejs mmokrejs@natur.cuni.cz
Martin Nylin martin.nylin@linuxmail.org
Matt Kraai kraai@alumni.cmu.edu
Matt Rosing rosing@peakfive.com
Maxim Prohorenko Maxim.Prohorenko@gmail.com
Michael Catanzaro mcatanzaro@gnome.org
Michael Felt mamfelt@gmail.com
Michael Hayes m.hayes@elec.canterbury.ac.nz
Michael Raskin 7c6f434c@mail.ru
Michel d'Hooge michel.dhooge@gmail.com
Michiel De Wilde mdewilde.agilent@gmail.com
Mickael Labau labau_m@epita.fr
Mike Castle dalgoda@ix.netcom.com
Mike Frysinger vapier@gentoo.org
Mike Sullivan Mike.sullivan@Oracle.COM
Nate Guerin nathan.guerin@riseup.net
Neil Booth NeilB@earthling.net
Nelson H. F. Beebe beebe@math.utah.edu
neok m4700 neok.m4700@gmail.com
Nick Bowler nbowler@elliptictech.com
Nicolas Bedon nicolas.bedon@univ-rouen.fr
Nicolas Burrus nicolas.burrus@epita.fr
Nicolas Tisserand nicolas.tisserand@epita.fr
Nikki Valen nicolettavalencia.nv@gmail.com
Noah Friedman friedman@gnu.org
Odd Arild Olsen oao@fibula.no
Oleg Smolsky oleg.smolsky@pacific-simulators.co.nz
Oleksii Taran oleksii.taran@gmail.com
Oliver Mangold o.mangold@gmail.com
Paolo Bonzini bonzini@gnu.org
Paolo Simone Gasparello djgaspa@gmail.com
Pascal Bart pascal.bart@epita.fr
Patrice Dumas pertusus@free.fr
Paul Eggert eggert@cs.ucla.edu
Paul Hilfinger Hilfinger@CS.Berkeley.EDU
Per Allansson per@appgate.com
Peter Eisentraut peter_e@gmx.net
Peter Fales psfales@lucent.com
Peter Hamorsky hamo@upjs.sk
Peter Simons simons@cryp.to
Petr Machata pmachata@redhat.com
Pho pho@cielonegro.org
Piotr Gackiewicz gacek@intertel.com.pl
Piotr Marcińczyk piomar123@gmail.com
Pramod Kumbhar pramod.s.kumbhar@gmail.com
Quentin Hocquet hocquet@gostai.com
Quoc Peyrot chojin@lrde.epita.fr
R Blake blakers@mac.com
Raja R Harinath harinath@cs.umn.edu
Ralf Wildenhues Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de
Ryan dev@splintermail.com
Rich Wilson richaw@gmail.com
Richard Stallman rms@gnu.org
Rici Lake ricilake@gmail.com
Rob Conde rob.conde@ai-solutions.com
Rob Vermaas rob.vermaas@gmail.com
Robert Anisko anisko_r@epita.fr
Robert Yang liezhi.yang@windriver.com
Roland Levillain roland@lrde.epita.fr
Satya Kiran Popuri satyakiran@gmail.com
Sebastian Setzer sebastian.setzer.ext@siemens.com
Sebastien Fricker sebastien.fricker@gmail.com
Sébastien Villemot sebastien@debian.org
Sergei Steshenko sergstesh@yahoo.com
Shura debil_urod@ngs.ru
Simon Sobisch simonsobisch@web.de
Stefano Lattarini stefano.lattarini@gmail.com
Stephen Cameron stephenmcameron@gmail.com
Steve Murphy murf@parsetree.com
Suhwan Song prada960808@gmail.com
Sum Wu sum@geekhouse.org
Théophile Ranquet theophile.ranquet@gmail.com
Thiru Ramakrishnan thiru.ramakrishnan@gmail.com
Thomas Jahns jahns@dkrz.de
Thomas Petazzoni thomas.petazzoni@bootlin.com
Tim Josling tej@melbpc.org.au
Tim Landscheidt tim@tim-landscheidt.de
Tim Van Holder tim.van.holder@pandora.be
Tobias Frost tobi@debian.org
Todd Freed todd.freed@gmail.com
Tom Kramer kramer@nist.gov
Tom Lane tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us
Tom Tromey tromey@cygnus.com
Tomasz Kłoczko kloczko.tomasz@gmail.com
Tommy Nordgren tommy.nordgren@chello.se
Troy A. Johnson troyj@ecn.purdue.edu
Tys Lefering gccbison@gmail.com
Uxio Prego uxio@uma.es
Valentin Tolmer nitnelave1@gmail.com
wcventure wcventure@126.com
Victor Khomenko victor.khomenko@newcastle.ac.uk
Victor Zverovich victor.zverovich@gmail.com
Vin Shelton acs@alumni.princeton.edu
W.C.A. Wijngaards wouter@NLnetLabs.nl
Wayne Green wayne@infosavvy.com
Wei Song wsong83@gmail.com
Wojciech Polak polak@gnu.org
Wolfgang S. Kechel wolfgang.kechel@prs.de
Wolfgang Thaller wolfgang.thaller@gmx.net
Wolfram Wagner ww@mpi-sb.mpg.de
Wwp subscript@free.fr
xolodho xolodho@gmail.com
Yuichiro Kaneko spiketeika@gmail.com
Yuriy Solodkyy solodon@gmail.com
Zack Weinberg zack@codesourcery.com
江 祖铭 jjzuming@outlook.com
長田偉伸 cbh34680@iret.co.jp
马俊 majun123@whu.edu.cn
Many people are not named here because we lost track of them. We
thank them! Please, help us keeping this list up to date.
Local Variables:
mode: text
coding: utf-8
End:
-----
Copyright (C) 2000-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of Bison, the GNU Parser Generator.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+723
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,723 @@
* Soon
** scan-code
The default case is scanning char-per-char.
/* By default, grow the string obstack with the input. */
.|\n STRING_GROW ();
make it more eager?
** Missing tests
commit 2c294c132528ede23d8ae4959783a67e9ff05ac5
Author: Vincent Imbimbo <vmi6@cornell.edu>
Date: Sat Jan 23 13:25:18 2021 -0500
cex: fix state-item pruning
See https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-bison/2021-01/msg00002.html
** pos_set_set
The current approach is correct, but with poor performances. Bitsets need
to support 'assign' and 'shift'. And instead of extending POS_SET just for
the out-of-range new values, we need something like doubling the size.
** glr
There is no test with "Parse on stack %ld rejected by rule %d" in it.
** yyrline etc.
Clarify that rule numbers in the skeletons are 1-based.
** Macros in C++
There are many macros that should obey api.prefix: YY_CPLUSPLUS, YY_MOVE,
etc.
** yyerrok in Java
And add tests in calc.at, to prepare work for D.
** YYERROR and yynerrs
We are missing some cases. Write a test case, and check all the skeletons.
** Cex
*** Improve gnulib
Don't do this (counterexample.c):
// This is the fastest way to get the tail node from the gl_list API.
gl_list_node_t
list_get_end (gl_list_t list)
{
gl_list_node_t sentinel = gl_list_add_last (list, NULL);
gl_list_node_t res = gl_list_previous_node (list, sentinel);
gl_list_remove_node (list, sentinel);
return res;
}
*** Ambiguous rewriting
If the user is stupid enough to have equal rules, then the derivations are
harder to read:
Reduce/reduce conflict on tokens $end, "+", "⊕":
2 exp: exp "+" exp .
3 exp: exp "+" exp .
Example exp "+" exp •
First derivation exp ::=[ exp "+" exp • ]
Example exp "+" exp •
Second derivation exp ::=[ exp "+" exp • ]
Do we care about this? In color, we use twice the same color here, but we
could try to use the same color for the same rule.
*** XML reports
Show the counterexamples. This is going to be really hard and/or painful.
Unless we play it dumb (little structure).
** Bistromathic
- How about not evaluating incomplete lines when the text is not finished
(as shells do).
** Questions
*** Java
- Should i18n be part of the Lexer? Currently it's a static method of
Lexer.
- is there a migration path that would allow to use TokenKinds in
yylex?
- define the tokens as an enum too.
- promote YYEOF rather than EOF.
** YYerror
https://git.savannah.gnu.org/gitweb/?p=gettext.git;a=blob;f=gettext-runtime/intl/plural.y;h=a712255af4f2f739c93336d4ff6556d932a426a5;hb=HEAD
should be updated to not use YYERRCODE. Returning an undef token is good
enough.
** Java
*** calc.at
Stop hard-coding "Calc". Adjust local.at (look for FIXME).
** doc
I feel it's ugly to use the GNU style to declare functions in the doc. It
generates tons of white space in the page, and may contribute to bad page
breaks.
** consistency
token vs terminal.
** api.token.raw
The YYUNDEFTOK could be assigned a semantic value so that yyerror could be
used to report invalid lexemes.
** push parsers
Consider deprecating impure push parsers. They add a lot of complexity, for
a bad feature. On the other hand, that would make it much harder to sit
push parsers on top of pull parser. Which is currently not relevant, since
push parsers are measurably slower.
** %define parse.error formatted
How about pushing Bistromathic's yyreport_syntax_error as another standard
way to generate the error message, and leave to the user the task of
providing the message formats? Currently in bistro, it reads:
const char *
error_format_string (int argc)
{
switch (argc)
{
default: /* Avoid compiler warnings. */
case 0: return _("%@: syntax error");
case 1: return _("%@: syntax error: unexpected %u");
// TRANSLATORS: '%@' is a location in a file, '%u' is an
// "unexpected token", and '%0e', '%1e'... are expected tokens
// at this point.
//
// For instance on the expression "1 + * 2", you'd get
//
// 1.5: syntax error: expected - or ( or number or function or variable before *
case 2: return _("%@: syntax error: expected %0e before %u");
case 3: return _("%@: syntax error: expected %0e or %1e before %u");
case 4: return _("%@: syntax error: expected %0e or %1e or %2e before %u");
case 5: return _("%@: syntax error: expected %0e or %1e or %2e or %3e before %u");
case 6: return _("%@: syntax error: expected %0e or %1e or %2e or %3e or %4e before %u");
case 7: return _("%@: syntax error: expected %0e or %1e or %2e or %3e or %4e or %5e before %u");
case 8: return _("%@: syntax error: expected %0e or %1e or %2e or %3e or %4e or %5e or %6e before %u");
}
}
The message would have to be generated in a string, and pushed to yyerror.
Which will be a pain in the neck in yacc.c.
If we want to do that, we should think very carefully about the syntax of
the format string.
** yyclearin does not invoke the lookahead token's %destructor
https://lists.gnu.org/r/bug-bison/2018-02/msg00000.html
Rici:
> Modifying yyclearin so that it calls yydestruct seems like the simplest
> solution to this issue, but it is conceivable that such a change would
> break programs which already perform some kind of workaround in order to
> destruct the lookahead symbol. So it might be necessary to use some kind of
> compatibility %define, or to create a new replacement macro with a
> different name such as yydiscardin.
>
> At a minimum, the fact that yyclearin does not invoke the %destructor
> should be highlighted in the documentation, since it is not at all obvious.
** Issues in i18n
Les catégories d'avertissements incluent :
conflicts-sr conflits S/R (activé par défaut)
conflicts-rr conflits R/R (activé par défaut)
dangling-alias l'alias chaîne n'est pas attaché à un symbole
deprecated construction obsolète
empty-rule règle vide sans %empty
midrule-values valeurs de règle intermédiaire non définies ou inutilisées
precedence priorité et associativité inutiles
yacc incompatibilités avec POSIX Yacc
other tous les autres avertissements (activé par défaut)
all tous les avertissements sauf « dangling-alias » et « yacc »
no-CATEGORY désactiver les avertissements dans CATEGORIE
none désactiver tous les avertissements
error[=CATEGORY] traiter les avertissements comme des erreurs
Line -1 and -3 should mention CATEGORIE, not CATEGORY.
* Bison 3.9
** Rewrite glr.cc (currently glr2.cc)
*** custom error messages
*** Remove jumps
We can probably replace setjmp/longjmp with exceptions. That would help
tremendously other languages such as D and Java that probably have no
similar feature. If we remove jumps, we probably no longer need _Noreturn,
so simplify `b4_attribute_define([noreturn])` into `b4_attribute_define`.
After discussing with Valentin, it was decided that it's better to stay with
jumps, since in some places exceptions are ruled out from C++.
*** Coding style
Move to our coding conventions. In particular names such as yy_glr_stack,
not yyGLRStack.
*** yydebug
It should be a member of the parser object, see lalr1.cc. Let the parser
object decide what the debug stream is, rather than open coding std::cerr.
*** Avoid pointers
There are many places where pointers should be replaced with references.
Some occurrences were fixed, but now some have improper names:
-yygetToken (int *yycharp, ]b4_namespace_ref[::]b4_parser_class[& yyparser][]b4_pure_if([, glr_stack* yystackp])[]b4_user_formals[)
+yygetToken (int& yycharp, ]b4_namespace_ref[::]b4_parser_class[& yyparser][]b4_pure_if([, glr_stack* yystackp])[]b4_user_formals[)
yycharp is no longer a Pointer. And yystackp should probably also be a reference.
*** parse.assert
Currently all the assertions are enabled. Once we are confident in glr2.cc,
let parse.assert use the same approach as in lalr1.cc.
*** debug_stream
Stop using std::cerr everywhere.
*** glr.c
When glr2.cc fully replaces glr.cc, get rid of the glr.cc scaffolding in
glr.c.
* Chains
** Unit rules / Injection rules (Akim Demaille)
Maybe we could expand unit rules (or "injections", see
https://homepages.cwi.nl/~daybuild/daily-books/syntax/2-sdf/sdf.html), i.e.,
transform
exp: arith | bool;
arith: exp '+' exp;
bool: exp '&' exp;
into
exp: exp '+' exp | exp '&' exp;
when there are no actions. This can significantly speed up some grammars.
I can't find the papers. In particular the book 'LR parsing: Theory and
Practice' is impossible to find, but according to 'Parsing Techniques: a
Practical Guide', it includes information about this issue. Does anybody
have it?
** clean up (Akim Demaille)
Do not work on these items now, as I (Akim) have branches with a lot of
changes in this area (hitting several files), and no desire to have to fix
conflicts. Addressing these items will happen after my branches have been
merged.
*** lalr.c
Introduce a goto struct, and use it in place of from_state/to_state.
Rename states1 as path, length as pathlen.
Introduce inline functions for things such as nullable[*rp - ntokens]
where we need to map from symbol number to nterm number.
There are probably a significant part of the relations management that
should be migrated on top of a bitsetv.
*** closure
It should probably take a "state*" instead of two arguments.
*** traces
The "automaton" and "set" categories are not so useful. We should probably
introduce lr(0) and lalr, just the way we have ielr categories. The
"closure" function is too verbose, it should probably have its own category.
"set" can still be used for summarizing the important sets. That would make
tests easy to maintain.
*** complain.*
Rename these guys as "diagnostics.*" (or "diagnose.*"), since that's the
name they have in GCC, clang, etc. Likewise for the complain_* series of
functions.
*** ritem
states/nstates, rules/nrules, ..., ritem/nritems
Fix the latter.
*** m4: slot, type, type_tag
The meaning of type_tag varies depending on api.value.type. We should avoid
that and using clear definitions with stable semantics.
* D programming language
There's a number of features that are missing, here sorted in _suggested_
order of implementation.
When copying code from other skeletons, keep the comments exactly as they
are. Keep the same variable names. If you change the wording in one place,
do it in the others too. In other words: make sure to keep the
maintenance *simple* by avoiding any gratuitous difference.
** CI
Check when gdc and ldc.
** GLR Parser
This is very ambitious. That's the final boss. There are currently no
"clean" implementation to get inspiration from.
glr.c is very clean but:
- is low-level C
- is a different skeleton from yacc.c
glr.cc is (currently) an ugly hack: a C++ shell around glr.c. Valentin
Tolmer is currently rewriting glr.cc to be clean C++, but he is not
finished. There will be a lot a common code between lalr1.cc and glr.cc, so
eventually I would like them to be fused into a single skeleton, supporting
both deterministic and generalized parsing.
It would be great for D to also support this.
The basic ideas of GLR are explained here:
https://www.codeproject.com/Articles/5259825/GLR-Parsing-in-Csharp-How-to-Use-The-Most-Powerful
* Better error messages
The users are not provided with enough tools to forge their error messages.
See for instance "Is there an option to change the message produced by
YYERROR_VERBOSE?" by Simon Sobisch, on bison-help.
See also
https://www.cs.tufts.edu/~nr/cs257/archive/clinton-jefferey/lr-error-messages.pdf
https://research.swtch.com/yyerror
http://gallium.inria.fr/~fpottier/publis/fpottier-reachability-cc2016.pdf
* Modernization
Fix data/skeletons/yacc.c so that it defines YYPTRDIFF_T properly for modern
and older C++ compilers. Currently the code defaults to defining it to
'long' for non-GCC compilers, but it should use the proper C++ magic to
define it to the same type as the C ptrdiff_t type.
* Completion
Several features are not available in all the back-ends.
- push parsers: glr.c, glr.cc, lalr1.cc (not very difficult)
- token constructors: Java, C, D (a bit difficult)
- glr: D, Java (super difficult)
* Bugs
** Autotest has quotation issues
tests/input.at:1730:AT_SETUP([%define errors])
->
$ ./tests/testsuite -l | grep errors | sed q
38: input.at:1730 errors
* Short term
** Better design for diagnostics
The current implementation of diagnostics is ad hoc, it grew organically.
It works as a series of calls to several functions, with dependency of the
latter calls on the former. For instance:
complain (&sym->location,
sym->content->status == needed ? complaint : Wother,
_("symbol %s is used, but is not defined as a token"
" and has no rules; did you mean %s?"),
quote_n (0, sym->tag),
quote_n (1, best->tag));
if (feature_flag & feature_caret)
location_caret_suggestion (sym->location, best->tag, stderr);
We should rewrite this in a more FP way:
1. build a rich structure that denotes the (complete) diagnostic.
"Complete" in the sense that it also contains the suggestions, the list
of possible matches, etc.
2. send this to the pretty-printing routine. The diagnostic structure
should be sufficient so that we can generate all the 'format' of
diagnostics, including the fixits.
If properly done, this diagnostic module can be detached from Bison and be
put in gnulib. It could be used, for instance, for errors caught by
xgettext.
There's certainly already something alike in GCC. At least that's the
impression I get from reading the "-fdiagnostics-format=FORMAT" part of this
page:
https://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Diagnostic-Message-Formatting-Options.html
** Graphviz display code thoughts
The code for the --graph option is over two files: print_graph, and
graphviz. This is because Bison used to also produce VCG graphs, but since
this is no longer true, maybe we could consider these files for fusion.
An other consideration worth noting is that print_graph.c (correct me if I
am wrong) should contain generic functions, whereas graphviz.c and other
potential files should contain just the specific code for that output
format. It will probably prove difficult to tell if the implementation is
actually generic whilst only having support for a single format, but it
would be nice to keep stuff a bit tidier: right now, the construction of the
bitset used to show reductions is in the graphviz-specific code, and on the
opposite side we have some use of \l, which is graphviz-specific, in what
should be generic code.
Little effort seems to have been given to factoring these files and their
print{,-xml} counterpart. We would very much like to re-use the pretty format
of states from .output for the graphs, etc.
Since graphviz dies on medium-to-big grammars, maybe consider an other tool?
** push-parser
Check it too when checking the different kinds of parsers. And be
sure to check that the initial-action is performed once per parsing.
** m4 names
b4_shared_declarations is no longer what it is. Make it
b4_parser_declaration for instance.
** yychar in lalr1.cc
There is a large difference bw maint and master on the handling of
yychar (which was removed in lalr1.cc). See what needs to be
back-ported.
/* User semantic actions sometimes alter yychar, and that requires
that yytoken be updated with the new translation. We take the
approach of translating immediately before every use of yytoken.
One alternative is translating here after every semantic action,
but that translation would be missed if the semantic action
invokes YYABORT, YYACCEPT, or YYERROR immediately after altering
yychar. In the case of YYABORT or YYACCEPT, an incorrect
destructor might then be invoked immediately. In the case of
YYERROR, subsequent parser actions might lead to an incorrect
destructor call or verbose syntax error message before the
lookahead is translated. */
/* Make sure we have latest lookahead translation. See comments at
user semantic actions for why this is necessary. */
yytoken = yytranslate_ (yychar);
** Get rid of fake #lines [Bison: ...]
Possibly as simple as checking whether the column number is nonnegative.
I have seen messages like the following from GCC.
<built-in>:0: fatal error: opening dependency file .deps/libltdl/argz.Tpo: No such file or directory
** Discuss about %printer/%destroy in the case of C++.
It would be very nice to provide the symbol classes with an operator<<
and a destructor. Unfortunately the syntax we have chosen for
%destroy and %printer make them hard to reuse. For instance, the user
is invited to write something like
%printer { debug_stream() << $$; } <my_type>;
which is hard to reuse elsewhere since it wants to use
"debug_stream()" to find the stream to use. The same applies to
%destroy: we told the user she could use the members of the Parser
class in the printers/destructors, which is not good for an operator<<
since it is no longer bound to a particular parser, it's just a
(standalone symbol).
* Various
** Rewrite glr.cc in C++ (Valentin Tolmer)
As a matter of fact, it would be very interesting to see how much we can
share between lalr1.cc and glr.cc. Most of the skeletons should be common.
It would be a very nice source of inspiration for the other languages.
Valentin Tolmer is working on this.
* From lalr1.cc to yacc.c
** Single stack
Merging the three stacks in lalr1.cc simplified the code, prompted for
other improvements and also made it faster (probably because memory
management is performed once instead of three times). I suggest that
we do the same in yacc.c.
(Some time later): it's also very nice to have three stacks: it's more dense
as we don't lose bits to padding. For instance the typical stack for states
will use 8 bits, while it is likely to consume 32 bits in a struct.
We need trustworthy benchmarks for Bison, for all our backends. Akim has a
few things scattered around; we need to put them in the repo, and make them
more useful.
* Report
** Figures
Some statistics about the grammar and the parser would be useful,
especially when asking the user to send some information about the
grammars she is working on. We should probably also include some
information about the variables (I'm not sure for instance we even
specify what LR variant was used).
** GLR
How would Paul like to display the conflicted actions? In particular,
what when two reductions are possible on a given lookahead token, but one is
part of $default. Should we make the two reductions explicit, or just
keep $default? See the following point.
** Disabled Reductions
See 'tests/conflicts.at (Defaulted Conflicted Reduction)', and decide
what we want to do.
** Documentation
Extend with error productions. The hard part will probably be finding
the right rule so that a single state does not exhibit too many yet
undocumented ''features''. Maybe an empty action ought to be
presented too. Shall we try to make a single grammar with all these
features, or should we have several very small grammars?
* Extensions
** More languages?
Well, only if there is really some demand for it.
*** PHP
https://github.com/scfc/bison-php/blob/master/data/lalr1.php
*** Python
https://lists.gnu.org/r/bison-patches/2013-09/msg00000.html and following
** Multiple start symbols
Revert a70e75b8a41755ab96ab211a0ea111ac68a4aadd.
Revert tests: disable "Multistart reports".
Would be very useful when parsing closely related languages. The idea is to
declare several start symbols, for instance
%start stmt expr
%%
stmt: ...
expr: ...
and to generate parse(), parse_stmt() and parse_expr(). Technically, the
above grammar would be transformed into
%start yy_start
%token YY_START_STMT YY_START_EXPR
%%
yy_start: YY_START_STMT stmt | YY_START_EXPR expr
so that there are no new conflicts in the grammar (as would undoubtedly
happen with yy_start: stmt | expr). Then adjust the skeletons so that this
initial token (YY_START_STMT, YY_START_EXPR) be shifted first in the
corresponding parse function.
*** Number of useless symbols
AT_TEST(
[[%start exp;
exp: exp;]],
[[input.y: warning: 2 nonterminals useless in grammar [-Wother]
input.y: warning: 2 rules useless in grammar [-Wother]
input.y:2.8-10: error: start symbol exp does not derive any sentence]])
We should say "1 nonterminal": the other one is $accept, which should not
participate in the count.
*** Tokens
Do we want to disallow terminal start symbols? The limitation is not
technical. Can it be useful to someone to "parse" a token?
** %include
This is a popular demand. We already made many changes in the parser that
should make this reasonably easy to implement.
Bruce Mardle <marblypup@yahoo.co.uk>
https://lists.gnu.org/r/bison-patches/2015-09/msg00000.html
However, there are many other things to do before having such a feature,
because I don't want a % equivalent to #include (which we all learned to
hate). I want something that builds "modules" of grammars, and assembles
them together, paying attention to keep separate bits separated, in pseudo
name spaces.
** Push parsers
There is demand for push parsers in C++.
** Generate code instead of tables
This is certainly quite a lot of work. See
https://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/summary?doi=10.1.1.50.4539.
** $-1
We should find a means to provide an access to values deep in the
stack. For instance, instead of
baz: qux { $$ = $<foo>-1 + $<bar>0 + $1; }
we should be able to have:
foo($foo) bar($bar) baz($bar): qux($qux) { $baz = $foo + $bar + $qux; }
Or something like this.
** %if and the like
It should be possible to have %if/%else/%endif. The implementation is
not clear: should it be lexical or syntactic. Vadim Maslow thinks it
must be in the scanner: we must not parse what is in a switched off
part of %if. Akim Demaille thinks it should be in the parser, so as
to avoid falling into another CPP mistake.
(Later): I'm sure there's actually good case for this. People who need that
feature can use m4/cpp on top of Bison. I don't think it is worth the
trouble in Bison itself.
** XML Output
There are couple of available extensions of Bison targeting some XML
output. Some day we should consider including them. One issue is
that they seem to be quite orthogonal to the parsing technique, and
seem to depend mostly on the possibility to have some code triggered
for each reduction. As a matter of fact, such hooks could also be
used to generate the yydebug traces. Some generic scheme probably
exists in there.
XML output for GNU Bison and gcc
http://www.cs.may.ie/~jpower/Research/bisonXML/
XML output for GNU Bison
http://yaxx.sourceforge.net/
* Coding system independence
Paul notes:
Currently Bison assumes 8-bit bytes (i.e. that UCHAR_MAX is
255). It also assumes that the 8-bit character encoding is
the same for the invocation of 'bison' as it is for the
invocation of 'cc', but this is not necessarily true when
people run bison on an ASCII host and then use cc on an EBCDIC
host. I don't think these topics are worth our time
addressing (unless we find a gung-ho volunteer for EBCDIC or
PDP-10 ports :-) but they should probably be documented
somewhere.
More importantly, Bison does not currently allow NUL bytes in
tokens, either via escapes (e.g., "x\0y") or via a NUL byte in
the source code. This should get fixed.
* Broken options?
** %token-table
** Skeleton strategy
Must we keep %token-table?
* Precedence
** Partial order
It is unfortunate that there is a total order for precedence. It
makes it impossible to have modular precedence information. We should
move to partial orders (sounds like series/parallel orders to me).
This is a prerequisite for modules.
* Pre and post actions.
From: Florian Krohm <florian@edamail.fishkill.ibm.com>
Subject: YYACT_EPILOGUE
To: bug-bison@gnu.org
X-Sent: 1 week, 4 days, 14 hours, 38 minutes, 11 seconds ago
The other day I had the need for explicitly building the parse tree. I
used %locations for that and defined YYLLOC_DEFAULT to call a function
that returns the tree node for the production. Easy. But I also needed
to assign the S-attribute to the tree node. That cannot be done in
YYLLOC_DEFAULT, because it is invoked before the action is executed.
The way I solved this was to define a macro YYACT_EPILOGUE that would
be invoked after the action. For reasons of symmetry I also added
YYACT_PROLOGUE. Although I had no use for that I can envision how it
might come in handy for debugging purposes.
All is needed is to add
#if YYLSP_NEEDED
YYACT_EPILOGUE (yyval, (yyvsp - yylen), yylen, yyloc, (yylsp - yylen));
#else
YYACT_EPILOGUE (yyval, (yyvsp - yylen), yylen);
#endif
at the proper place to bison.simple. Ditto for YYACT_PROLOGUE.
I was wondering what you think about adding YYACT_PROLOGUE/EPILOGUE
to bison. If you're interested, I'll work on a patch.
* Better graphics
Equip the parser with a means to create the (visual) parse tree.
-----
# LocalWords: Cex gnulib gl Bistromathic TokenKinds yylex enum YYEOF EOF
# LocalWords: YYerror gettext af hb YYERRCODE undef calc FIXME dev yyerror
# LocalWords: Autoconf YYUNDEFTOK lexemes parsers Bistromathic's yyreport
# LocalWords: const argc yacc yyclearin lookahead destructor Rici incluent
# LocalWords: yydestruct yydiscardin catégories d'avertissements sr activé
# LocalWords: conflits défaut rr l'alias chaîne n'est attaché un symbole
# LocalWords: obsolète règle vide midrule valeurs de intermédiaire ou avec
# LocalWords: définies inutilisées priorité associativité inutiles POSIX
# LocalWords: incompatibilités tous les autres avertissements sauf dans rp
# LocalWords: désactiver CATEGORIE traiter comme des erreurs glr Akim bool
# LocalWords: Demaille arith lalr goto struct pathlen nullable ntokens lr
# LocalWords: nterm bitsetv ielr ritem nstates nrules nritems yysymbol EQ
# LocalWords: SymbolKind YYEMPTY YYUNDEF YYTNAME NUM yyntokens yytname sed
# LocalWords: nonterminals yykind yycode YYNAMES yynames init getName conv
# LocalWords: TokenKind ival yychar yylval yylexer Tolmer hoc
# LocalWords: Sobisch YYPTRDIFF ptrdiff Autotest toknum yytoknum
# LocalWords: sym Wother stderr FP fixits xgettext fdiagnostics Graphviz
# LocalWords: graphviz VCG bitset xml bw maint yytoken YYABORT deps
# LocalWords: YYACCEPT yytranslate nonnegative destructors yyerrlab repo
# LocalWords: backends stmt expr yy Mardle baz qux Vadim Maslow CPP cpp
# LocalWords: yydebug gcc UCHAR EBCDIC gung PDP NUL Pre Florian Krohm utf
# LocalWords: YYACT YYLLOC YYLSP yyval yyvsp yylen yyloc yylsp endif
# LocalWords: ispell american
Local Variables:
mode: outline
coding: utf-8
fill-column: 76
ispell-dictionary: "american"
End:
Copyright (C) 2001-2004, 2006, 2008-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software
Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.3 or
any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
Texts. A copy of the license is included in the "GNU Free
Documentation License" file as part of this distribution.
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,64 @@
# Copyright (C) 2012-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Valgrind suppression file for Bison.
{
Mac OS X initialization
Memcheck:Leak
fun:?alloc*
...
fun:*ImageLoader*
}
{
Mac OS X initialization
Memcheck:Leak
fun:?alloc*
...
fun:*dyld*
}
{
Mac OS X initialization
Memcheck:Leak
fun:?alloc*
...
fun:__CFInitialize
}
{
Mac OS X I/O buffer
Memcheck:Leak
fun:malloc
fun:__smakebuf
fun:__swsetup
fun:__sfvwrite
fun:fwrite
}
{
Mac OS X I/O buffer
Memcheck:Leak
fun:malloc
fun:__smakebuf
fun:__swsetup
fun:__swbuf
fun:putchar
}
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# End:
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
# Copyright (C) 2012-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Valgrind suppression file for Bison.
# Travis Trusty, 2018-09-07.
{
libstdcxx_init
Memcheck:Leak
match-leak-kinds: reachable
fun:malloc
obj:/usr/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/libstdc++.so.6.0.25
fun:call_init.part.0
fun:call_init
fun:_dl_init
obj:/lib/x86_64-linux-gnu/ld-2.19.so
}
# Linux prague 4.1.2-2-ARCH #1 SMP PREEMPT Wed Jul 15 08:30:32 UTC 2015
# x86_64 GNU/Linux
{
Probably exception handling from G++ 5.1.
Memcheck:Leak
match-leak-kinds: reachable
fun:malloc
fun:pool
fun:__static_initialization_and_destruction_0
fun:_GLOBAL__sub_I_eh_alloc.cc
fun:call_init.part.0
fun:_dl_init
obj:/usr/lib/ld-2.21.so
}
# Linux seattle 2.6.32-5-amd64 #1 SMP Thu Mar 22 17:26:33 UTC 2012
# x86_64 GNU/Linux
{
index
Memcheck:Cond
fun:index
fun:expand_dynamic_string_token
fun:_dl_map_object
fun:map_doit
fun:_dl_catch_error
fun:do_preload
fun:dl_main
fun:_dl_sysdep_start
fun:_dl_start
obj:/lib/ld-2.11.3.so
}
+575
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,575 @@
#!/bin/sh
#! -*-perl-*-
# Generate a release announcement message.
# Copyright (C) 2002-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Written by Jim Meyering
# This is a prologue that allows to run a perl script as an executable
# on systems that are compliant to a POSIX version before POSIX:2017.
# On such systems, the usual invocation of an executable through execlp()
# or execvp() fails with ENOEXEC if it is a script that does not start
# with a #! line. The script interpreter mentioned in the #! line has
# to be /bin/sh, because on GuixSD systems that is the only program that
# has a fixed file name. The second line is essential for perl and is
# also useful for editing this file in Emacs. The next two lines below
# are valid code in both sh and perl. When executed by sh, they re-execute
# the script through the perl program found in $PATH. The '-x' option
# is essential as well; without it, perl would re-execute the script
# through /bin/sh. When executed by perl, the next two lines are a no-op.
eval 'exec perl -wSx "$0" "$@"'
if 0;
my $VERSION = '2021-08-04 09:17'; # UTC
# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
my $copyright_year = '2021';
use strict;
use Getopt::Long;
use POSIX qw(strftime);
(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
my %valid_release_types = map {$_ => 1} qw (alpha beta stable);
my @archive_suffixes = qw (tar.gz tar.bz2 tar.lz tar.lzma tar.xz);
my $srcdir = '.';
sub usage ($)
{
my ($exit_code) = @_;
my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
if ($exit_code != 0)
{
print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n";
}
else
{
my @types = sort keys %valid_release_types;
print $STREAM <<EOF;
Usage: $ME [OPTIONS]
Generate an announcement message. Run this from builddir.
OPTIONS:
These options must be specified:
--release-type=TYPE TYPE must be one of @types
--package-name=PACKAGE_NAME
--previous-version=VER
--current-version=VER
--gpg-key-id=ID The GnuPG ID of the key used to sign the tarballs
--url-directory=URL_DIR
The following are optional:
--news=NEWS_FILE include the NEWS section about this release
from this NEWS_FILE; accumulates.
--srcdir=DIR where to find the NEWS_FILEs (default: $srcdir)
--bootstrap-tools=TOOL_LIST a comma-separated list of tools, e.g.,
autoconf,automake,bison,gnulib
--gnulib-version=VERSION report VERSION as the gnulib version, where
VERSION is the result of running git describe
in the gnulib source directory.
required if gnulib is in TOOL_LIST.
--no-print-checksums do not emit SHA1 or SHA256 checksums
--archive-suffix=SUF add SUF to the list of archive suffixes
--mail-headers=HEADERS a space-separated list of mail headers, e.g.,
To: x\@example.com Cc: y-announce\@example.com,...
--help display this help and exit
--version output version information and exit
EOF
}
exit $exit_code;
}
=item C<%size> = C<sizes (@file)>
Compute the sizes of the C<@file> and return them as a hash. Return
C<undef> if one of the computation failed.
=cut
sub sizes (@)
{
my (@file) = @_;
my $fail = 0;
my %res;
foreach my $f (@file)
{
my $cmd = "du -h $f";
my $t = `$cmd`;
# FIXME-someday: give a better diagnostic, a la $PROCESS_STATUS
$@
and (warn "command failed: '$cmd'\n"), $fail = 1;
chomp $t;
$t =~ s/^\s*([\d.]+[MkK]).*/${1}B/;
$res{$f} = $t;
}
return $fail ? undef : %res;
}
=item C<print_locations ($title, \@url, \%size, @file)
Print a section C<$title> dedicated to the list of <@file>, which
sizes are stored in C<%size>, and which are available from the C<@url>.
=cut
sub print_locations ($\@\%@)
{
my ($title, $url, $size, @file) = @_;
print "Here are the $title:\n";
foreach my $url (@{$url})
{
for my $file (@file)
{
print " $url/$file";
print " (", $$size{$file}, ")"
if exists $$size{$file};
print "\n";
}
}
print "\n";
}
=item C<print_checksums (@file)
Print the SHA1 and SHA256 signature section for each C<@file>.
=cut
sub print_checksums (@)
{
my (@file) = @_;
print "Here are the SHA1 and SHA256 checksums:\n";
print "\n";
use Digest::file qw(digest_file_hex digest_file_base64);
foreach my $f (@file)
{
print digest_file_hex($f, "SHA-1"), " $f\n";
print digest_file_base64($f, "SHA-256"), " $f\n";
}
print "\nThe SHA256 checksum is base64 encoded, instead of the\n";
print "hexadecimal encoding that most checksum tools default to.\n\n";
}
=item C<print_news_deltas ($news_file, $prev_version, $curr_version)
Print the section of the NEWS file C<$news_file> addressing changes
between versions C<$prev_version> and C<$curr_version>.
=cut
sub print_news_deltas ($$$)
{
my ($news_file, $prev_version, $curr_version) = @_;
my $news_name = $news_file;
$news_name =~ s|^\Q$srcdir\E/||;
print "\n$news_name\n\n";
# Print all lines from $news_file, starting with the first one
# that mentions $curr_version up to but not including
# the first occurrence of $prev_version.
my $in_items;
my $re_prefix = qr/(?:\* )?(?:Noteworthy c|Major c|C)(?i:hanges)/;
my $found_news;
open NEWS, '<', $news_file
or die "$ME: $news_file: cannot open for reading: $!\n";
while (defined (my $line = <NEWS>))
{
if ( ! $in_items)
{
# Match lines like these:
# * Major changes in release 5.0.1:
# * Noteworthy changes in release 6.6 (2006-11-22) [stable]
$line =~ /^$re_prefix.*(?:[^\d.]|$)\Q$curr_version\E(?:[^\d.]|$)/o
or next;
$in_items = 1;
print $line;
}
else
{
# This regexp must not match version numbers in NEWS items.
# For example, they might well say "introduced in 4.5.5",
# and we don't want that to match.
$line =~ /^$re_prefix.*(?:[^\d.]|$)\Q$prev_version\E(?:[^\d.]|$)/o
and last;
print $line;
$line =~ /\S/
and $found_news = 1;
}
}
close NEWS;
$in_items
or die "$ME: $news_file: no matching lines for '$curr_version'\n";
$found_news
or die "$ME: $news_file: no news item found for '$curr_version'\n";
}
sub print_changelog_deltas ($$)
{
my ($package_name, $prev_version) = @_;
# Print new ChangeLog entries.
# First find all CVS-controlled ChangeLog files.
use File::Find;
my @changelog;
find ({wanted => sub {$_ eq 'ChangeLog' && -d 'CVS'
and push @changelog, $File::Find::name}},
'.');
# If there are no ChangeLog files, we're done.
@changelog
or return;
my %changelog = map {$_ => 1} @changelog;
# Reorder the list of files so that if there are ChangeLog
# files in the specified directories, they're listed first,
# in this order:
my @dir = qw ( . src lib m4 config doc );
# A typical @changelog array might look like this:
# ./ChangeLog
# ./po/ChangeLog
# ./m4/ChangeLog
# ./lib/ChangeLog
# ./doc/ChangeLog
# ./config/ChangeLog
my @reordered;
foreach my $d (@dir)
{
my $dot_slash = $d eq '.' ? $d : "./$d";
my $target = "$dot_slash/ChangeLog";
delete $changelog{$target}
and push @reordered, $target;
}
# Append any remaining ChangeLog files.
push @reordered, sort keys %changelog;
# Remove leading './'.
@reordered = map { s!^\./!!; $_ } @reordered;
print "\nChangeLog entries:\n\n";
# print join ("\n", @reordered), "\n";
$prev_version =~ s/\./_/g;
my $prev_cvs_tag = "\U$package_name\E-$prev_version";
my $cmd = "cvs -n diff -u -r$prev_cvs_tag -rHEAD @reordered";
open DIFF, '-|', $cmd
or die "$ME: cannot run '$cmd': $!\n";
# Print two types of lines, making minor changes:
# Lines starting with '+++ ', e.g.,
# +++ ChangeLog 22 Feb 2003 16:52:51 -0000 1.247
# and those starting with '+'.
# Don't print the others.
my $prev_printed_line_empty = 1;
while (defined (my $line = <DIFF>))
{
if ($line =~ /^\+\+\+ /)
{
my $separator = "*"x70 ."\n";
$line =~ s///;
$line =~ s/\s.*//;
$prev_printed_line_empty
or print "\n";
print $separator, $line, $separator;
}
elsif ($line =~ /^\+/)
{
$line =~ s///;
print $line;
$prev_printed_line_empty = ($line =~ /^$/);
}
}
close DIFF;
# The exit code should be 1.
# Allow in case there are no modified ChangeLog entries.
$? == 256 || $? == 128
or warn "warning: '$cmd' had unexpected exit code or signal ($?)\n";
}
sub get_tool_versions ($$)
{
my ($tool_list, $gnulib_version) = @_;
@$tool_list
or return ();
my $fail;
my @tool_version_pair;
foreach my $t (@$tool_list)
{
if ($t eq 'gnulib')
{
push @tool_version_pair, ucfirst $t . ' ' . $gnulib_version;
next;
}
# Assume that the last "word" on the first line of
# 'tool --version' output is the version string.
my ($first_line, undef) = split ("\n", `$t --version`);
if ($first_line =~ /.* (\d[\w.-]+)$/)
{
$t = ucfirst $t;
push @tool_version_pair, "$t $1";
}
else
{
defined $first_line
and $first_line = '';
warn "$t: unexpected --version output\n:$first_line";
$fail = 1;
}
}
$fail
and exit 1;
return @tool_version_pair;
}
{
# Use the C locale so that, for instance, "du" does not
# print "1,2" instead of "1.2", which would confuse our regexps.
$ENV{LC_ALL} = "C";
my $mail_headers;
my $release_type;
my $package_name;
my $prev_version;
my $curr_version;
my $gpg_key_id;
my @url_dir_list;
my @news_file;
my $bootstrap_tools;
my $gnulib_version;
my $print_checksums_p = 1;
# Reformat the warnings before displaying them.
local $SIG{__WARN__} = sub
{
my ($msg) = @_;
# Warnings from GetOptions.
$msg =~ s/Option (\w)/option --$1/;
warn "$ME: $msg";
};
GetOptions
(
'mail-headers=s' => \$mail_headers,
'release-type=s' => \$release_type,
'package-name=s' => \$package_name,
'previous-version=s' => \$prev_version,
'current-version=s' => \$curr_version,
'gpg-key-id=s' => \$gpg_key_id,
'url-directory=s' => \@url_dir_list,
'news=s' => \@news_file,
'srcdir=s' => \$srcdir,
'bootstrap-tools=s' => \$bootstrap_tools,
'gnulib-version=s' => \$gnulib_version,
'print-checksums!' => \$print_checksums_p,
'archive-suffix=s' => \@archive_suffixes,
help => sub { usage 0 },
version =>
sub
{
print "$ME version $VERSION\n";
print "Copyright (C) $copyright_year Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n";
print "License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.\n"
. "This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n"
. "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n";
print "\n";
my $author = "Jim Meyering";
print "Written by $author.\n";
exit
},
) or usage 1;
my $fail = 0;
# Ensure that each required option is specified.
$release_type
or (warn "release type not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
$package_name
or (warn "package name not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
$prev_version
or (warn "previous version string not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
$curr_version
or (warn "current version string not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
$gpg_key_id
or (warn "GnuPG key ID not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
@url_dir_list
or (warn "URL directory name(s) not specified\n"), $fail = 1;
my @tool_list = split ',', $bootstrap_tools
if $bootstrap_tools;
grep (/^gnulib$/, @tool_list) ^ defined $gnulib_version
and (warn "when specifying gnulib as a tool, you must also specify\n"
. "--gnulib-version=V, where V is the result of running git describe\n"
. "in the gnulib source directory.\n"), $fail = 1;
!$release_type || exists $valid_release_types{$release_type}
or (warn "'$release_type': invalid release type\n"), $fail = 1;
@ARGV
and (warn "too many arguments:\n", join ("\n", @ARGV), "\n"),
$fail = 1;
$fail
and usage 1;
my $my_distdir = "$package_name-$curr_version";
my $xd = "$package_name-$prev_version-$curr_version.xdelta";
my @candidates = map { "$my_distdir.$_" } @archive_suffixes;
my @tarballs = grep {-f $_} @candidates;
@tarballs
or die "$ME: none of " . join(', ', @candidates) . " were found\n";
my @sizable = @tarballs;
-f $xd
and push @sizable, $xd;
my %size = sizes (@sizable);
%size
or exit 1;
my $headers = '';
if (defined $mail_headers)
{
($headers = $mail_headers) =~ s/\s+(\S+:)/\n$1/g;
$headers .= "\n";
}
# The markup is escaped as <\# so that when this script is sent by
# mail (or part of a diff), Gnus is not triggered.
print <<EOF;
${headers}Subject: $my_distdir released [$release_type]
<\#secure method=pgpmime mode=sign>
FIXME: put comments here
EOF
if (@url_dir_list == 1 && @tarballs == 1)
{
# When there's only one tarball and one URL, use a more concise form.
my $m = "$url_dir_list[0]/$tarballs[0]";
print "Here are the compressed sources and a GPG detached signature[*]:\n"
. " $m\n"
. " $m.sig\n\n";
}
else
{
print_locations ("compressed sources", @url_dir_list, %size, @tarballs);
-f $xd
and print_locations ("xdelta diffs (useful? if so, "
. "please tell bug-gnulib\@gnu.org)",
@url_dir_list, %size, $xd);
my @sig_files = map { "$_.sig" } @tarballs;
print_locations ("GPG detached signatures[*]", @url_dir_list, %size,
@sig_files);
}
if ($url_dir_list[0] =~ "gnu\.org")
{
print "Use a mirror for higher download bandwidth:\n";
if (@tarballs == 1 && $url_dir_list[0] =~ m!https://ftp\.gnu\.org/gnu/!)
{
(my $m = "$url_dir_list[0]/$tarballs[0]")
=~ s!https://ftp\.gnu\.org/gnu/!https://ftpmirror\.gnu\.org/!;
print " $m\n"
. " $m.sig\n\n";
}
else
{
print " https://www.gnu.org/order/ftp.html\n\n";
}
}
$print_checksums_p
and print_checksums (@sizable);
print <<EOF;
[*] Use a .sig file to verify that the corresponding file (without the
.sig suffix) is intact. First, be sure to download both the .sig file
and the corresponding tarball. Then, run a command like this:
gpg --verify $tarballs[0].sig
If that command fails because you don't have the required public key,
then run this command to import it:
gpg --keyserver keys.gnupg.net --recv-keys $gpg_key_id
and rerun the 'gpg --verify' command.
EOF
my @tool_versions = get_tool_versions (\@tool_list, $gnulib_version);
@tool_versions
and print "\nThis release was bootstrapped with the following tools:",
join ('', map {"\n $_"} @tool_versions), "\n";
print_news_deltas ($_, $prev_version, $curr_version)
foreach @news_file;
$release_type eq 'stable'
or print_changelog_deltas ($package_name, $prev_version);
exit 0;
}
### Setup "GNU" style for perl-mode and cperl-mode.
## Local Variables:
## mode: perl
## perl-indent-level: 2
## perl-continued-statement-offset: 2
## perl-continued-brace-offset: 0
## perl-brace-offset: 0
## perl-brace-imaginary-offset: 0
## perl-label-offset: -2
## perl-extra-newline-before-brace: t
## perl-merge-trailing-else: nil
## eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
## time-stamp-line-limit: 50
## time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
## time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
## time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
## time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
## End:
+348
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,348 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
nl='
'
# We need space, tab and new line, in precisely that order. Quoting is
# there to prevent tools from complaining about whitespace usage.
IFS=" "" $nl"
file_conv=
# func_file_conv build_file lazy
# Convert a $build file to $host form and store it in $file
# Currently only supports Windows hosts. If the determined conversion
# type is listed in (the comma separated) LAZY, no conversion will
# take place.
func_file_conv ()
{
file=$1
case $file in
/ | /[!/]*) # absolute file, and not a UNC file
if test -z "$file_conv"; then
# lazily determine how to convert abs files
case `uname -s` in
MINGW*)
file_conv=mingw
;;
CYGWIN* | MSYS*)
file_conv=cygwin
;;
*)
file_conv=wine
;;
esac
fi
case $file_conv/,$2, in
*,$file_conv,*)
;;
mingw/*)
file=`cmd //C echo "$file " | sed -e 's/"\(.*\) " *$/\1/'`
;;
cygwin/* | msys/*)
file=`cygpath -m "$file" || echo "$file"`
;;
wine/*)
file=`winepath -w "$file" || echo "$file"`
;;
esac
;;
esac
}
# func_cl_dashL linkdir
# Make cl look for libraries in LINKDIR
func_cl_dashL ()
{
func_file_conv "$1"
if test -z "$lib_path"; then
lib_path=$file
else
lib_path="$lib_path;$file"
fi
linker_opts="$linker_opts -LIBPATH:$file"
}
# func_cl_dashl library
# Do a library search-path lookup for cl
func_cl_dashl ()
{
lib=$1
found=no
save_IFS=$IFS
IFS=';'
for dir in $lib_path $LIB
do
IFS=$save_IFS
if $shared && test -f "$dir/$lib.dll.lib"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/$lib.dll.lib
break
fi
if test -f "$dir/$lib.lib"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/$lib.lib
break
fi
if test -f "$dir/lib$lib.a"; then
found=yes
lib=$dir/lib$lib.a
break
fi
done
IFS=$save_IFS
if test "$found" != yes; then
lib=$lib.lib
fi
}
# func_cl_wrapper cl arg...
# Adjust compile command to suit cl
func_cl_wrapper ()
{
# Assume a capable shell
lib_path=
shared=:
linker_opts=
for arg
do
if test -n "$eat"; then
eat=
else
case $1 in
-o)
# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
eat=1
case $2 in
*.o | *.[oO][bB][jJ])
func_file_conv "$2"
set x "$@" -Fo"$file"
shift
;;
*)
func_file_conv "$2"
set x "$@" -Fe"$file"
shift
;;
esac
;;
-I)
eat=1
func_file_conv "$2" mingw
set x "$@" -I"$file"
shift
;;
-I*)
func_file_conv "${1#-I}" mingw
set x "$@" -I"$file"
shift
;;
-l)
eat=1
func_cl_dashl "$2"
set x "$@" "$lib"
shift
;;
-l*)
func_cl_dashl "${1#-l}"
set x "$@" "$lib"
shift
;;
-L)
eat=1
func_cl_dashL "$2"
;;
-L*)
func_cl_dashL "${1#-L}"
;;
-static)
shared=false
;;
-Wl,*)
arg=${1#-Wl,}
save_ifs="$IFS"; IFS=','
for flag in $arg; do
IFS="$save_ifs"
linker_opts="$linker_opts $flag"
done
IFS="$save_ifs"
;;
-Xlinker)
eat=1
linker_opts="$linker_opts $2"
;;
-*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
*.cc | *.CC | *.cxx | *.CXX | *.[cC]++)
func_file_conv "$1"
set x "$@" -Tp"$file"
shift
;;
*.c | *.cpp | *.CPP | *.lib | *.LIB | *.Lib | *.OBJ | *.obj | *.[oO])
func_file_conv "$1" mingw
set x "$@" "$file"
shift
;;
*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
esac
fi
shift
done
if test -n "$linker_opts"; then
linker_opts="-link$linker_opts"
fi
exec "$@" $linker_opts
exit 1
}
eat=
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: compile [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Wrapper for compilers which do not understand '-c -o'.
Remove '-o dest.o' from ARGS, run PROGRAM with the remaining
arguments, and rename the output as expected.
If you are trying to build a whole package this is not the
right script to run: please start by reading the file 'INSTALL'.
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "compile $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
cl | *[/\\]cl | cl.exe | *[/\\]cl.exe | \
icl | *[/\\]icl | icl.exe | *[/\\]icl.exe )
func_cl_wrapper "$@" # Doesn't return...
;;
esac
ofile=
cfile=
for arg
do
if test -n "$eat"; then
eat=
else
case $1 in
-o)
# configure might choose to run compile as 'compile cc -o foo foo.c'.
# So we strip '-o arg' only if arg is an object.
eat=1
case $2 in
*.o | *.obj)
ofile=$2
;;
*)
set x "$@" -o "$2"
shift
;;
esac
;;
*.c)
cfile=$1
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
*)
set x "$@" "$1"
shift
;;
esac
fi
shift
done
if test -z "$ofile" || test -z "$cfile"; then
# If no '-o' option was seen then we might have been invoked from a
# pattern rule where we don't need one. That is ok -- this is a
# normal compilation that the losing compiler can handle. If no
# '.c' file was seen then we are probably linking. That is also
# ok.
exec "$@"
fi
# Name of file we expect compiler to create.
cofile=`echo "$cfile" | sed 's|^.*[\\/]||; s|^[a-zA-Z]:||; s/\.c$/.o/'`
# Create the lock directory.
# Note: use '[/\\:.-]' here to ensure that we don't use the same name
# that we are using for the .o file. Also, base the name on the expected
# object file name, since that is what matters with a parallel build.
lockdir=`echo "$cofile" | sed -e 's|[/\\:.-]|_|g'`.d
while true; do
if mkdir "$lockdir" >/dev/null 2>&1; then
break
fi
sleep 1
done
# FIXME: race condition here if user kills between mkdir and trap.
trap "rmdir '$lockdir'; exit 1" 1 2 15
# Run the compile.
"$@"
ret=$?
if test -f "$cofile"; then
test "$cofile" = "$ofile" || mv "$cofile" "$ofile"
elif test -f "${cofile}bj"; then
test "${cofile}bj" = "$ofile" || mv "${cofile}bj" "$ofile"
fi
rmdir "$lockdir"
exit $ret
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+152
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable at run time.
#
# Copyright 1996-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2003
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# The environment variable LD should be set by the caller.
#
# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
host="$1"
host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
shlibpath_var=
case $host_os in
aix3*)
shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
;;
aix[4-9]*)
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# AIX 5 supports IA64
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
else
shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
fi
;;
beos*)
shlibpath_var=LIBRARY_PATH
;;
bsdi[45]*)
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# FIXME: first we should search . and the directory the executable is in
shlibpath_var=PATH
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
shlibpath_var=DYLD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
dgux*)
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly* | midnightbsd*)
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
gnu*)
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
case "$host_cpu" in
ia64* | hppa*64*) shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH ;;
*) shlibpath_var=SHLIB_PATH ;;
esac
;;
interix[3-9]*)
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
case $host_os in
irix5* | nonstopux*)
shlibsuff=
;;
*)
case $LD in # libtool.m4 will add one of these switches to LD
*-32|*"-32 ") shlibsuff= ;;
*-n32|*"-n32 ") shlibsuff=N32 ;;
*-64|*"-64 ") shlibsuff=64 ;;
*) shlibsuff= ;;
esac
;;
esac
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY${shlibsuff}_PATH
;;
linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
;;
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu)
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
netbsd*)
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
newsos6)
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
nto-qnx*)
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
openbsd*)
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
os2*)
shlibpath_var=LIBPATH
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
rdos*)
;;
solaris*)
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
sunos4*)
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec ;then
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
fi
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
uts4*)
shlibpath_var=LD_LIBRARY_PATH
;;
esac
LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
# This is the shared library path variable.
shlibpath_var=$shlibpath_var
EOF
+684
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,684 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent set of variables, describing how to set the
# run time search path of shared libraries in an executable.
#
# Copyright 1996-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Taken from GNU libtool, 2001
# Originally by Gordon Matzigkeit <gord@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, 1996
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation gives
# unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it, with or without
# modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# The environment variables CC, GCC, LDFLAGS, LD, with_gnu_ld
# should be set by the caller.
#
# The set of defined variables is at the end of this script.
# Known limitations:
# - On IRIX 6.5 with CC="cc", the run time search patch must not be longer
# than 256 bytes, otherwise the compiler driver will dump core. The only
# known workaround is to choose shorter directory names for the build
# directory and/or the installation directory.
# All known linkers require a '.a' archive for static linking (except MSVC,
# which needs '.lib').
libext=a
shrext=.so
host="$1"
host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_CC_BASENAME.
for cc_temp in $CC""; do
case $cc_temp in
compile | *[\\/]compile | ccache | *[\\/]ccache ) ;;
distcc | *[\\/]distcc | purify | *[\\/]purify ) ;;
\-*) ;;
*) break;;
esac
done
cc_basename=`echo "$cc_temp" | sed -e 's%^.*/%%'`
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_COMPILER_PIC.
wl=
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
wl='-Wl,'
else
case "$host_os" in
aix*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
mingw* | cygwin* | pw32* | os2* | cegcc*)
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
case $cc_basename in
ecc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
icc* | ifort*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
lf95*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
nagfor*)
wl='-Wl,-Wl,,'
;;
pgcc* | pgf77* | pgf90* | pgf95* | pgfortran*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
ccc*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
xl* | bgxl* | bgf* | mpixl*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
como)
wl='-lopt='
;;
*)
case `$CC -V 2>&1 | sed 5q` in
*Sun\ F* | *Sun*Fortran*)
wl=
;;
*Sun\ C*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
newsos6)
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
rdos*)
;;
solaris*)
case $cc_basename in
f77* | f90* | f95* | sunf77* | sunf90* | sunf95*)
wl='-Qoption ld '
;;
*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
esac
;;
sunos4*)
wl='-Qoption ld '
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.2uw2* | sysv4.3*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
;;
sysv5* | unixware* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | OpenUNIX*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
unicos*)
wl='-Wl,'
;;
uts4*)
;;
esac
fi
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_LINKER_SHLIBS.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
hardcode_libdir_separator=
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_minus_L=no
case "$host_os" in
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# FIXME: the MSVC++ port hasn't been tested in a loooong time
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
if test "$GCC" != yes; then
with_gnu_ld=no
fi
;;
interix*)
# we just hope/assume this is gcc and not c89 (= MSVC++)
with_gnu_ld=yes
;;
openbsd*)
with_gnu_ld=no
;;
esac
ld_shlibs=yes
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = yes; then
# Set some defaults for GNU ld with shared library support. These
# are reset later if shared libraries are not supported. Putting them
# here allows them to be overridden if necessary.
# Unlike libtool, we use -rpath here, not --rpath, since the documented
# option of GNU ld is called -rpath, not --rpath.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
case "$host_os" in
aix[3-9]*)
# On AIX/PPC, the GNU linker is very broken
if test "$host_cpu" != ia64; then
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
amigaos*)
case "$host_cpu" in
powerpc)
;;
m68k)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
;;
beos*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep 'auto-import' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
haiku*)
;;
interix[3-9]*)
hardcode_direct=no
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
gnu* | linux* | tpf* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
netbsd*)
;;
solaris*)
if $LD -v 2>&1 | grep 'BFD 2\.8' > /dev/null; then
ld_shlibs=no
elif $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX*)
case `$LD -v 2>&1` in
*\ [01].* | *\ 2.[0-9].* | *\ 2.1[0-5].*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-rpath,$libdir`'
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
*)
if $LD --help 2>&1 | grep ': supported targets:.* elf' > /dev/null; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
esac
if test "$ld_shlibs" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=
fi
else
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
# Note: this linker hardcodes the directories in LIBPATH if there
# are no directories specified by -L.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
# Neither direct hardcoding nor static linking is supported with a
# broken collect2.
hardcode_direct=unsupported
fi
;;
aix[4-9]*)
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
# On IA64, the linker does run time linking by default, so we don't
# have to do anything special.
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
else
aix_use_runtimelinking=no
# Test if we are trying to use run time linking or normal
# AIX style linking. If -brtl is somewhere in LDFLAGS, we
# need to do runtime linking.
case $host_os in aix4.[23]|aix4.[23].*|aix[5-9]*)
for ld_flag in $LDFLAGS; do
if (test $ld_flag = "-brtl" || test $ld_flag = "-Wl,-brtl"); then
aix_use_runtimelinking=yes
break
fi
done
;;
esac
fi
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
case $host_os in aix4.[012]|aix4.[012].*)
collect2name=`${CC} -print-prog-name=collect2`
if test -f "$collect2name" && \
strings "$collect2name" | grep resolve_lib_name >/dev/null
then
# We have reworked collect2
:
else
# We have old collect2
hardcode_direct=unsupported
hardcode_minus_L=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=
fi
;;
esac
fi
# Begin _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
echo 'int main () { return 0; }' > conftest.c
${CC} ${LDFLAGS} conftest.c -o conftest
aix_libpath=`dump -H conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath=`dump -HX64 conftest 2>/dev/null | sed -n -e '/Import File Strings/,/^$/ { /^0/ { s/^0 *\(.*\)$/\1/; p; }
}'`
fi
if test -z "$aix_libpath"; then
aix_libpath="/usr/lib:/lib"
fi
rm -f conftest.c conftest
# End _LT_AC_SYS_LIBPATH_AIX.
if test "$aix_use_runtimelinking" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
else
if test "$host_cpu" = ia64; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-R $libdir:/usr/lib:/lib'
else
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-blibpath:$libdir:'"$aix_libpath"
fi
fi
;;
amigaos*)
case "$host_cpu" in
powerpc)
;;
m68k)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
;;
bsdi[45]*)
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
# When not using gcc, we currently assume that we are using
# Microsoft Visual C++.
# hardcode_libdir_flag_spec is actually meaningless, as there is
# no search path for DLLs.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=' '
libext=lib
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
hardcode_direct=no
if { case $cc_basename in ifort*) true;; *) test "$GCC" = yes;; esac; }; then
:
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
dgux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
freebsd2.[01]*)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly* | midnightbsd*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
hpux9*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
hpux10*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
fi
;;
hpux11*)
if test "$with_gnu_ld" = no; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}+b ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
case $host_cpu in
hppa*64*|ia64*)
hardcode_direct=no
;;
*)
hardcode_direct=yes
# hardcode_minus_L: Not really in the search PATH,
# but as the default location of the library.
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
esac
fi
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
netbsd*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
;;
newsos6)
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
;;
openbsd*)
if test -f /usr/libexec/ld.so; then
hardcode_direct=yes
if test -z "`echo __ELF__ | $CC -E - | grep __ELF__`" || test "$host_os-$host_cpu" = "openbsd2.8-powerpc"; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
else
case "$host_os" in
openbsd[01].* | openbsd2.[0-7] | openbsd2.[0-7].*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath,$libdir'
;;
esac
fi
else
ld_shlibs=no
fi
;;
os2*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
osf3*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
osf4* | osf5*)
if test "$GCC" = yes; then
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='${wl}-rpath ${wl}$libdir'
else
# Both cc and cxx compiler support -rpath directly
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-rpath $libdir'
fi
hardcode_libdir_separator=:
;;
solaris*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-R$libdir'
;;
sunos4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
hardcode_direct=yes
hardcode_minus_L=yes
;;
sysv4)
case $host_vendor in
sni)
hardcode_direct=yes # is this really true???
;;
siemens)
hardcode_direct=no
;;
motorola)
hardcode_direct=no #Motorola manual says yes, but my tests say they lie
;;
esac
;;
sysv4.3*)
;;
sysv4*MP*)
if test -d /usr/nec; then
ld_shlibs=yes
fi
;;
sysv4*uw2* | sysv5OpenUNIX* | sysv5UnixWare7.[01].[10]* | unixware7* | sco3.2v5.0.[024]*)
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='`test -z "$SCOABSPATH" && echo ${wl}-R,$libdir`'
hardcode_libdir_separator=':'
;;
uts4*)
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec='-L$libdir'
;;
*)
ld_shlibs=no
;;
esac
fi
# Check dynamic linker characteristics
# Code taken from libtool.m4's _LT_SYS_DYNAMIC_LINKER.
# Unlike libtool.m4, here we don't care about _all_ names of the library, but
# only about the one the linker finds when passed -lNAME. This is the last
# element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4, or possibly two of them if the
# linker has special search rules.
library_names_spec= # the last element of library_names_spec in libtool.m4
libname_spec='lib$name'
case "$host_os" in
aix3*)
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
;;
aix[4-9]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
amigaos*)
case "$host_cpu" in
powerpc*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext' ;;
m68k)
library_names_spec='$libname.a' ;;
esac
;;
beos*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
bsdi[45]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
cygwin* | mingw* | pw32* | cegcc*)
shrext=.dll
library_names_spec='$libname.dll.a $libname.lib'
;;
darwin* | rhapsody*)
shrext=.dylib
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
dgux*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
freebsd[23].*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
;;
freebsd* | dragonfly* | midnightbsd*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
gnu*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
haiku*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
hpux9* | hpux10* | hpux11*)
case $host_cpu in
ia64*)
shrext=.so
;;
hppa*64*)
shrext=.sl
;;
*)
shrext=.sl
;;
esac
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
interix[3-9]*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
irix5* | irix6* | nonstopux*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
case "$host_os" in
irix5* | nonstopux*)
libsuff= shlibsuff=
;;
*)
case $LD in
*-32|*"-32 "|*-melf32bsmip|*"-melf32bsmip ") libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
*-n32|*"-n32 "|*-melf32bmipn32|*"-melf32bmipn32 ") libsuff=32 shlibsuff=N32 ;;
*-64|*"-64 "|*-melf64bmip|*"-melf64bmip ") libsuff=64 shlibsuff=64 ;;
*) libsuff= shlibsuff= ;;
esac
;;
esac
;;
linux*oldld* | linux*aout* | linux*coff*)
;;
linux* | k*bsd*-gnu | kopensolaris*-gnu)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
knetbsd*-gnu)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
netbsd*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
newsos6)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
*nto* | *qnx*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
openbsd*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
;;
os2*)
libname_spec='$name'
shrext=.dll
library_names_spec='$libname.a'
;;
osf3* | osf4* | osf5*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
rdos*)
;;
solaris*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sunos4*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext$versuffix'
;;
sysv4 | sysv4.3*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sysv4*MP*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
sysv5* | sco3.2v5* | sco5v6* | unixware* | OpenUNIX* | sysv4*uw2*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
tpf*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
uts4*)
library_names_spec='$libname$shrext'
;;
esac
sed_quote_subst='s/\(["`$\\]\)/\\\1/g'
escaped_wl=`echo "X$wl" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
shlibext=`echo "$shrext" | sed -e 's,^\.,,'`
escaped_libname_spec=`echo "X$libname_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_library_names_spec=`echo "X$library_names_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec=`echo "X$hardcode_libdir_flag_spec" | sed -e 's/^X//' -e "$sed_quote_subst"`
LC_ALL=C sed -e 's/^\([a-zA-Z0-9_]*\)=/acl_cv_\1=/' <<EOF
# How to pass a linker flag through the compiler.
wl="$escaped_wl"
# Static library suffix (normally "a").
libext="$libext"
# Shared library suffix (normally "so").
shlibext="$shlibext"
# Format of library name prefix.
libname_spec="$escaped_libname_spec"
# Library names that the linker finds when passed -lNAME.
library_names_spec="$escaped_library_names_spec"
# Flag to hardcode \$libdir into a binary during linking.
# This must work even if \$libdir does not exist.
hardcode_libdir_flag_spec="$escaped_hardcode_libdir_flag_spec"
# Whether we need a single -rpath flag with a separated argument.
hardcode_libdir_separator="$hardcode_libdir_separator"
# Set to yes if using DIR/libNAME.so during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_direct="$hardcode_direct"
# Set to yes if using the -LDIR flag during linking hardcodes DIR into the
# resulting binary.
hardcode_minus_L="$hardcode_minus_L"
EOF
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+104
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,104 @@
#! /usr/bin/env perl
# Generate a release announcement message.
# Copyright (C) 2007-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Written by Akim Demaille.
use warnings;
use 5.005;
use strict;
my %option;
my %directive;
my $scanner = `grep -i '"%[a-z]' $ARGV[0]`;
$scanner =~ s/"\[-_\]"/-/g;
while (<STDIN>)
{
if (/^\s* # Initial spaces.
(?:(-\w),\s+)? # $1: $short: Possible short option.
(--[-\w]+) # $2: $long: Mandatory long option.
(\[?) # $3: $opt: '[' iff the argument is optional.
(?:=(\S+))? # $4: $arg: Possible argument name.
\s # Spaces.
/x)
{
my ($short, $long, $opt, $arg) = ($1, $2, $3, $4);
$short = '' if ! defined $short;
$short = '-d' if $long eq '--defines' && ! $short;
my $dir = '%' . substr($long, 2);
if (index ($scanner, "\"$dir\"") < 0)
{
if ($long eq '--force-define') { $dir = '%define'; }
else { $dir = ''; }
}
if ($arg)
{
# if $opt, $arg contains the closing ].
substr ($arg, -1) = ''
if $opt eq '[';
$arg = lc ($arg);
my $dir_arg = $arg;
# If the argument is complete (e.g., for --define[=NAME[=VALUE]]),
# put each word in @var, to build @var{name}[=@var{value}], not
# @var{name[=value]}].
$arg =~ s/(\w+)/\@var{$1}/g;
my $long_arg = "=$arg";
if ($opt eq '[') {
$long_arg = "[$long_arg]";
$arg = "[$arg]";
}
# For arguments of directives: this only works if all arguments
# are strings and have the same syntax as on the command line.
if ($dir_arg eq 'name[=value]')
{
# -D/-F do not add quotes to the argument.
$dir_arg =
$dir eq "%define"
? '@var{name} [@var{value}]'
: '@var{name} ["@var{value}"]';
}
else
{
$dir_arg =~ s/(\w+)/\@var{"$1"}/g;
$dir_arg = '[' . $dir_arg . ']'
if $opt eq '[';
}
$long = "$long$long_arg";
$short = "$short $arg" if $short && $short ne '-d';
$dir = "$dir $dir_arg" if $dir;
}
$option{$long} = $short;
$directive{$long} = $dir;
}
}
my $sep = '';
foreach my $long (sort keys %option)
{
# Couldn't find a means to escape @ in the format (for @item, @tab), so
# pass it as a literal to print.
format STDOUT =
@item @<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< @tab @<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<< @tab @<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<
{
'@', '@option{' . $long . '}',
'@', $option{$long} ? ('@option{' . $option{$long} . '}') : '',
'@', $directive{$long} ? ('@code{' . $directive{$long} . '}') : ''
}
.
write;
}
+791
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,791 @@
#! /bin/sh
# depcomp - compile a program generating dependencies as side-effects
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1999-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# Originally written by Alexandre Oliva <oliva@dcc.unicamp.br>.
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No command. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: depcomp [--help] [--version] PROGRAM [ARGS]
Run PROGRAMS ARGS to compile a file, generating dependencies
as side-effects.
Environment variables:
depmode Dependency tracking mode.
source Source file read by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
object Object file output by 'PROGRAMS ARGS'.
DEPDIR directory where to store dependencies.
depfile Dependency file to output.
tmpdepfile Temporary file to use when outputting dependencies.
libtool Whether libtool is used (yes/no).
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "depcomp $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
esac
# Get the directory component of the given path, and save it in the
# global variables '$dir'. Note that this directory component will
# be either empty or ending with a '/' character. This is deliberate.
set_dir_from ()
{
case $1 in
*/*) dir=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|/[^/]*$|/|'`;;
*) dir=;;
esac
}
# Get the suffix-stripped basename of the given path, and save it the
# global variable '$base'.
set_base_from ()
{
base=`echo "$1" | sed -e 's|^.*/||' -e 's/\.[^.]*$//'`
}
# If no dependency file was actually created by the compiler invocation,
# we still have to create a dummy depfile, to avoid errors with the
# Makefile "include basename.Plo" scheme.
make_dummy_depfile ()
{
echo "#dummy" > "$depfile"
}
# Factor out some common post-processing of the generated depfile.
# Requires the auxiliary global variable '$tmpdepfile' to be set.
aix_post_process_depfile ()
{
# If the compiler actually managed to produce a dependency file,
# post-process it.
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
# Each line is of the form 'foo.o: dependency.h'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# $object: dependency.h
# and one to simply output
# dependency.h:
# which is needed to avoid the deleted-header problem.
{ sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," < "$tmpdepfile"
sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:[$tab ]*,," -e 's,$,:,' < "$tmpdepfile"
} > "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
}
# A tabulation character.
tab=' '
# A newline character.
nl='
'
# Character ranges might be problematic outside the C locale.
# These definitions help.
upper=ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ
lower=abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz
digits=0123456789
alpha=${upper}${lower}
if test -z "$depmode" || test -z "$source" || test -z "$object"; then
echo "depcomp: Variables source, object and depmode must be set" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
# Dependencies for sub/bar.o or sub/bar.obj go into sub/.deps/bar.Po.
depfile=${depfile-`echo "$object" |
sed 's|[^\\/]*$|'${DEPDIR-.deps}'/&|;s|\.\([^.]*\)$|.P\1|;s|Pobj$|Po|'`}
tmpdepfile=${tmpdepfile-`echo "$depfile" | sed 's/\.\([^.]*\)$/.T\1/'`}
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
# Avoid interferences from the environment.
gccflag= dashmflag=
# Some modes work just like other modes, but use different flags. We
# parameterize here, but still list the modes in the big case below,
# to make depend.m4 easier to write. Note that we *cannot* use a case
# here, because this file can only contain one case statement.
if test "$depmode" = hp; then
# HP compiler uses -M and no extra arg.
gccflag=-M
depmode=gcc
fi
if test "$depmode" = dashXmstdout; then
# This is just like dashmstdout with a different argument.
dashmflag=-xM
depmode=dashmstdout
fi
cygpath_u="cygpath -u -f -"
if test "$depmode" = msvcmsys; then
# This is just like msvisualcpp but w/o cygpath translation.
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
depmode=msvisualcpp
fi
if test "$depmode" = msvc7msys; then
# This is just like msvc7 but w/o cygpath translation.
# Just convert the backslash-escaped backslashes to single forward
# slashes to satisfy depend.m4
cygpath_u='sed s,\\\\,/,g'
depmode=msvc7
fi
if test "$depmode" = xlc; then
# IBM C/C++ Compilers xlc/xlC can output gcc-like dependency information.
gccflag=-qmakedep=gcc,-MF
depmode=gcc
fi
case "$depmode" in
gcc3)
## gcc 3 implements dependency tracking that does exactly what
## we want. Yay! Note: for some reason libtool 1.4 doesn't like
## it if -MD -MP comes after the -MF stuff. Hmm.
## Unfortunately, FreeBSD c89 acceptance of flags depends upon
## the command line argument order; so add the flags where they
## appear in depend2.am. Note that the slowdown incurred here
## affects only configure: in makefiles, %FASTDEP% shortcuts this.
for arg
do
case $arg in
-c) set fnord "$@" -MT "$object" -MD -MP -MF "$tmpdepfile" "$arg" ;;
*) set fnord "$@" "$arg" ;;
esac
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
done
"$@"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
mv "$tmpdepfile" "$depfile"
;;
gcc)
## Note that this doesn't just cater to obsosete pre-3.x GCC compilers.
## but also to in-use compilers like IMB xlc/xlC and the HP C compiler.
## (see the conditional assignment to $gccflag above).
## There are various ways to get dependency output from gcc. Here's
## why we pick this rather obscure method:
## - Don't want to use -MD because we'd like the dependencies to end
## up in a subdir. Having to rename by hand is ugly.
## (We might end up doing this anyway to support other compilers.)
## - The DEPENDENCIES_OUTPUT environment variable makes gcc act like
## -MM, not -M (despite what the docs say). Also, it might not be
## supported by the other compilers which use the 'gcc' depmode.
## - Using -M directly means running the compiler twice (even worse
## than renaming).
if test -z "$gccflag"; then
gccflag=-MD,
fi
"$@" -Wp,"$gccflag$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# The second -e expression handles DOS-style file names with drive
# letters.
sed -e 's/^[^:]*: / /' \
-e 's/^['$alpha']:\/[^:]*: / /' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
## This next piece of magic avoids the "deleted header file" problem.
## The problem is that when a header file which appears in a .P file
## is deleted, the dependency causes make to die (because there is
## typically no way to rebuild the header). We avoid this by adding
## dummy dependencies for each header file. Too bad gcc doesn't do
## this for us directly.
## Some versions of gcc put a space before the ':'. On the theory
## that the space means something, we add a space to the output as
## well. hp depmode also adds that space, but also prefixes the VPATH
## to the object. Take care to not repeat it in the output.
## Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
## correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e "s|.*$object$||" -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
sgi)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
"$@" "-Wp,-MDupdate,$tmpdepfile"
else
"$@" -MDupdate "$tmpdepfile"
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then # yes, the sourcefile depend on other files
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# Clip off the initial element (the dependent). Don't try to be
# clever and replace this with sed code, as IRIX sed won't handle
# lines with more than a fixed number of characters (4096 in
# IRIX 6.2 sed, 8192 in IRIX 6.5). We also remove comment lines;
# the IRIX cc adds comments like '#:fec' to the end of the
# dependency line.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' \
| tr "$nl" ' ' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile"
# The second pass generates a dummy entry for each header file.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^.*\.o://' -e 's/#.*$//' -e '/^$/ d' -e 's/$/:/' \
>> "$depfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
xlc)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
aix)
# The C for AIX Compiler uses -M and outputs the dependencies
# in a .u file. In older versions, this file always lives in the
# current directory. Also, the AIX compiler puts '$object:' at the
# start of each line; $object doesn't have directory information.
# Version 6 uses the directory in both cases.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.u
"$@" -Wc,-M
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.u
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.u
"$@" -M
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
aix_post_process_depfile
;;
tcc)
# tcc (Tiny C Compiler) understand '-MD -MF file' since version 0.9.26
# FIXME: That version still under development at the moment of writing.
# Make that this statement remains true also for stable, released
# versions.
# It will wrap lines (doesn't matter whether long or short) with a
# trailing '\', as in:
#
# foo.o : \
# foo.c \
# foo.h \
#
# It will put a trailing '\' even on the last line, and will use leading
# spaces rather than leading tabs (at least since its commit 0394caf7
# "Emit spaces for -MD").
"$@" -MD -MF "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# Each non-empty line is of the form 'foo.o : \' or ' dep.h \'.
# We have to change lines of the first kind to '$object: \'.
sed -e "s|.*:|$object :|" < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# And for each line of the second kind, we have to emit a 'dep.h:'
# dummy dependency, to avoid the deleted-header problem.
sed -n -e 's|^ *\(.*\) *\\$|\1:|p' < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
## The order of this option in the case statement is important, since the
## shell code in configure will try each of these formats in the order
## listed in this file. A plain '-MD' option would be understood by many
## compilers, so we must ensure this comes after the gcc and icc options.
pgcc)
# Portland's C compiler understands '-MD'.
# Will always output deps to 'file.d' where file is the root name of the
# source file under compilation, even if file resides in a subdirectory.
# The object file name does not affect the name of the '.d' file.
# pgcc 10.2 will output
# foo.o: sub/foo.c sub/foo.h
# and will wrap long lines using '\' :
# foo.o: sub/foo.c ... \
# sub/foo.h ... \
# ...
set_dir_from "$object"
# Use the source, not the object, to determine the base name, since
# that's sadly what pgcc will do too.
set_base_from "$source"
tmpdepfile=$base.d
# For projects that build the same source file twice into different object
# files, the pgcc approach of using the *source* file root name can cause
# problems in parallel builds. Use a locking strategy to avoid stomping on
# the same $tmpdepfile.
lockdir=$base.d-lock
trap "
echo '$0: caught signal, cleaning up...' >&2
rmdir '$lockdir'
exit 1
" 1 2 13 15
numtries=100
i=$numtries
while test $i -gt 0; do
# mkdir is a portable test-and-set.
if mkdir "$lockdir" 2>/dev/null; then
# This process acquired the lock.
"$@" -MD
stat=$?
# Release the lock.
rmdir "$lockdir"
break
else
# If the lock is being held by a different process, wait
# until the winning process is done or we timeout.
while test -d "$lockdir" && test $i -gt 0; do
sleep 1
i=`expr $i - 1`
done
fi
i=`expr $i - 1`
done
trap - 1 2 13 15
if test $i -le 0; then
echo "$0: failed to acquire lock after $numtries attempts" >&2
echo "$0: check lockdir '$lockdir'" >&2
exit 1
fi
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
# Each line is of the form `foo.o: dependent.h',
# or `foo.o: dep1.h dep2.h \', or ` dep3.h dep4.h \'.
# Do two passes, one to just change these to
# `$object: dependent.h' and one to simply `dependent.h:'.
sed "s,^[^:]*:,$object :," < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed 's,^[^:]*: \(.*\)$,\1,;s/^\\$//;/^$/d;/:$/d' < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
hp2)
# The "hp" stanza above does not work with aCC (C++) and HP's ia64
# compilers, which have integrated preprocessors. The correct option
# to use with these is +Maked; it writes dependencies to a file named
# 'foo.d', which lands next to the object file, wherever that
# happens to be.
# Much of this is similar to the tru64 case; see comments there.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.d
"$@" -Wc,+Maked
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
"$@" +Maked
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
if test -f "$tmpdepfile"; then
sed -e "s,^.*\.[$lower]*:,$object:," "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Add 'dependent.h:' lines.
sed -ne '2,${
s/^ *//
s/ \\*$//
s/$/:/
p
}' "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
else
make_dummy_depfile
fi
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile2"
;;
tru64)
# The Tru64 compiler uses -MD to generate dependencies as a side
# effect. 'cc -MD -o foo.o ...' puts the dependencies into 'foo.o.d'.
# At least on Alpha/Redhat 6.1, Compaq CCC V6.2-504 seems to put
# dependencies in 'foo.d' instead, so we check for that too.
# Subdirectories are respected.
set_dir_from "$object"
set_base_from "$object"
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
# Libtool generates 2 separate objects for the 2 libraries. These
# two compilations output dependencies in $dir.libs/$base.o.d and
# in $dir$base.o.d. We have to check for both files, because
# one of the two compilations can be disabled. We should prefer
# $dir$base.o.d over $dir.libs/$base.o.d because the latter is
# automatically cleaned when .libs/ is deleted, while ignoring
# the former would cause a distcleancheck panic.
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.o.d # libtool 1.5
tmpdepfile2=$dir.libs/$base.o.d # Likewise.
tmpdepfile3=$dir.libs/$base.d # Compaq CCC V6.2-504
"$@" -Wc,-MD
else
tmpdepfile1=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile2=$dir$base.d
tmpdepfile3=$dir$base.d
"$@" -MD
fi
stat=$?
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
exit $stat
fi
for tmpdepfile in "$tmpdepfile1" "$tmpdepfile2" "$tmpdepfile3"
do
test -f "$tmpdepfile" && break
done
# Same post-processing that is required for AIX mode.
aix_post_process_depfile
;;
msvc7)
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
showIncludes=-Wc,-showIncludes
else
showIncludes=-showIncludes
fi
"$@" $showIncludes > "$tmpdepfile"
stat=$?
grep -v '^Note: including file: ' "$tmpdepfile"
if test $stat -ne 0; then
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
exit $stat
fi
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
# The first sed program below extracts the file names and escapes
# backslashes for cygpath. The second sed program outputs the file
# name when reading, but also accumulates all include files in the
# hold buffer in order to output them again at the end. This only
# works with sed implementations that can handle large buffers.
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n '
/^Note: including file: *\(.*\)/ {
s//\1/
s/\\/\\\\/g
p
}' | $cygpath_u | sort -u | sed -n '
s/ /\\ /g
s/\(.*\)/'"$tab"'\1 \\/p
s/.\(.*\) \\/\1:/
H
$ {
s/.*/'"$tab"'/
G
p
}' >> "$depfile"
echo >> "$depfile" # make sure the fragment doesn't end with a backslash
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvc7msys)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
#nosideeffect)
# This comment above is used by automake to tell side-effect
# dependency tracking mechanisms from slower ones.
dashmstdout)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout, regardless of -o.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove '-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
test -z "$dashmflag" && dashmflag=-M
# Require at least two characters before searching for ':'
# in the target name. This is to cope with DOS-style filenames:
# a dependency such as 'c:/foo/bar' could be seen as target 'c' otherwise.
"$@" $dashmflag |
sed "s|^[$tab ]*[^:$tab ][^:][^:]*:[$tab ]*|$object: |" > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process this sed invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
tr ' ' "$nl" < "$tmpdepfile" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
dashXmstdout)
# This case only exists to satisfy depend.m4. It is never actually
# run, as this mode is specially recognized in the preamble.
exit 1
;;
makedepend)
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove any Libtool call
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# X makedepend
shift
cleared=no eat=no
for arg
do
case $cleared in
no)
set ""; shift
cleared=yes ;;
esac
if test $eat = yes; then
eat=no
continue
fi
case "$arg" in
-D*|-I*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
# Strip any option that makedepend may not understand. Remove
# the object too, otherwise makedepend will parse it as a source file.
-arch)
eat=yes ;;
-*|$object)
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"; shift ;;
esac
done
obj_suffix=`echo "$object" | sed 's/^.*\././'`
touch "$tmpdepfile"
${MAKEDEPEND-makedepend} -o"$obj_suffix" -f"$tmpdepfile" "$@"
rm -f "$depfile"
# makedepend may prepend the VPATH from the source file name to the object.
# No need to regex-escape $object, excess matching of '.' is harmless.
sed "s|^.*\($object *:\)|\1|" "$tmpdepfile" > "$depfile"
# Some versions of the HPUX 10.20 sed can't process the last invocation
# correctly. Breaking it into two sed invocations is a workaround.
sed '1,2d' "$tmpdepfile" \
| tr ' ' "$nl" \
| sed -e 's/^\\$//' -e '/^$/d' -e '/:$/d' \
| sed -e 's/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile" "$tmpdepfile".bak
;;
cpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
# Remove '-o $object'.
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case $arg in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift # fnord
shift # $arg
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E \
| sed -n -e '/^# [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
-e '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)".*/ s:: \1 \\:p' \
| sed '$ s: \\$::' > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
cat < "$tmpdepfile" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" '/^$/d;s/^ //;s/ \\$//;s/$/ :/' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvisualcpp)
# Important note: in order to support this mode, a compiler *must*
# always write the preprocessed file to stdout.
"$@" || exit $?
# Remove the call to Libtool.
if test "$libtool" = yes; then
while test "X$1" != 'X--mode=compile'; do
shift
done
shift
fi
IFS=" "
for arg
do
case "$arg" in
-o)
shift
;;
$object)
shift
;;
"-Gm"|"/Gm"|"-Gi"|"/Gi"|"-ZI"|"/ZI")
set fnord "$@"
shift
shift
;;
*)
set fnord "$@" "$arg"
shift
shift
;;
esac
done
"$@" -E 2>/dev/null |
sed -n '/^#line [0-9][0-9]* "\([^"]*\)"/ s::\1:p' | $cygpath_u | sort -u > "$tmpdepfile"
rm -f "$depfile"
echo "$object : \\" > "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::'"$tab"'\1 \\:p' >> "$depfile"
echo "$tab" >> "$depfile"
sed < "$tmpdepfile" -n -e 's% %\\ %g' -e '/^\(.*\)$/ s::\1\::p' >> "$depfile"
rm -f "$tmpdepfile"
;;
msvcmsys)
# This case exists only to let depend.m4 do its work. It works by
# looking at the text of this script. This case will never be run,
# since it is checked for above.
exit 1
;;
none)
exec "$@"
;;
*)
echo "Unknown depmode $depmode" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
exit 0
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
@@ -0,0 +1,179 @@
#!/bin/sh
# In a git/autoconf/automake-enabled project with a NEWS file and a version-
# controlled .prev-version file, automate the procedure by which we record
# the date, release-type and version string in the NEWS file. That commit
# will serve to identify the release, so apply a signed tag to it as well.
VERSION=2018-03-07.03 # UTC
# Note: this is a bash script (could be zsh or dash)
# Copyright (C) 2009-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Written by Jim Meyering
ME=$(basename "$0")
warn() { printf '%s: %s\n' "$ME" "$*" >&2; }
die() { warn "$*"; exit 1; }
help()
{
cat <<EOF
Usage: $ME [OPTION...] VERSION RELEASE_TYPE
Run this script from top_srcdir to perform the final pre-release NEWS
update in which the date, release-type and version string are
recorded. Commit that result with a log entry marking the release,
and apply a signed tag. Run it from your project's top-level
directory.
Requirements:
- you use git for version-control
- a version-controlled .prev-version file
- a NEWS file, with line 3 identical to this:
$noteworthy_stub
Options:
--branch=BRANCH set release branch (default: $branch)
-C, --builddir=DIR location of (configured) Makefile (default: $builddir)
--help print this help, then exit
--version print version number, then exit
EXAMPLE:
To update NEWS and tag the beta 8.1 release of coreutils, I would run this:
$ME 8.1 beta
Report bugs and patches to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit
}
version()
{
year=$(echo "$VERSION" | sed 's/[^0-9].*//')
cat <<EOF
$ME $VERSION
Copyright (C) $year Free Software Foundation, Inc,
License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>
This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
EOF
exit
}
## ------ ##
## Main. ##
## ------ ##
# Constants.
noteworthy='* Noteworthy changes in release'
noteworthy_stub="$noteworthy ?.? (????-??-??) [?]"
# Variables.
branch=$(git branch | sed -ne '/^\* /{s///;p;q;}')
builddir=.
while test $# != 0
do
# Handle --option=value by splitting apart and putting back on argv.
case $1 in
--*=*)
opt=$(echo "$1" | sed -e 's/=.*//')
val=$(echo "$1" | sed -e 's/[^=]*=//')
shift
set dummy "$opt" "$val" "$@"; shift
;;
esac
case $1 in
--help|--version) ${1#--};;
--branch) shift; branch=$1; shift ;;
-C|--builddir) shift; builddir=$1; shift ;;
--*) die "unrecognized option: $1";;
*) break;;
esac
done
test $# = 2 \
|| die "Usage: $ME [OPTION...] VERSION TYPE"
ver=$1
type=$2
## ---------------------- ##
## First, sanity checks. ##
## ---------------------- ##
# Verify that $ver looks like a version number, and...
echo "$ver"|grep -E '^[0-9][0-9.]*[0-9]$' > /dev/null \
|| die "invalid version: $ver"
prev_ver=$(cat .prev-version) \
|| die 'failed to determine previous version number from .prev-version'
# Verify that $ver is sensible (> .prev-version).
case $(printf "$prev_ver\n$ver\n"|sort -V -u|tr '\n' ':') in
"$prev_ver:$ver:") ;;
*) die "invalid version: $ver (<= $prev_ver)";;
esac
case $type in
alpha|beta|stable) ;;
*) die "invalid release type: $type";;
esac
# No local modifications allowed.
case $(git diff-index --name-only HEAD) in
'') ;;
*) die 'this tree is dirty; commit your changes first';;
esac
# Ensure the current branch name is correct:
curr_br=$(git rev-parse --symbolic-full-name HEAD)
test "$curr_br" = "refs/heads/$branch" || die not on branch $branch
# Extract package name from Makefile.
Makefile=$builddir/Makefile
pkg=$(sed -n 's/^PACKAGE = \(.*\)/\1/p' "$Makefile") \
|| die "failed to determine package name from $Makefile"
# Check that line 3 of NEWS is the stub line about to be replaced.
test "$(sed -n 3p NEWS)" = "$noteworthy_stub" \
|| die "line 3 of NEWS must be exactly '$noteworthy_stub'"
## --------------- ##
## Then, changes. ##
## --------------- ##
# Update NEWS to have today's date, plus desired version number and $type.
perl -MPOSIX -ni -e 'my $today = strftime "%F", localtime time;' \
-e 'my ($type, $ver) = qw('"$type $ver"');' \
-e 'my $pfx = "'"$noteworthy"'";' \
-e 'print $.==3 ? "$pfx $ver ($today) [$type]\n" : $_' \
NEWS || die 'failed to update NEWS'
printf "version $ver\n\n* NEWS: Record release date.\n" \
| git commit -F - -a || die 'git commit failed'
git tag -s -m "$pkg $ver" v$ver HEAD || die 'git tag failed'
# Local variables:
# indent-tabs-mode: nil
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "VERSION="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: " # UTC"
# End:
+510
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,510 @@
#!/bin/sh -e
# gendocs.sh -- generate a GNU manual in many formats. This script is
# mentioned in maintain.texi. See the help message below for usage details.
scriptversion=2021-07-19.18
# Copyright 2003-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Original author: Mohit Agarwal.
# Send bug reports and any other correspondence to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
#
# The latest version of this script, and the companion template, is
# available from the Gnulib repository:
#
# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/tree/build-aux/gendocs.sh
# https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/tree/doc/gendocs_template
# TODO:
# - image importing was only implemented for HTML generated by
# makeinfo. But it should be simple enough to adjust.
# - images are not imported in the source tarball. All the needed
# formats (PDF, PNG, etc.) should be included.
prog=`basename "$0"`
srcdir=`pwd`
scripturl="https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/plain/build-aux/gendocs.sh"
templateurl="https://git.savannah.gnu.org/cgit/gnulib.git/plain/doc/gendocs_template"
: ${SETLANG="env LANG= LC_MESSAGES= LC_ALL= LANGUAGE="}
: ${MAKEINFO="makeinfo"}
: ${TEXI2DVI="texi2dvi"}
: ${DOCBOOK2HTML="docbook2html"}
: ${DOCBOOK2PDF="docbook2pdf"}
: ${DOCBOOK2TXT="docbook2txt"}
: ${GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR="."}
: ${PERL='perl'}
: ${TEXI2HTML="texi2html"}
unset CDPATH
unset use_texi2html
MANUAL_TITLE=
PACKAGE=
EMAIL=webmasters@gnu.org # please override with --email
commonarg= # passed to all makeinfo/texi2html invcations.
dirargs= # passed to all tools (-I dir).
dirs= # -I directories.
htmlarg="--css-ref=https://www.gnu.org/software/gnulib/manual.css -c TOP_NODE_UP_URL=/manual"
default_htmlarg=true
infoarg=--no-split
generate_ascii=true
generate_html=true
generate_info=true
generate_tex=true
outdir=manual
source_extra=
split=node
srcfile=
texarg="-t @finalout"
version="gendocs.sh $scriptversion
Copyright 2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
There is NO warranty. You may redistribute this software
under the terms of the GNU General Public License.
For more information about these matters, see the files named COPYING."
usage="Usage: $prog [OPTION]... PACKAGE MANUAL-TITLE
Generate output in various formats from PACKAGE.texinfo (or .texi or
.txi) source. See the GNU Maintainers document for a more extensive
discussion:
https://www.gnu.org/prep/maintain_toc.html
Options:
--email ADR use ADR as contact in generated web pages; always give this.
-s SRCFILE read Texinfo from SRCFILE, instead of PACKAGE.{texinfo|texi|txi}
-o OUTDIR write files into OUTDIR, instead of manual/.
-I DIR append DIR to the Texinfo search path.
--common ARG pass ARG in all invocations.
--html ARG pass ARG to makeinfo or texi2html for HTML targets,
instead of '$htmlarg'.
--info ARG pass ARG to makeinfo for Info, instead of --no-split.
--no-ascii skip generating the plain text output.
--no-html skip generating the html output.
--no-info skip generating the info output.
--no-tex skip generating the dvi and pdf output.
--source ARG include ARG in tar archive of sources.
--split HOW make split HTML by node, section, chapter; default node.
--tex ARG pass ARG to texi2dvi for DVI and PDF, instead of -t @finalout.
--texi2html use texi2html to make HTML target, with all split versions.
--docbook convert through DocBook too (xml, txt, html, pdf).
--help display this help and exit successfully.
--version display version information and exit successfully.
Simple example: $prog --email bug-gnu-emacs@gnu.org emacs \"GNU Emacs Manual\"
Typical sequence:
cd PACKAGESOURCE/doc
wget \"$scripturl\"
wget \"$templateurl\"
$prog --email BUGLIST MANUAL \"GNU MANUAL - One-line description\"
Output will be in a new subdirectory \"manual\" (by default;
use -o OUTDIR to override). Move all the new files into your web CVS
tree, as explained in the Web Pages node of maintain.texi.
Please use the --email ADDRESS option so your own bug-reporting
address will be used in the generated HTML pages.
MANUAL-TITLE is included as part of the HTML <title> of the overall
manual/index.html file. It should include the name of the package being
documented. manual/index.html is created by substitution from the file
$GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template. (Feel free to modify the
generic template for your own purposes.)
If you have several manuals, you'll need to run this script several
times with different MANUAL values, specifying a different output
directory with -o each time. Then write (by hand) an overall index.html
with links to them all.
If a manual's Texinfo sources are spread across several directories,
first copy or symlink all Texinfo sources into a single directory.
(Part of the script's work is to make a tar.gz of the sources.)
As implied above, by default monolithic Info files are generated.
If you want split Info, or other Info options, use --info to override.
You can set the environment variables MAKEINFO, TEXI2DVI, TEXI2HTML,
and PERL to control the programs that get executed, and
GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR to control where the gendocs_template file is
looked for. With --docbook, the environment variables DOCBOOK2HTML,
DOCBOOK2PDF, and DOCBOOK2TXT are also consulted.
By default, makeinfo and texi2dvi are run in the default (English)
locale, since that's the language of most Texinfo manuals. If you
happen to have a non-English manual and non-English web site, see the
SETLANG setting in the source.
Email bug reports or enhancement requests to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
"
while test $# -gt 0; do
case $1 in
-s) shift; srcfile=$1;;
-o) shift; outdir=$1;;
-I) shift; dirargs="$dirargs -I '$1'"; dirs="$dirs $1";;
--common) shift; commonarg=$1;;
--docbook) docbook=yes;;
--email) shift; EMAIL=$1;;
--html) shift; default_htmlarg=false; htmlarg=$1;;
--info) shift; infoarg=$1;;
--no-ascii) generate_ascii=false;;
--no-html) generate_ascii=false;;
--no-info) generate_info=false;;
--no-tex) generate_tex=false;;
--source) shift; source_extra=$1;;
--split) shift; split=$1;;
--tex) shift; texarg=$1;;
--texi2html) use_texi2html=1;;
--help) echo "$usage"; exit 0;;
--version) echo "$version"; exit 0;;
-*)
echo "$0: Unknown option \`$1'." >&2
echo "$0: Try \`--help' for more information." >&2
exit 1;;
*)
if test -z "$PACKAGE"; then
PACKAGE=$1
elif test -z "$MANUAL_TITLE"; then
MANUAL_TITLE=$1
else
echo "$0: extra non-option argument \`$1'." >&2
exit 1
fi;;
esac
shift
done
# makeinfo uses the dirargs, but texi2dvi doesn't.
commonarg=" $dirargs $commonarg"
# For most of the following, the base name is just $PACKAGE
base=$PACKAGE
if $default_htmlarg && test -n "$use_texi2html"; then
# The legacy texi2html doesn't support TOP_NODE_UP_URL
htmlarg="--css-ref=https://www.gnu.org/software/gnulib/manual.css"
fi
if test -n "$srcfile"; then
# but here, we use the basename of $srcfile
base=`basename "$srcfile"`
case $base in
*.txi|*.texi|*.texinfo) base=`echo "$base"|sed 's/\.[texinfo]*$//'`;;
esac
PACKAGE=$base
elif test -s "$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texinfo"; then
srcfile=$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texinfo
elif test -s "$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texi"; then
srcfile=$srcdir/$PACKAGE.texi
elif test -s "$srcdir/$PACKAGE.txi"; then
srcfile=$srcdir/$PACKAGE.txi
else
echo "$0: cannot find .texinfo or .texi or .txi for $PACKAGE in $srcdir." >&2
exit 1
fi
if test ! -r $GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template; then
echo "$0: cannot read $GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template." >&2
echo "$0: it is available from $templateurl." >&2
exit 1
fi
# Function to return size of $1 in something resembling kilobytes.
calcsize()
{
size=`ls -ksl $1 | awk '{print $1}'`
echo $size
}
# copy_images OUTDIR HTML-FILE...
# -------------------------------
# Copy all the images needed by the HTML-FILEs into OUTDIR.
# Look for them in . and the -I directories; this is simpler than what
# makeinfo supports with -I, but hopefully it will suffice.
copy_images()
{
local odir
odir=$1
shift
$PERL -n -e "
BEGIN {
\$me = '$prog';
\$odir = '$odir';
@dirs = qw(. $dirs);
}
" -e '
/<img src="(.*?)"/g && ++$need{$1};
END {
#print "$me: @{[keys %need]}\n"; # for debugging, show images found.
FILE: for my $f (keys %need) {
for my $d (@dirs) {
if (-f "$d/$f") {
use File::Basename;
my $dest = dirname ("$odir/$f");
#
use File::Path;
-d $dest || mkpath ($dest)
|| die "$me: cannot mkdir $dest: $!\n";
#
use File::Copy;
copy ("$d/$f", $dest)
|| die "$me: cannot copy $d/$f to $dest: $!\n";
next FILE;
}
}
die "$me: $ARGV: cannot find image $f\n";
}
}
' -- "$@" || exit 1
}
case $outdir in
/*) abs_outdir=$outdir;;
*) abs_outdir=$srcdir/$outdir;;
esac
echo "Making output for $srcfile"
echo " in `pwd`"
mkdir -p "$outdir/"
#
if $generate_info; then
cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO -o $PACKAGE.info $commonarg $infoarg \"$srcfile\""
echo "Generating info... ($cmd)"
rm -f $PACKAGE.info* # get rid of any strays
eval "$cmd"
tar czf "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz" $PACKAGE.info*
ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz"
info_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.info.tar.gz"`
# do not mv the info files, there's no point in having them available
# separately on the web.
fi # end info
#
if $generate_tex; then
cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2DVI $dirargs $texarg \"$srcfile\""
printf "\nGenerating dvi... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
# compress/finish dvi:
gzip -f -9 $PACKAGE.dvi
dvi_gz_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.dvi.gz`
mv $PACKAGE.dvi.gz "$outdir/"
ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.dvi.gz"
cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2DVI --pdf $dirargs $texarg \"$srcfile\""
printf "\nGenerating pdf... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
pdf_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.pdf`
mv $PACKAGE.pdf "$outdir/"
ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.pdf"
fi # end tex (dvi + pdf)
#
if $generate_ascii; then
opt="-o $PACKAGE.txt --no-split --no-headers $commonarg"
cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\""
printf "\nGenerating ascii... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
ascii_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.txt`
gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE.txt >"$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt.gz"
ascii_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt.gz"`
mv $PACKAGE.txt "$outdir/"
ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt" "$outdir/$PACKAGE.txt.gz"
fi
#
if $generate_html; then
# Split HTML at level $1. Used for texi2html.
html_split()
{
opt="--split=$1 --node-files $commonarg $htmlarg"
cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2HTML --output $PACKAGE.html $opt \"$srcfile\""
printf "\nGenerating html by $1... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
split_html_dir=$PACKAGE.html
(
cd ${split_html_dir} || exit 1
ln -sf ${PACKAGE}.html index.html
tar -czf "$abs_outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_$1.tar.gz" -- *.html
)
eval html_$1_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_$1.tar.gz"`
rm -f "$outdir"/html_$1/*.html
mkdir -p "$outdir/html_$1/"
mv ${split_html_dir}/*.html "$outdir/html_$1/"
rmdir ${split_html_dir}
}
if test -z "$use_texi2html"; then
opt="--no-split --html -o $PACKAGE.html $commonarg $htmlarg"
cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\""
printf "\nGenerating monolithic html... ($cmd)\n"
rm -rf $PACKAGE.html # in case a directory is left over
eval "$cmd"
html_mono_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.html`
gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE.html >"$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"
html_mono_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"`
copy_images "$outdir/" $PACKAGE.html
mv $PACKAGE.html "$outdir/"
ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html" "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"
# Before Texinfo 5.0, makeinfo did not accept a --split=HOW option,
# it just always split by node. So if we're splitting by node anyway,
# leave it out.
if test "x$split" = xnode; then
split_arg=
else
split_arg=--split=$split
fi
#
opt="--html -o $PACKAGE.html $split_arg $commonarg $htmlarg"
cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\""
printf "\nGenerating html by $split... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
split_html_dir=$PACKAGE.html
copy_images $split_html_dir/ $split_html_dir/*.html
(
cd $split_html_dir || exit 1
tar -czf "$abs_outdir/$PACKAGE.html_$split.tar.gz" -- *
)
eval \
html_${split}_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html_$split.tar.gz"`
rm -rf "$outdir/html_$split/"
mv $split_html_dir "$outdir/html_$split/"
du -s "$outdir/html_$split/"
ls -l "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html_$split.tar.gz"
else # use texi2html:
opt="--output $PACKAGE.html $commonarg $htmlarg"
cmd="$SETLANG $TEXI2HTML $opt \"$srcfile\""
printf "\nGenerating monolithic html with texi2html... ($cmd)\n"
rm -rf $PACKAGE.html # in case a directory is left over
eval "$cmd"
html_mono_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE.html`
gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE.html >"$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"
html_mono_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.html.gz"`
mv $PACKAGE.html "$outdir/"
html_split node
html_split chapter
html_split section
fi
fi # end html
#
printf "\nMaking .tar.gz for sources...\n"
d=`dirname $srcfile`
(
cd "$d"
srcfiles=`ls -d *.texinfo *.texi *.txi *.eps $source_extra 2>/dev/null` || true
tar czfh "$abs_outdir/$PACKAGE.texi.tar.gz" $srcfiles
ls -l "$abs_outdir/$PACKAGE.texi.tar.gz"
)
texi_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE.texi.tar.gz"`
#
# Do everything again through docbook.
if test -n "$docbook"; then
opt="-o - --docbook $commonarg"
cmd="$SETLANG $MAKEINFO $opt \"$srcfile\" >${srcdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml"
printf "\nGenerating docbook XML... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
docbook_xml_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE-db.xml`
gzip -f -9 -c $PACKAGE-db.xml >"$outdir/$PACKAGE-db.xml.gz"
docbook_xml_gz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/$PACKAGE-db.xml.gz"`
mv $PACKAGE-db.xml "$outdir/"
split_html_db_dir=html_node_db
opt="$commonarg -o $split_html_db_dir"
cmd="$DOCBOOK2HTML $opt \"${outdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml\""
printf "\nGenerating docbook HTML... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
(
cd ${split_html_db_dir} || exit 1
tar -czf "$abs_outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_node_db.tar.gz" -- *.html
)
html_node_db_tgz_size=`calcsize "$outdir/${PACKAGE}.html_node_db.tar.gz"`
rm -f "$outdir"/html_node_db/*.html
mkdir -p "$outdir/html_node_db"
mv ${split_html_db_dir}/*.html "$outdir/html_node_db/"
rmdir ${split_html_db_dir}
cmd="$DOCBOOK2TXT \"${outdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml\""
printf "\nGenerating docbook ASCII... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
docbook_ascii_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE-db.txt`
mv $PACKAGE-db.txt "$outdir/"
cmd="$DOCBOOK2PDF \"${outdir}/$PACKAGE-db.xml\""
printf "\nGenerating docbook PDF... ($cmd)\n"
eval "$cmd"
docbook_pdf_size=`calcsize $PACKAGE-db.pdf`
mv $PACKAGE-db.pdf "$outdir/"
fi
#
printf "\nMaking index.html for $PACKAGE...\n"
if test -z "$use_texi2html"; then
CONDS="/%%IF *HTML_SECTION%%/,/%%ENDIF *HTML_SECTION%%/d;\
/%%IF *HTML_CHAPTER%%/,/%%ENDIF *HTML_CHAPTER%%/d"
else
# should take account of --split here.
CONDS="/%%ENDIF.*%%/d;/%%IF *HTML_SECTION%%/d;/%%IF *HTML_CHAPTER%%/d"
fi
curdate=`$SETLANG date '+%B %d, %Y'`
sed \
-e "s!%%TITLE%%!$MANUAL_TITLE!g" \
-e "s!%%EMAIL%%!$EMAIL!g" \
-e "s!%%PACKAGE%%!$PACKAGE!g" \
-e "s!%%DATE%%!$curdate!g" \
-e "s!%%HTML_MONO_SIZE%%!$html_mono_size!g" \
-e "s!%%HTML_MONO_GZ_SIZE%%!$html_mono_gz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%HTML_NODE_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_node_tgz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%HTML_SECTION_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_section_tgz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%HTML_CHAPTER_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_chapter_tgz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%INFO_TGZ_SIZE%%!$info_tgz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%DVI_GZ_SIZE%%!$dvi_gz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%PDF_SIZE%%!$pdf_size!g" \
-e "s!%%ASCII_SIZE%%!$ascii_size!g" \
-e "s!%%ASCII_GZ_SIZE%%!$ascii_gz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%TEXI_TGZ_SIZE%%!$texi_tgz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%DOCBOOK_HTML_NODE_TGZ_SIZE%%!$html_node_db_tgz_size!g" \
-e "s!%%DOCBOOK_ASCII_SIZE%%!$docbook_ascii_size!g" \
-e "s!%%DOCBOOK_PDF_SIZE%%!$docbook_pdf_size!g" \
-e "s!%%DOCBOOK_XML_SIZE%%!$docbook_xml_size!g" \
-e "s!%%DOCBOOK_XML_GZ_SIZE%%!$docbook_xml_gz_size!g" \
-e "s,%%SCRIPTURL%%,$scripturl,g" \
-e "s!%%SCRIPTNAME%%!$prog!g" \
-e "$CONDS" \
$GENDOCS_TEMPLATE_DIR/gendocs_template >"$outdir/index.html"
echo "Done, see $outdir/ subdirectory for new files."
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-end: "$"
# End:
+226
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,226 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Print a version string.
scriptversion=2019-10-13.15; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 2007-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# This script is derived from GIT-VERSION-GEN from GIT: https://git-scm.com/.
# It may be run two ways:
# - from a git repository in which the "git describe" command below
# produces useful output (thus requiring at least one signed tag)
# - from a non-git-repo directory containing a .tarball-version file, which
# presumes this script is invoked like "./git-version-gen .tarball-version".
# In order to use intra-version strings in your project, you will need two
# separate generated version string files:
#
# .tarball-version - present only in a distribution tarball, and not in
# a checked-out repository. Created with contents that were learned at
# the last time autoconf was run, and used by git-version-gen. Must not
# be present in either $(srcdir) or $(builddir) for git-version-gen to
# give accurate answers during normal development with a checked out tree,
# but must be present in a tarball when there is no version control system.
# Therefore, it cannot be used in any dependencies. GNUmakefile has
# hooks to force a reconfigure at distribution time to get the value
# correct, without penalizing normal development with extra reconfigures.
#
# .version - present in a checked-out repository and in a distribution
# tarball. Usable in dependencies, particularly for files that don't
# want to depend on config.h but do want to track version changes.
# Delete this file prior to any autoconf run where you want to rebuild
# files to pick up a version string change; and leave it stale to
# minimize rebuild time after unrelated changes to configure sources.
#
# As with any generated file in a VC'd directory, you should add
# /.version to .gitignore, so that you don't accidentally commit it.
# .tarball-version is never generated in a VC'd directory, so needn't
# be listed there.
#
# Use the following line in your configure.ac, so that $(VERSION) will
# automatically be up-to-date each time configure is run (and note that
# since configure.ac no longer includes a version string, Makefile rules
# should not depend on configure.ac for version updates).
#
# AC_INIT([GNU project],
# m4_esyscmd([build-aux/git-version-gen .tarball-version]),
# [bug-project@example])
#
# Then use the following lines in your Makefile.am, so that .version
# will be present for dependencies, and so that .version and
# .tarball-version will exist in distribution tarballs.
#
# EXTRA_DIST = $(top_srcdir)/.version
# BUILT_SOURCES = $(top_srcdir)/.version
# $(top_srcdir)/.version:
# echo $(VERSION) > $@-t && mv $@-t $@
# dist-hook:
# echo $(VERSION) > $(distdir)/.tarball-version
me=$0
year=`expr "$scriptversion" : '\([^-]*\)'`
version="git-version-gen $scriptversion
Copyright (C) ${year} Free Software Foundation, Inc.
License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
usage="\
Usage: $me [OPTION]... \$srcdir/.tarball-version [TAG-NORMALIZATION-SED-SCRIPT]
Print a version string.
Options:
--prefix PREFIX prefix of git tags (default 'v')
--fallback VERSION
fallback version to use if \"git --version\" fails
--help display this help and exit
--version output version information and exit
Running without arguments will suffice in most cases."
prefix=v
fallback=
while test $# -gt 0; do
case $1 in
--help) echo "$usage"; exit 0;;
--version) echo "$version"; exit 0;;
--prefix) shift; prefix=${1?};;
--fallback) shift; fallback=${1?};;
-*)
echo "$0: Unknown option '$1'." >&2
echo "$0: Try '--help' for more information." >&2
exit 1;;
*)
if test "x$tarball_version_file" = x; then
tarball_version_file="$1"
elif test "x$tag_sed_script" = x; then
tag_sed_script="$1"
else
echo "$0: extra non-option argument '$1'." >&2
exit 1
fi;;
esac
shift
done
if test "x$tarball_version_file" = x; then
echo "$usage"
exit 1
fi
tag_sed_script="${tag_sed_script:-s/x/x/}"
nl='
'
# Avoid meddling by environment variable of the same name.
v=
v_from_git=
# First see if there is a tarball-only version file.
# then try "git describe", then default.
if test -f $tarball_version_file
then
v=`cat $tarball_version_file` || v=
case $v in
*$nl*) v= ;; # reject multi-line output
esac
test "x$v" = x \
&& echo "$0: WARNING: $tarball_version_file is damaged" 1>&2
fi
if test "x$v" != x
then
: # use $v
# Otherwise, if there is at least one git commit involving the working
# directory, and "git describe" output looks sensible, use that to
# derive a version string.
elif test "`git log -1 --pretty=format:x . 2>&1`" = x \
&& v=`git describe --abbrev=4 --match="$prefix*" HEAD 2>/dev/null \
|| git describe --abbrev=4 HEAD 2>/dev/null` \
&& v=`printf '%s\n' "$v" | sed "$tag_sed_script"` \
&& case $v in
$prefix[0-9]*) ;;
*) (exit 1) ;;
esac
then
# Is this a new git that lists number of commits since the last
# tag or the previous older version that did not?
# Newer: v6.10-77-g0f8faeb
# Older: v6.10-g0f8faeb
vprefix=`expr "X$v" : 'X\(.*\)-g[^-]*$'` || vprefix=$v
case $vprefix in
*-*) : git describe is probably okay three part flavor ;;
*)
: git describe is older two part flavor
# Recreate the number of commits and rewrite such that the
# result is the same as if we were using the newer version
# of git describe.
vtag=`echo "$v" | sed 's/-.*//'`
commit_list=`git rev-list "$vtag"..HEAD 2>/dev/null` \
|| { commit_list=failed;
echo "$0: WARNING: git rev-list failed" 1>&2; }
numcommits=`echo "$commit_list" | wc -l`
v=`echo "$v" | sed "s/\(.*\)-\(.*\)/\1-$numcommits-\2/"`;
test "$commit_list" = failed && v=UNKNOWN
;;
esac
# Change the penultimate "-" to ".", for version-comparing tools.
# Remove the "g" to save a byte.
v=`echo "$v" | sed 's/-\([^-]*\)-g\([^-]*\)$/.\1-\2/'`;
v_from_git=1
elif test "x$fallback" = x || git --version >/dev/null 2>&1; then
v=UNKNOWN
else
v=$fallback
fi
v=`echo "$v" |sed "s/^$prefix//"`
# Test whether to append the "-dirty" suffix only if the version
# string we're using came from git. I.e., skip the test if it's "UNKNOWN"
# or if it came from .tarball-version.
if test "x$v_from_git" != x; then
# Don't declare a version "dirty" merely because a timestamp has changed.
git update-index --refresh > /dev/null 2>&1
dirty=`exec 2>/dev/null;git diff-index --name-only HEAD` || dirty=
case "$dirty" in
'') ;;
*) # Append the suffix only if there isn't one already.
case $v in
*-dirty) ;;
*) v="$v-dirty" ;;
esac ;;
esac
fi
# Omit the trailing newline, so that m4_esyscmd can use the result directly.
printf %s "$v"
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
@@ -0,0 +1,516 @@
#!/bin/sh
#! -*-perl-*-
# Convert git log output to ChangeLog format.
# Copyright (C) 2008-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Written by Jim Meyering
# This is a prologue that allows to run a perl script as an executable
# on systems that are compliant to a POSIX version before POSIX:2017.
# On such systems, the usual invocation of an executable through execlp()
# or execvp() fails with ENOEXEC if it is a script that does not start
# with a #! line. The script interpreter mentioned in the #! line has
# to be /bin/sh, because on GuixSD systems that is the only program that
# has a fixed file name. The second line is essential for perl and is
# also useful for editing this file in Emacs. The next two lines below
# are valid code in both sh and perl. When executed by sh, they re-execute
# the script through the perl program found in $PATH. The '-x' option
# is essential as well; without it, perl would re-execute the script
# through /bin/sh. When executed by perl, the next two lines are a no-op.
eval 'exec perl -wSx "$0" "$@"'
if 0;
my $VERSION = '2021-02-24 23:42'; # UTC
# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
use strict;
use warnings;
use Getopt::Long;
use POSIX qw(strftime);
(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
# use File::Coda; # https://meyering.net/code/Coda/
END {
defined fileno STDOUT or return;
close STDOUT and return;
warn "$ME: failed to close standard output: $!\n";
$? ||= 1;
}
sub usage ($)
{
my ($exit_code) = @_;
my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
if ($exit_code != 0)
{
print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n";
}
else
{
print $STREAM <<EOF;
Usage: $ME [OPTIONS] [ARGS]
Convert git log output to ChangeLog format. If present, any ARGS
are passed to "git log". To avoid ARGS being parsed as options to
$ME, they may be preceded by '--'.
OPTIONS:
--amend=FILE FILE maps from an SHA1 to perl code (i.e., s/old/new/) that
makes a change to SHA1's commit log text or metadata.
--append-dot append a dot to the first line of each commit message if
there is no other punctuation or blank at the end.
--no-cluster never cluster commit messages under the same date/author
header; the default is to cluster adjacent commit messages
if their headers are the same and neither commit message
contains multiple paragraphs.
--srcdir=DIR the root of the source tree, from which the .git/
directory can be derived.
--since=DATE convert only the logs since DATE;
the default is to convert all log entries.
--until=DATE convert only the logs older than DATE.
--ignore-matching=PAT ignore commit messages whose first lines match PAT.
--ignore-line=PAT ignore lines of commit messages that match PAT.
--format=FMT set format string for commit subject and body;
see 'man git-log' for the list of format metacharacters;
the default is '%s%n%b%n'
--strip-tab remove one additional leading TAB from commit message lines.
--strip-cherry-pick remove data inserted by "git cherry-pick";
this includes the "cherry picked from commit ..." line,
and the possible final "Conflicts:" paragraph.
--help display this help and exit
--version output version information and exit
EXAMPLE:
$ME --since=2008-01-01 > ChangeLog
$ME -- -n 5 foo > last-5-commits-to-branch-foo
SPECIAL SYNTAX:
The following types of strings are interpreted specially when they appear
at the beginning of a log message line. They are not copied to the output.
Copyright-paperwork-exempt: Yes
Append the "(tiny change)" notation to the usual "date name email"
ChangeLog header to mark a change that does not require a copyright
assignment.
Co-authored-by: Joe User <user\@example.com>
List the specified name and email address on a second
ChangeLog header, denoting a co-author.
Signed-off-by: Joe User <user\@example.com>
These lines are simply elided.
In a FILE specified via --amend, comment lines (starting with "#") are ignored.
FILE must consist of <SHA,CODE+> pairs where SHA is a 40-byte SHA1 (alone on
a line) referring to a commit in the current project, and CODE refers to one
or more consecutive lines of Perl code. Pairs must be separated by one or
more blank line.
Here is sample input for use with --amend=FILE, from coreutils:
3a169f4c5d9159283548178668d2fae6fced3030
# fix typo in title:
s/all tile types/all file types/
1379ed974f1fa39b12e2ffab18b3f7a607082202
# Due to a bug in vc-dwim, I mis-attributed a patch by Paul to myself.
# Change the author to be Paul. Note the escaped "@":
s,Jim .*>,Paul Eggert <eggert\\\@cs.ucla.edu>,
EOF
}
exit $exit_code;
}
# If the string $S is a well-behaved file name, simply return it.
# If it contains white space, quotes, etc., quote it, and return the new string.
sub shell_quote($)
{
my ($s) = @_;
if ($s =~ m![^\w+/.,-]!)
{
# Convert each single quote to '\''
$s =~ s/\'/\'\\\'\'/g;
# Then single quote the string.
$s = "'$s'";
}
return $s;
}
sub quoted_cmd(@)
{
return join (' ', map {shell_quote $_} @_);
}
# Parse file F.
# Comment lines (starting with "#") are ignored.
# F must consist of <SHA,CODE+> pairs where SHA is a 40-byte SHA1
# (alone on a line) referring to a commit in the current project, and
# CODE refers to one or more consecutive lines of Perl code.
# Pairs must be separated by one or more blank line.
sub parse_amend_file($)
{
my ($f) = @_;
open F, '<', $f
or die "$ME: $f: failed to open for reading: $!\n";
my $fail;
my $h = {};
my $in_code = 0;
my $sha;
while (defined (my $line = <F>))
{
$line =~ /^\#/
and next;
chomp $line;
$line eq ''
and $in_code = 0, next;
if (!$in_code)
{
$line =~ /^([[:xdigit:]]{40})$/
or (warn "$ME: $f:$.: invalid line; expected an SHA1\n"),
$fail = 1, next;
$sha = lc $1;
$in_code = 1;
exists $h->{$sha}
and (warn "$ME: $f:$.: duplicate SHA1\n"),
$fail = 1, next;
}
else
{
$h->{$sha} ||= '';
$h->{$sha} .= "$line\n";
}
}
close F;
$fail
and exit 1;
return $h;
}
# git_dir_option $SRCDIR
#
# From $SRCDIR, the --git-dir option to pass to git (none if $SRCDIR
# is undef). Return as a list (0 or 1 element).
sub git_dir_option($)
{
my ($srcdir) = @_;
my @res = ();
if (defined $srcdir)
{
my $qdir = shell_quote $srcdir;
my $cmd = "cd $qdir && git rev-parse --show-toplevel";
my $qcmd = shell_quote $cmd;
my $git_dir = qx($cmd);
defined $git_dir
or die "$ME: cannot run $qcmd: $!\n";
$? == 0
or die "$ME: $qcmd had unexpected exit code or signal ($?)\n";
chomp $git_dir;
push @res, "--git-dir=$git_dir/.git";
}
@res;
}
{
my $since_date;
my $until_date;
my $format_string = '%s%n%b%n';
my $amend_file;
my $append_dot = 0;
my $cluster = 1;
my $ignore_matching;
my $ignore_line;
my $strip_tab = 0;
my $strip_cherry_pick = 0;
my $srcdir;
GetOptions
(
help => sub { usage 0 },
version => sub { print "$ME version $VERSION\n"; exit },
'since=s' => \$since_date,
'until=s' => \$until_date,
'format=s' => \$format_string,
'amend=s' => \$amend_file,
'append-dot' => \$append_dot,
'cluster!' => \$cluster,
'ignore-matching=s' => \$ignore_matching,
'ignore-line=s' => \$ignore_line,
'strip-tab' => \$strip_tab,
'strip-cherry-pick' => \$strip_cherry_pick,
'srcdir=s' => \$srcdir,
) or usage 1;
defined $since_date
and unshift @ARGV, "--since=$since_date";
defined $until_date
and unshift @ARGV, "--until=$until_date";
# This is a hash that maps an SHA1 to perl code (i.e., s/old/new/)
# that makes a correction in the log or attribution of that commit.
my $amend_code = defined $amend_file ? parse_amend_file $amend_file : {};
my @cmd = ('git',
git_dir_option $srcdir,
qw(log --log-size),
'--pretty=format:%H:%ct %an <%ae>%n%n'.$format_string, @ARGV);
open PIPE, '-|', @cmd
or die ("$ME: failed to run '". quoted_cmd (@cmd) ."': $!\n"
. "(Is your Git too old? Version 1.5.1 or later is required.)\n");
my $prev_multi_paragraph;
my $prev_date_line = '';
my @prev_coauthors = ();
my @skipshas = ();
while (1)
{
defined (my $in = <PIPE>)
or last;
$in =~ /^log size (\d+)$/
or die "$ME:$.: Invalid line (expected log size):\n$in";
my $log_nbytes = $1;
my $log;
my $n_read = read PIPE, $log, $log_nbytes;
$n_read == $log_nbytes
or die "$ME:$.: unexpected EOF\n";
# Extract leading hash.
my ($sha, $rest) = split ':', $log, 2;
defined $sha
or die "$ME:$.: malformed log entry\n";
$sha =~ /^[[:xdigit:]]{40}$/
or die "$ME:$.: invalid SHA1: $sha\n";
my $skipflag = 0;
if (@skipshas)
{
foreach(@skipshas)
{
if ($sha =~ /^$_/)
{
$skipflag = $_;
last;
}
}
}
# If this commit's log requires any transformation, do it now.
my $code = $amend_code->{$sha};
if (defined $code)
{
eval 'use Safe';
my $s = new Safe;
# Put the unpreprocessed entry into "$_".
$_ = $rest;
# Let $code operate on it, safely.
my $r = $s->reval("$code")
or die "$ME:$.:$sha: failed to eval \"$code\":\n$@\n";
# Note that we've used this entry.
delete $amend_code->{$sha};
# Update $rest upon success.
$rest = $_;
}
# Remove lines inserted by "git cherry-pick".
if ($strip_cherry_pick)
{
$rest =~ s/^\s*Conflicts:\n.*//sm;
$rest =~ s/^\s*\(cherry picked from commit [\da-f]+\)\n//m;
}
my @line = split /[ \t]*\n/, $rest;
my $author_line = shift @line;
defined $author_line
or die "$ME:$.: unexpected EOF\n";
$author_line =~ /^(\d+) (.*>)$/
or die "$ME:$.: Invalid line "
. "(expected date/author/email):\n$author_line\n";
# Format 'Copyright-paperwork-exempt: Yes' as a standard ChangeLog
# `(tiny change)' annotation.
my $tiny = (grep (/^(?:Copyright-paperwork-exempt|Tiny-change):\s+[Yy]es$/, @line)
? ' (tiny change)' : '');
my $date_line = sprintf "%s %s$tiny\n",
strftime ("%Y-%m-%d", localtime ($1)), $2;
my @coauthors = grep /^Co-authored-by:.*$/, @line;
# Omit meta-data lines we've already interpreted.
@line = grep !/^(?:Signed-off-by:[ ].*>$
|Co-authored-by:[ ]
|Copyright-paperwork-exempt:[ ]
|Tiny-change:[ ]
)/x, @line;
# Remove leading and trailing blank lines.
if (@line)
{
while ($line[0] =~ /^\s*$/) { shift @line; }
while ($line[$#line] =~ /^\s*$/) { pop @line; }
}
# Handle Emacs gitmerge.el "skipped" commits.
# Yes, this should be controlled by an option. So sue me.
if ( grep /^(; )?Merge from /, @line )
{
my $found = 0;
foreach (@line)
{
if (grep /^The following commit.*skipped:$/, $_)
{
$found = 1;
## Reset at each merge to reduce chance of false matches.
@skipshas = ();
next;
}
if ($found && $_ =~ /^([[:xdigit:]]{7,}) [^ ]/)
{
push ( @skipshas, $1 );
}
}
}
# Ignore commits that match the --ignore-matching pattern, if specified.
if (defined $ignore_matching && @line && $line[0] =~ /$ignore_matching/)
{
$skipflag = 1;
}
elsif ($skipflag)
{
## Perhaps only warn if a pattern matches more than once?
warn "$ME: warning: skipping $sha due to $skipflag\n";
}
if (! $skipflag)
{
if (defined $ignore_line && @line)
{
@line = grep ! /$ignore_line/, @line;
while ($line[$#line] =~ /^\s*$/) { pop @line; }
}
# Record whether there are two or more paragraphs.
my $multi_paragraph = grep /^\s*$/, @line;
# Format 'Co-authored-by: A U Thor <email@example.com>' lines in
# standard multi-author ChangeLog format.
for (@coauthors)
{
s/^Co-authored-by:\s*/\t /;
s/\s*</ </;
/<.*?@.*\..*>/
or warn "$ME: warning: missing email address for "
. substr ($_, 5) . "\n";
}
# If clustering of commit messages has been disabled, if this header
# would be different from the previous date/name/etc. header,
# or if this or the previous entry consists of two or more paragraphs,
# then print the header.
if ( ! $cluster
|| $date_line ne $prev_date_line
|| "@coauthors" ne "@prev_coauthors"
|| $multi_paragraph
|| $prev_multi_paragraph)
{
$prev_date_line eq ''
or print "\n";
print $date_line;
@coauthors
and print join ("\n", @coauthors), "\n";
}
$prev_date_line = $date_line;
@prev_coauthors = @coauthors;
$prev_multi_paragraph = $multi_paragraph;
# If there were any lines
if (@line == 0)
{
warn "$ME: warning: empty commit message:\n"
. " commit $sha\n $date_line\n";
}
else
{
if ($append_dot)
{
# If the first line of the message has enough room, then
if (length $line[0] < 72)
{
# append a dot if there is no other punctuation or blank
# at the end.
$line[0] =~ /[[:punct:]\s]$/
or $line[0] .= '.';
}
}
# Remove one additional leading TAB from each line.
$strip_tab
and map { s/^\t// } @line;
# Prefix each non-empty line with a TAB.
@line = map { length $_ ? "\t$_" : '' } @line;
print "\n", join ("\n", @line), "\n";
}
}
defined ($in = <PIPE>)
or last;
$in ne "\n"
and die "$ME:$.: unexpected line:\n$in";
}
close PIPE
or die "$ME: error closing pipe from " . quoted_cmd (@cmd) . "\n";
# FIXME-someday: include $PROCESS_STATUS in the diagnostic
# Complain about any unused entry in the --amend=F specified file.
my $fail = 0;
foreach my $sha (keys %$amend_code)
{
warn "$ME:$amend_file: unused entry: $sha\n";
$fail = 1;
}
exit $fail;
}
# Local Variables:
# mode: perl
# indent-tabs-mode: nil
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-line-limit: 50
# time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
# End:
+213
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,213 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Run this after each non-alpha release, to update the web documentation at
# https://www.gnu.org/software/$pkg/manual/
VERSION=2021-01-09.09; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 2009-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
ME=$(basename "$0")
warn() { printf '%s: %s\n' "$ME" "$*" >&2; }
die() { warn "$*"; exit 1; }
help()
{
cat <<EOF
Usage: $ME
Run this script from top_srcdir (no arguments) after each non-alpha
release, to update the web documentation at
https://www.gnu.org/software/\$pkg/manual/
This script assumes you're using git for revision control, and
requires a .prev-version file as well as a Makefile, from which it
extracts the version number and package name, respectively. Also, it
assumes all documentation is in the doc/ sub-directory.
Options:
-C, --builddir=DIR location of (configured) Makefile (default: .)
-n, --dry-run don't actually commit anything
-m, --mirror remove out of date files from document server
-u, --user the name of the CVS user on Savannah
--help print this help, then exit
--version print version number, then exit
Report bugs and patches to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit
}
version()
{
year=$(echo "$VERSION" | sed 's/[^0-9].*//')
cat <<EOF
$ME $VERSION
Copyright (C) $year Free Software Foundation, Inc,
License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>
This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
EOF
exit
}
# find_tool ENVVAR NAMES...
# -------------------------
# Search for a required program. Use the value of ENVVAR, if set,
# otherwise find the first of the NAMES that can be run (i.e.,
# supports --version). If found, set ENVVAR to the program name,
# die otherwise.
#
# FIXME: code duplication, see also bootstrap.
find_tool ()
{
find_tool_envvar=$1
shift
find_tool_names=$@
eval "find_tool_res=\$$find_tool_envvar"
if test x"$find_tool_res" = x; then
for i
do
if ($i --version </dev/null) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
find_tool_res=$i
break
fi
done
else
find_tool_error_prefix="\$$find_tool_envvar: "
fi
test x"$find_tool_res" != x \
|| die "one of these is required: $find_tool_names"
($find_tool_res --version </dev/null) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
|| die "${find_tool_error_prefix}cannot run $find_tool_res --version"
eval "$find_tool_envvar=\$find_tool_res"
eval "export $find_tool_envvar"
}
## ------ ##
## Main. ##
## ------ ##
# Requirements: everything required to bootstrap your package, plus
# these.
find_tool CVS cvs
find_tool GIT git
find_tool RSYNC rsync
find_tool XARGS gxargs xargs
builddir=.
dryrun=
rm_stale='echo'
cvs_user="$USER"
while test $# != 0
do
# Handle --option=value by splitting apart and putting back on argv.
case $1 in
--*=*)
opt=$(echo "$1" | sed -e 's/=.*//')
val=$(echo "$1" | sed -e 's/[^=]*=//')
shift
set dummy "$opt" "$val" "$@"; shift
;;
esac
case $1 in
--help|--version) ${1#--};;
-C|--builddir) shift; builddir=$1; shift ;;
-n|--dry-run) dryrun=echo; shift;;
-m|--mirror) rm_stale=''; shift;;
-u|--user) shift; cvs_user=$1; shift ;;
--*) die "unrecognized option: $1";;
*) break;;
esac
done
test $# = 0 \
|| die "too many arguments"
prev=.prev-version
version=$(cat $prev) || die "no $prev file?"
pkg=$(sed -n 's/^PACKAGE = \(.*\)/\1/p' $builddir/Makefile) \
|| die "no Makefile?"
tmp_branch=web-doc-$version-$$
current_branch=$($GIT branch | sed -ne '/^\* /{s///;p;q;}')
cleanup()
{
__st=$?
$dryrun rm -rf "$tmp"
$GIT checkout "$current_branch"
$GIT submodule update --recursive
$GIT branch -d $tmp_branch
exit $__st
}
trap cleanup 0
trap 'exit $?' 1 2 13 15
# We must build using sources for which --version reports the
# just-released version number, not some string like 7.6.18-20761.
# That version string propagates into all documentation.
set -e
$GIT checkout -b $tmp_branch v$version
$GIT submodule update --recursive
./bootstrap
srcdir=$(pwd)
cd "$builddir"
builddir=$(pwd)
./config.status --recheck
./config.status
make
make web-manual
cd "$srcdir"
set +e
tmp=$(mktemp -d web-doc-update.XXXXXX) || exit 1
( cd $tmp \
&& $CVS -d $cvs_user@cvs.sv.gnu.org:/webcvs/$pkg co $pkg )
$RSYNC -avP "$builddir"/doc/manual/ $tmp/$pkg/manual
(
cd $tmp/$pkg/manual
# Add all the files. This is simpler than trying to add only the
# new ones because of new directories
# First add non empty dirs individually
find . -name CVS -prune -o -type d \! -empty -print \
| $XARGS -n1 --no-run-if-empty -- $dryrun $CVS add -ko
# Now add all files
find . -name CVS -prune -o -type f -print \
| $XARGS --no-run-if-empty -- $dryrun $CVS add -ko
# Report/Remove stale files
# excluding doc server specific files like CVS/* and .symlinks
if test -n "$rm_stale"; then
echo 'Consider the --mirror option if all of the manual is generated,' >&2
echo 'which will run `cvs remove` to remove stale files.' >&2
fi
{ find . \( -name CVS -o -type f -name '.*' \) -prune -o -type f -print
(cd "$builddir"/doc/manual/ && find . -type f -print | sed p)
} | sort | uniq -u \
| $XARGS --no-run-if-empty -- ${rm_stale:-$dryrun} $CVS remove -f
$dryrun $CVS ci -m $version
)
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "VERSION="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
+480
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,480 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Sign files and upload them.
scriptversion=2021-04-11.09; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 2004-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Originally written by Alexandre Duret-Lutz <adl@gnu.org>.
# The master copy of this file is maintained in the gnulib Git repository.
# Please send bug reports and feature requests to bug-gnulib@gnu.org.
set -e
GPG=gpg
# Choose the proper version of gpg, so as to avoid a
# "gpg-agent is not available in this session" error
# when gpg-agent is version 2 but gpg is still version 1.
# FIXME-2020: remove, once all major distros ship gpg version 2 as /usr/bin/gpg
gpg_agent_version=`(gpg-agent --version) 2>/dev/null | sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`
case "$gpg_agent_version" in
2.*)
gpg_version=`(gpg --version) 2>/dev/null | sed -e '2,$d' -e 's/^[^0-9]*//'`
case "$gpg_version" in
1.*)
if (type gpg2) >/dev/null 2>/dev/null; then
# gpg2 is present.
GPG=gpg2
else
# gpg2 is missing. Ubuntu users should install the package 'gnupg2'.
echo "WARNING: Using 'gpg', which is too old. You should install 'gpg2'." 1>&2
fi
;;
esac
;;
esac
GPG="${GPG} --batch --no-tty"
conffile=.gnuploadrc
to=
dry_run=false
replace=
symlink_files=
delete_files=
delete_symlinks=
collect_var=
dbg=
nl='
'
usage="Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [CMD] FILE... [[CMD] FILE...]
Sign all FILES, and process them at the destinations specified with --to.
If CMD is not given, it defaults to uploading. See examples below.
Commands:
--delete delete FILES from destination
--symlink create symbolic links
--rmsymlink remove symbolic links
-- treat the remaining arguments as files to upload
Options:
--to DEST specify a destination DEST for FILES
(multiple --to options are allowed)
--user NAME sign with key NAME
--replace allow replacements of existing files
--symlink-regex[=EXPR] use sed script EXPR to compute symbolic link names
-n, --dry-run do nothing, show what would have been done
(including the constructed directive file)
--version output version information and exit
-h, --help print this help text and exit
If --symlink-regex is given without EXPR, then the link target name
is created by replacing the version information with '-latest', e.g.:
foo-1.3.4.tar.gz -> foo-latest.tar.gz
Recognized destinations are:
alpha.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
savannah.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
savannah.nongnu.org:DIRECTORY
ftp.gnu.org:DIRECTORY
build directive files and upload files by FTP
download.gnu.org.ua:{alpha|ftp}/DIRECTORY
build directive files and upload files by SFTP
[user@]host:DIRECTORY upload files with scp
Options and commands are applied in order. If the file $conffile exists
in the current working directory, its contents are prepended to the
actual command line options. Use this to keep your defaults. Comments
(#) and empty lines in $conffile are allowed.
<https://www.gnu.org/prep/maintain/html_node/Automated-FTP-Uploads.html>
gives some further background.
Examples:
1. Upload foobar-1.0.tar.gz to ftp.gnu.org:
gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar foobar-1.0.tar.gz
2. Upload foobar-1.0.tar.gz and foobar-1.0.tar.xz to ftp.gnu.org:
gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-1.0.tar.xz
3. Same as above, and also create symbolic links to foobar-latest.tar.*:
gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\
--symlink-regex \\
foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-1.0.tar.xz
4. Create a symbolic link foobar-latest.tar.gz -> foobar-1.0.tar.gz
and likewise for the corresponding .sig file:
gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\
--symlink foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-latest.tar.gz \\
foobar-1.0.tar.gz.sig foobar-latest.tar.gz.sig
or (equivalent):
gnupload --to ftp.gnu.org:foobar \\
--symlink foobar-1.0.tar.gz foobar-latest.tar.gz \\
--symlink foobar-1.0.tar.gz.sig foobar-latest.tar.gz.sig
5. Upload foobar-0.9.90.tar.gz to two sites:
gnupload --to alpha.gnu.org:foobar \\
--to sources.redhat.com:~ftp/pub/foobar \\
foobar-0.9.90.tar.gz
6. Delete oopsbar-0.9.91.tar.gz and upload foobar-0.9.91.tar.gz
(the -- terminates the list of files to delete):
gnupload --to alpha.gnu.org:foobar \\
--to sources.redhat.com:~ftp/pub/foobar \\
--delete oopsbar-0.9.91.tar.gz \\
-- foobar-0.9.91.tar.gz
gnupload executes a program ncftpput to do the transfers; if you don't
happen to have an ncftp package installed, the ncftpput-ftp script in
the build-aux/ directory of the gnulib package
(https://savannah.gnu.org/projects/gnulib) may serve as a replacement.
Send patches and bug reports to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>."
copyright_year=`echo "$scriptversion" | sed -e 's/[^0-9].*//'`
copyright="Copyright (C) ${copyright_year} Free Software Foundation, Inc.
License GPLv2+: GNU GPL version 2 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.
This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
# Read local configuration file
if test -r "$conffile"; then
echo "$0: Reading configuration file $conffile"
conf=`sed 's/#.*$//;/^$/d' "$conffile" | tr "\015$nl" ' '`
eval set x "$conf \"\$@\""
shift
fi
while test -n "$1"; do
case $1 in
-*)
collect_var=
case $1 in
-h | --help)
echo "$usage"
exit $?
;;
--to)
if test -z "$2"; then
echo "$0: Missing argument for --to" 1>&2
exit 1
elif echo "$2" | grep 'ftp-upload\.gnu\.org' >/dev/null; then
echo "$0: Use ftp.gnu.org:PKGNAME or alpha.gnu.org:PKGNAME" >&2
echo "$0: for the destination, not ftp-upload.gnu.org (which" >&2
echo "$0: is used for direct ftp uploads, not with gnupload)." >&2
echo "$0: See --help and its examples if need be." >&2
exit 1
else
to="$to $2"
shift
fi
;;
--user)
if test -z "$2"; then
echo "$0: Missing argument for --user" 1>&2
exit 1
else
GPG="$GPG --local-user $2"
shift
fi
;;
--delete)
collect_var=delete_files
;;
--replace)
replace="replace: true"
;;
--rmsymlink)
collect_var=delete_symlinks
;;
--symlink-regex=*)
symlink_expr=`expr "$1" : '[^=]*=\(.*\)'`
;;
--symlink-regex)
symlink_expr='s|-[0-9][0-9\.]*\(-[0-9][0-9]*\)\{0,1\}\.|-latest.|'
;;
--symlink)
collect_var=symlink_files
;;
-n | --dry-run)
dry_run=:
;;
--version)
echo "gnupload $scriptversion"
echo "$copyright"
exit 0
;;
--)
shift
break
;;
-*)
echo "$0: Unknown option '$1', try '$0 --help'" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
;;
*)
if test -z "$collect_var"; then
break
else
eval "$collect_var=\"\$$collect_var $1\""
fi
;;
esac
shift
done
dprint()
{
echo "Running $* ..."
}
if $dry_run; then
dbg=dprint
fi
if test -z "$to"; then
echo "$0: Missing destination sites" >&2
exit 1
fi
if test -n "$symlink_files"; then
x=`echo "$symlink_files" | sed 's/[^ ]//g;s/ //g'`
if test -n "$x"; then
echo "$0: Odd number of symlink arguments" >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
if test $# = 0; then
if test -z "${symlink_files}${delete_files}${delete_symlinks}"; then
echo "$0: No file to upload" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
else
# Make sure all files exist. We don't want to ask
# for the passphrase if the script will fail.
for file
do
if test ! -f $file; then
echo "$0: Cannot find '$file'" 1>&2
exit 1
elif test -n "$symlink_expr"; then
linkname=`echo $file | sed "$symlink_expr"`
if test -z "$linkname"; then
echo "$0: symlink expression produces empty results" >&2
exit 1
elif test "$linkname" = $file; then
echo "$0: symlink expression does not alter file name" >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
done
fi
# Make sure passphrase is not exported in the environment.
unset passphrase
unset passphrase_fd_0
GNUPGHOME=${GNUPGHOME:-$HOME/.gnupg}
# Reset PATH to be sure that echo is a built-in. We will later use
# 'echo $passphrase' to output the passphrase, so it is important that
# it is a built-in (third-party programs tend to appear in 'ps'
# listings with their arguments...).
# Remember this script runs with 'set -e', so if echo is not built-in
# it will exit now.
if $dry_run || grep -q "^use-agent" $GNUPGHOME/gpg.conf; then :; else
PATH=/empty echo -n "Enter GPG passphrase: "
stty -echo
read -r passphrase
stty echo
echo
passphrase_fd_0="--passphrase-fd 0"
fi
if test $# -ne 0; then
for file
do
echo "Signing $file ..."
rm -f $file.sig
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 -ba -o $file.sig $file
done
fi
# mkdirective DESTDIR BASE FILE STMT
# Arguments: See upload, below
mkdirective ()
{
stmt="$4"
if test -n "$3"; then
stmt="
filename: $3$stmt"
fi
cat >${2}.directive<<EOF
version: 1.2
directory: $1
comment: gnupload v. $scriptversion$stmt
EOF
if $dry_run; then
echo "File ${2}.directive:"
cat ${2}.directive
echo "File ${2}.directive:" | sed 's/./-/g'
fi
}
mksymlink ()
{
while test $# -ne 0
do
echo "symlink: $1 $2"
shift
shift
done
}
# upload DEST DESTDIR BASE FILE STMT FILES
# Arguments:
# DEST Destination site;
# DESTDIR Destination directory;
# BASE Base name for the directive file;
# FILE Name of the file to distribute (may be empty);
# STMT Additional statements for the directive file;
# FILES List of files to upload.
upload ()
{
dest=$1
destdir=$2
base=$3
file=$4
stmt=$5
files=$6
rm -f $base.directive $base.directive.asc
case $dest in
alpha.gnu.org:*)
mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
$dbg ncftpput ftp-upload.gnu.org /incoming/alpha $files $base.directive.asc
;;
ftp.gnu.org:*)
mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
$dbg ncftpput ftp-upload.gnu.org /incoming/ftp $files $base.directive.asc
;;
savannah.gnu.org:*)
if test -z "$files"; then
echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2
fi
$dbg ncftpput savannah.gnu.org /incoming/savannah/$destdir $files
;;
savannah.nongnu.org:*)
if test -z "$files"; then
echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2
fi
$dbg ncftpput savannah.nongnu.org /incoming/savannah/$destdir $files
;;
download.gnu.org.ua:alpha/*|download.gnu.org.ua:ftp/*)
destdir_p1=`echo "$destdir" | sed 's,^[^/]*/,,'`
destdir_topdir=`echo "$destdir" | sed 's,/.*,,'`
mkdirective "$destdir_p1" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
for f in $files $base.directive.asc
do
echo put $f
done | $dbg sftp -b - puszcza.gnu.org.ua:/incoming/$destdir_topdir
;;
/*)
dest_host=`echo "$dest" | sed 's,:.*,,'`
mkdirective "$destdir" "$base" "$file" "$stmt"
echo "$passphrase" | $dbg $GPG $passphrase_fd_0 --clearsign $base.directive
$dbg cp $files $base.directive.asc $dest_host
;;
*)
if test -z "$files"; then
echo "$0: warning: standalone directives not applicable for $dest" >&2
fi
$dbg scp $files $dest
;;
esac
rm -f $base.directive $base.directive.asc
}
#####
# Process any standalone directives
stmt=
if test -n "$symlink_files"; then
stmt="$stmt
`mksymlink $symlink_files`"
fi
for file in $delete_files
do
stmt="$stmt
archive: $file"
done
for file in $delete_symlinks
do
stmt="$stmt
rmsymlink: $file"
done
if test -n "$stmt"; then
for dest in $to
do
destdir=`echo $dest | sed 's/[^:]*://'`
upload "$dest" "$destdir" "`hostname`-$$" "" "$stmt"
done
fi
# Process actual uploads
for dest in $to
do
for file
do
echo "Uploading $file to $dest ..."
stmt=
#
# allowing file replacement is all or nothing.
if test -n "$replace"; then stmt="$stmt
$replace"
fi
#
files="$file $file.sig"
destdir=`echo $dest | sed 's/[^:]*://'`
if test -n "$symlink_expr"; then
linkname=`echo $file | sed "$symlink_expr"`
stmt="$stmt
symlink: $file $linkname
symlink: $file.sig $linkname.sig"
fi
upload "$dest" "$destdir" "$file" "$file" "$stmt" "$files"
done
done
exit 0
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
+296
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,296 @@
#!/bin/sh
# install-reloc - install a program including a relocating wrapper
# Copyright (C) 2003-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Usage 1:
# install-reloc -- library_path_var library_path_value prefix destdir \
# compile_command srcdir builddir config_h_dir exeext \
# strip_command \
# install_command... destprog
# where
# - library_path_var is the platform dependent runtime library path variable
# - library_path_value is a colon separated list of directories that contain
# the libraries at installation time (use this instead of -rpath)
# - prefix is the base directory at installation time
# - destdir is a string that is prepended to all file names at installation
# time; it is already prepended to destprog but not to library_path_value
# and prefix
# - compile_command is a C compiler compilation and linking command
# - srcdir is the directory where to find relocwrapper.c and its dependencies
# - builddir is the directory where to find built dependencies (namely,
# alloca.h and stdbool.h)
# - config_h_dir is the directory where to find config.h
# - exeext is platform dependent suffix of executables
# - strip_command is the command for stripping executables, or : if no
# stripping is desired
# - install_command is the install command line, excluding the final destprog
# - destprog is the destination program name
# Usage 2:
# env RELOC_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR=library_path_var \
# RELOC_LIBRARY_PATH_VALUE=library_path_value \
# RELOC_PREFIX=prefix \
# RELOC_DESTDIR=destdir \
# RELOC_COMPILE_COMMAND=compile_command \
# RELOC_SRCDIR=srcdir \
# RELOC_BUILDDIR=builddir \
# RELOC_CONFIG_H_DIR=config_h_dir \
# RELOC_EXEEXT=exeext \
# RELOC_STRIP_PROG=strip_command \
# RELOC_INSTALL_PROG=install_command... \
# install-reloc prog1 ... destprog
# where destprog is either the destination program name (when only one program
# is specified) or the destination directory for all programs.
# install-reloc renames destprog to destprog.bin and installs a relocating
# wrapper in the place of destprog.
progname=$0
if test $# -ge 12 && test "x$1" = "x--"; then
# Get fixed position arguments.
shift
library_path_var=$1
library_path_value=$2
prefix=$3
destdir=$4
shift
shift
shift
shift
compile_command=$1
srcdir=$2
builddir=$3
config_h_dir=$4
exeext=$5
shift
shift
shift
shift
shift
strip_prog=$1
shift
install_prog=$1 # maybe not including the "-c" option
shift
else
if test $# -ge 2; then
# Get arguments from environment variables.
library_path_var=$RELOC_LIBRARY_PATH_VAR
library_path_value=$RELOC_LIBRARY_PATH_VALUE
prefix=$RELOC_PREFIX
destdir=$RELOC_DESTDIR
compile_command=$RELOC_COMPILE_COMMAND
srcdir=$RELOC_SRCDIR
builddir=$RELOC_BUILDDIR
config_h_dir=$RELOC_CONFIG_H_DIR
exeext=$RELOC_EXEEXT
strip_prog=$RELOC_STRIP_PROG
install_prog=$RELOC_INSTALL_PROG # including the "-c" option
else
echo "Usage: $0 -- library_path_var library_path_value prefix destdir" \
"compile_command srcdir builddir config_h_dir exeext" \
"strip_command" \
"install_command... destprog" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
fi
# Get destprog, last argument.
destprog=
for arg
do
destprog=$arg
done
# Determine whether destprog is a program name or a directory name.
if test -d "$destprog"; then
sed_remove_trailing_slashes='s|//*$||'
destprog_directory=`echo "$destprog" | sed -e "$sed_remove_trailing_slashes"`
if test -z "$destprog_directory"; then
destprog_directory='/'
fi
else
destprog_directory=
fi
# Prepare for remove trailing $exeext, if present.
if test -n "$exeext"; then
sed_quote='s,\.,\\.,g'
sed_remove_exeext='s|'`echo "$exeext" | sed -e "$sed_quote"`'$||'
fi
if test -z "$destprog_directory"; then
# Remove trailing $exeext, if present.
if test -n "$exeext"; then
destprog=`echo "$destprog" | sed -e "$sed_remove_exeext"`
fi
fi
# Outputs a command and runs it.
func_verbose ()
{
# Make it easy to copy&paste the printed command into a shell in most cases,
# by escaping '\\', '"', and '$'. This is not perfect, just good enough.
echo "$@" | sed -e 's/\([\\"$]\)/\\\1/g'
"$@"
}
# Run install_command.
func_verbose $install_prog "$@" || exit $?
# Iterate over all destination program names.
# func_iterate f
# applies f to each destination program names, after setting destprog.
sed_basename_of_file='s|^.*/||'
func_iterate ()
{
if test -n "$destprog_directory"; then
prev_arg=
for arg
do
if test -n "prev_arg"; then
destprog="$destprog_directory"/`echo "$prev_arg" | sed -e "$sed_basename_of_file"`
$1
fi
prev_arg="$arg"
done
else
$1
fi
}
# Run strip_command.
func_strip ()
{
# Remove trailing $exeext, if present.
if test -n "$exeext"; then
destprog=`echo "$destprog" | sed -e "$sed_remove_exeext"`
fi
func_verbose "$strip_prog" "$destprog$exeext" || exit $?
}
if test "$strip_prog" != ':'; then
func_iterate func_strip
fi
# If the platform doesn't support LD_LIBRARY_PATH or similar, we cannot build
# a wrapper.
test -n "$library_path_var" || exit 0
libdirs=
save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=":"
for dir in $library_path_value; do
IFS="$save_IFS"
if test -n "$dir"; then
case "$libdirs" in
*"\"$dir\""*) ;; # remove duplicate
*) libdirs="$libdirs\"$dir\"," ;;
esac
fi
done
IFS="$save_IFS"
# If there are no library directories to add at runtime, we don't need a
# wrapper.
test -n "$libdirs" || exit 0
# Determine installdir from destprog, removing a leading destdir if present.
if test -n "$destprog_directory"; then
installdir="$destprog_directory"
else
installdir=`echo "$destprog" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$,,'`
fi
if test -n "$destdir"; then
sed_quote='s,\([|.\*^$[]\),\\\1,g'
sed_remove_destdir='s|^'`echo "$destdir" | sed -e "$sed_quote"`'||'
installdir=`echo "$installdir" | sed -e "$sed_remove_destdir"`
fi
# Compile and install wrapper.
func_create_wrapper ()
{
# Remove trailing $exeext, if present.
if test -n "$exeext"; then
destprog=`echo "$destprog" | sed -e "$sed_remove_exeext"`
fi
# Compile wrapper.
func_verbose $compile_command \
-I"$builddir" -I"$srcdir" -I"$config_h_dir" \
-DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DIN_RELOCWRAPPER -DNO_XMALLOC \
-D"INSTALLPREFIX=\"$prefix\"" -D"INSTALLDIR=\"$installdir\"" \
-D"LIBPATHVAR=\"$library_path_var\"" -D"LIBDIRS=$libdirs" \
-D"EXEEXT=\"$exeext\"" \
"$srcdir"/relocwrapper.c \
"$srcdir"/progname.c \
"$srcdir"/progreloc.c \
"$srcdir"/areadlink.c \
"$srcdir"/careadlinkat.c \
"$srcdir"/allocator.c \
"$srcdir"/readlink.c \
"$srcdir"/stat.c \
"$srcdir"/canonicalize-lgpl.c \
"$srcdir"/malloc/scratch_buffer_dupfree.c \
"$srcdir"/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow.c \
"$srcdir"/malloc/scratch_buffer_grow_preserve.c \
"$srcdir"/malloc/scratch_buffer_set_array_size.c \
"$srcdir"/malloc.c \
"$srcdir"/realloc.c \
"$srcdir"/free.c \
"$srcdir"/mempcpy.c \
"$srcdir"/rawmemchr.c \
"$srcdir"/malloca.c \
"$srcdir"/relocatable.c \
"$srcdir"/setenv.c \
"$srcdir"/c-ctype.c \
-o "$destprog.wrapper$exeext"
rc=$?
# Clean up object files left over in the current directory by the native C
# compilers on Solaris, HP-UX, OSF/1, IRIX.
rm -f relocwrapper.o \
progname.o \
progreloc.o \
areadlink.o \
careadlinkat.o \
allocator.o \
readlink.o \
stat.o \
canonicalize-lgpl.o \
scratch_buffer_dupfree.o \
scratch_buffer_grow.o \
scratch_buffer_grow_preserve.o \
scratch_buffer_set_array_size.o \
malloc.o \
realloc.o \
free.o \
mempcpy.o \
rawmemchr.o \
malloca.o \
relocatable.o \
setenv.o \
c-ctype.o
test $rc = 0 || exit $?
# Clean up debugging information left over by the native C compiler on MacOS X.
rm -rf "$destprog.wrapper$exeext.dSYM"
test $rc = 0 || exit $?
# Strip wrapper.
test "$strip_prog" = ':' || func_verbose "$strip_prog" "$destprog.wrapper$exeext" || exit $?
# Rename $destprog.wrapper -> $destprog -> $destprog.bin.
ln -f "$destprog$exeext" "$destprog.bin$exeext" \
|| { rm -f "$destprog.bin$exeext" \
&& cp -p "$destprog$exeext" "$destprog.bin$exeext"; } \
|| exit 1
mv "$destprog.wrapper$exeext" "$destprog$exeext" || exit 1
}
func_iterate func_create_wrapper
exit 0
+541
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,541 @@
#!/bin/sh
# install - install a program, script, or datafile
scriptversion=2020-11-14.01; # UTC
# This originates from X11R5 (mit/util/scripts/install.sh), which was
# later released in X11R6 (xc/config/util/install.sh) with the
# following copyright and license.
#
# Copyright (C) 1994 X Consortium
#
# Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
# of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to
# deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation the
# rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or
# sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is
# furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions:
#
# The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in
# all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
#
# THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
# IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY,
# FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE
# X CONSORTIUM BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
# AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNEC-
# TION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
#
# Except as contained in this notice, the name of the X Consortium shall not
# be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other deal-
# ings in this Software without prior written authorization from the X Consor-
# tium.
#
#
# FSF changes to this file are in the public domain.
#
# Calling this script install-sh is preferred over install.sh, to prevent
# 'make' implicit rules from creating a file called install from it
# when there is no Makefile.
#
# This script is compatible with the BSD install script, but was written
# from scratch.
tab=' '
nl='
'
IFS=" $tab$nl"
# Set DOITPROG to "echo" to test this script.
doit=${DOITPROG-}
doit_exec=${doit:-exec}
# Put in absolute file names if you don't have them in your path;
# or use environment vars.
chgrpprog=${CHGRPPROG-chgrp}
chmodprog=${CHMODPROG-chmod}
chownprog=${CHOWNPROG-chown}
cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
cpprog=${CPPROG-cp}
mkdirprog=${MKDIRPROG-mkdir}
mvprog=${MVPROG-mv}
rmprog=${RMPROG-rm}
stripprog=${STRIPPROG-strip}
posix_mkdir=
# Desired mode of installed file.
mode=0755
# Create dirs (including intermediate dirs) using mode 755.
# This is like GNU 'install' as of coreutils 8.32 (2020).
mkdir_umask=22
backupsuffix=
chgrpcmd=
chmodcmd=$chmodprog
chowncmd=
mvcmd=$mvprog
rmcmd="$rmprog -f"
stripcmd=
src=
dst=
dir_arg=
dst_arg=
copy_on_change=false
is_target_a_directory=possibly
usage="\
Usage: $0 [OPTION]... [-T] SRCFILE DSTFILE
or: $0 [OPTION]... SRCFILES... DIRECTORY
or: $0 [OPTION]... -t DIRECTORY SRCFILES...
or: $0 [OPTION]... -d DIRECTORIES...
In the 1st form, copy SRCFILE to DSTFILE.
In the 2nd and 3rd, copy all SRCFILES to DIRECTORY.
In the 4th, create DIRECTORIES.
Options:
--help display this help and exit.
--version display version info and exit.
-c (ignored)
-C install only if different (preserve data modification time)
-d create directories instead of installing files.
-g GROUP $chgrpprog installed files to GROUP.
-m MODE $chmodprog installed files to MODE.
-o USER $chownprog installed files to USER.
-p pass -p to $cpprog.
-s $stripprog installed files.
-S SUFFIX attempt to back up existing files, with suffix SUFFIX.
-t DIRECTORY install into DIRECTORY.
-T report an error if DSTFILE is a directory.
Environment variables override the default commands:
CHGRPPROG CHMODPROG CHOWNPROG CMPPROG CPPROG MKDIRPROG MVPROG
RMPROG STRIPPROG
By default, rm is invoked with -f; when overridden with RMPROG,
it's up to you to specify -f if you want it.
If -S is not specified, no backups are attempted.
Email bug reports to bug-automake@gnu.org.
Automake home page: https://www.gnu.org/software/automake/
"
while test $# -ne 0; do
case $1 in
-c) ;;
-C) copy_on_change=true;;
-d) dir_arg=true;;
-g) chgrpcmd="$chgrpprog $2"
shift;;
--help) echo "$usage"; exit $?;;
-m) mode=$2
case $mode in
*' '* | *"$tab"* | *"$nl"* | *'*'* | *'?'* | *'['*)
echo "$0: invalid mode: $mode" >&2
exit 1;;
esac
shift;;
-o) chowncmd="$chownprog $2"
shift;;
-p) cpprog="$cpprog -p";;
-s) stripcmd=$stripprog;;
-S) backupsuffix="$2"
shift;;
-t)
is_target_a_directory=always
dst_arg=$2
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
shift;;
-T) is_target_a_directory=never;;
--version) echo "$0 $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
--) shift
break;;
-*) echo "$0: invalid option: $1" >&2
exit 1;;
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
# We allow the use of options -d and -T together, by making -d
# take the precedence; this is for compatibility with GNU install.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: target directory not allowed when installing a directory." >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
if test $# -ne 0 && test -z "$dir_arg$dst_arg"; then
# When -d is used, all remaining arguments are directories to create.
# When -t is used, the destination is already specified.
# Otherwise, the last argument is the destination. Remove it from $@.
for arg
do
if test -n "$dst_arg"; then
# $@ is not empty: it contains at least $arg.
set fnord "$@" "$dst_arg"
shift # fnord
fi
shift # arg
dst_arg=$arg
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $dst_arg in
-* | [=\(\)!]) dst_arg=./$dst_arg;;
esac
done
fi
if test $# -eq 0; then
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
echo "$0: no input file specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
# It's OK to call 'install-sh -d' without argument.
# This can happen when creating conditional directories.
exit 0
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
if test $# -gt 1 || test "$is_target_a_directory" = always; then
if test ! -d "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is not a directory." >&2
exit 1
fi
fi
fi
if test -z "$dir_arg"; then
do_exit='(exit $ret); exit $ret'
trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
# Set umask so as not to create temps with too-generous modes.
# However, 'strip' requires both read and write access to temps.
case $mode in
# Optimize common cases.
*644) cp_umask=133;;
*755) cp_umask=22;;
*[0-7])
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw='% 200'
fi
cp_umask=`expr '(' 777 - $mode % 1000 ')' $u_plus_rw`;;
*)
if test -z "$stripcmd"; then
u_plus_rw=
else
u_plus_rw=,u+rw
fi
cp_umask=$mode$u_plus_rw;;
esac
fi
for src
do
# Protect names problematic for 'test' and other utilities.
case $src in
-* | [=\(\)!]) src=./$src;;
esac
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
dst=$src
dstdir=$dst
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
# Don't chown directories that already exist.
if test $dstdir_status = 0; then
chowncmd=""
fi
else
# Waiting for this to be detected by the "$cpprog $src $dsttmp" command
# might cause directories to be created, which would be especially bad
# if $src (and thus $dsttmp) contains '*'.
if test ! -f "$src" && test ! -d "$src"; then
echo "$0: $src does not exist." >&2
exit 1
fi
if test -z "$dst_arg"; then
echo "$0: no destination specified." >&2
exit 1
fi
dst=$dst_arg
# If destination is a directory, append the input filename.
if test -d "$dst"; then
if test "$is_target_a_directory" = never; then
echo "$0: $dst_arg: Is a directory" >&2
exit 1
fi
dstdir=$dst
dstbase=`basename "$src"`
case $dst in
*/) dst=$dst$dstbase;;
*) dst=$dst/$dstbase;;
esac
dstdir_status=0
else
dstdir=`dirname "$dst"`
test -d "$dstdir"
dstdir_status=$?
fi
fi
case $dstdir in
*/) dstdirslash=$dstdir;;
*) dstdirslash=$dstdir/;;
esac
obsolete_mkdir_used=false
if test $dstdir_status != 0; then
case $posix_mkdir in
'')
# With -d, create the new directory with the user-specified mode.
# Otherwise, rely on $mkdir_umask.
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
mkdir_mode=-m$mode
else
mkdir_mode=
fi
posix_mkdir=false
# The $RANDOM variable is not portable (e.g., dash). Use it
# here however when possible just to lower collision chance.
tmpdir=${TMPDIR-/tmp}/ins$RANDOM-$$
trap '
ret=$?
rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
exit $ret
' 0
# Because "mkdir -p" follows existing symlinks and we likely work
# directly in world-writeable /tmp, make sure that the '$tmpdir'
# directory is successfully created first before we actually test
# 'mkdir -p'.
if (umask $mkdir_umask &&
$mkdirprog $mkdir_mode "$tmpdir" &&
exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$tmpdir/a/b") >/dev/null 2>&1
then
if test -z "$dir_arg" || {
# Check for POSIX incompatibilities with -m.
# HP-UX 11.23 and IRIX 6.5 mkdir -m -p sets group- or
# other-writable bit of parent directory when it shouldn't.
# FreeBSD 6.1 mkdir -m -p sets mode of existing directory.
test_tmpdir="$tmpdir/a"
ls_ld_tmpdir=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
case $ls_ld_tmpdir in
d????-?r-*) different_mode=700;;
d????-?--*) different_mode=755;;
*) false;;
esac &&
$mkdirprog -m$different_mode -p -- "$test_tmpdir" && {
ls_ld_tmpdir_1=`ls -ld "$test_tmpdir"`
test "$ls_ld_tmpdir" = "$ls_ld_tmpdir_1"
}
}
then posix_mkdir=:
fi
rmdir "$tmpdir/a/b" "$tmpdir/a" "$tmpdir"
else
# Remove any dirs left behind by ancient mkdir implementations.
rmdir ./$mkdir_mode ./-p ./-- "$tmpdir" 2>/dev/null
fi
trap '' 0;;
esac
if
$posix_mkdir && (
umask $mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir"
)
then :
else
# mkdir does not conform to POSIX,
# or it failed possibly due to a race condition. Create the
# directory the slow way, step by step, checking for races as we go.
case $dstdir in
/*) prefix='/';;
[-=\(\)!]*) prefix='./';;
*) prefix='';;
esac
oIFS=$IFS
IFS=/
set -f
set fnord $dstdir
shift
set +f
IFS=$oIFS
prefixes=
for d
do
test X"$d" = X && continue
prefix=$prefix$d
if test -d "$prefix"; then
prefixes=
else
if $posix_mkdir; then
(umask $mkdir_umask &&
$doit_exec $mkdirprog $mkdir_mode -p -- "$dstdir") && break
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
test -d "$prefix" || exit 1
else
case $prefix in
*\'*) qprefix=`echo "$prefix" | sed "s/'/'\\\\\\\\''/g"`;;
*) qprefix=$prefix;;
esac
prefixes="$prefixes '$qprefix'"
fi
fi
prefix=$prefix/
done
if test -n "$prefixes"; then
# Don't fail if two instances are running concurrently.
(umask $mkdir_umask &&
eval "\$doit_exec \$mkdirprog $prefixes") ||
test -d "$dstdir" || exit 1
obsolete_mkdir_used=true
fi
fi
fi
if test -n "$dir_arg"; then
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dst"; } &&
{ test "$obsolete_mkdir_used$chowncmd$chgrpcmd" = false ||
test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dst"; } || exit 1
else
# Make a couple of temp file names in the proper directory.
dsttmp=${dstdirslash}_inst.$$_
rmtmp=${dstdirslash}_rm.$$_
# Trap to clean up those temp files at exit.
trap 'ret=$?; rm -f "$dsttmp" "$rmtmp" && exit $ret' 0
# Copy the file name to the temp name.
(umask $cp_umask &&
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || {
# Create $dsttmp read-write so that cp doesn't create it read-only,
# which would cause strip to fail.
if test -z "$doit"; then
: >"$dsttmp" # No need to fork-exec 'touch'.
else
$doit touch "$dsttmp"
fi
}
} &&
$doit_exec $cpprog "$src" "$dsttmp") &&
# and set any options; do chmod last to preserve setuid bits.
#
# If any of these fail, we abort the whole thing. If we want to
# ignore errors from any of these, just make sure not to ignore
# errors from the above "$doit $cpprog $src $dsttmp" command.
#
{ test -z "$chowncmd" || $doit $chowncmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chgrpcmd" || $doit $chgrpcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$stripcmd" || $doit $stripcmd "$dsttmp"; } &&
{ test -z "$chmodcmd" || $doit $chmodcmd $mode "$dsttmp"; } &&
# If -C, don't bother to copy if it wouldn't change the file.
if $copy_on_change &&
old=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dst" 2>/dev/null` &&
new=`LC_ALL=C ls -dlL "$dsttmp" 2>/dev/null` &&
set -f &&
set X $old && old=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set X $new && new=:$2:$4:$5:$6 &&
set +f &&
test "$old" = "$new" &&
$cmpprog "$dst" "$dsttmp" >/dev/null 2>&1
then
rm -f "$dsttmp"
else
# If $backupsuffix is set, and the file being installed
# already exists, attempt a backup. Don't worry if it fails,
# e.g., if mv doesn't support -f.
if test -n "$backupsuffix" && test -f "$dst"; then
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$dst$backupsuffix" 2>/dev/null
fi
# Rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd -f "$dsttmp" "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
# The rename failed, perhaps because mv can't rename something else
# to itself, or perhaps because mv is so ancient that it does not
# support -f.
{
# Now remove or move aside any old file at destination location.
# We try this two ways since rm can't unlink itself on some
# systems and the destination file might be busy for other
# reasons. In this case, the final cleanup might fail but the new
# file should still install successfully.
{
test ! -f "$dst" ||
$doit $rmcmd "$dst" 2>/dev/null ||
{ $doit $mvcmd -f "$dst" "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null &&
{ $doit $rmcmd "$rmtmp" 2>/dev/null; :; }
} ||
{ echo "$0: cannot unlink or rename $dst" >&2
(exit 1); exit 1
}
} &&
# Now rename the file to the real destination.
$doit $mvcmd "$dsttmp" "$dst"
}
fi || exit 1
trap '' 0
fi
done
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Compile a Java program.
# Copyright (C) 2001-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# This uses the same choices as javacomp.c, but instead of relying on the
# environment settings at run time, it uses the environment variables
# present at configuration time.
#
# This is a separate shell script, because it must be able to unset JAVA_HOME
# in some cases, which a simple shell command cannot do.
#
# The extra CLASSPATH must have been set prior to calling this script.
# Options that can be passed are -O, -g and "-d DIRECTORY".
CONF_JAVAC='@CONF_JAVAC@'
CONF_CLASSPATH='@CLASSPATH@'
if test -n "@HAVE_JAVAC_ENVVAR@"; then
# Combine given CLASSPATH and configured CLASSPATH.
if test -n "$CLASSPATH"; then
CLASSPATH="$CLASSPATH${CONF_CLASSPATH:+@CLASSPATH_SEPARATOR@$CONF_CLASSPATH}"
else
CLASSPATH="$CONF_CLASSPATH"
fi
export CLASSPATH
test -z "$JAVA_VERBOSE" || echo "$CONF_JAVAC $@"
exec $CONF_JAVAC "$@"
else
unset JAVA_HOME
if test -n "@HAVE_GCJ_C@"; then
# In this case, $CONF_JAVAC starts with "gcj -C".
CLASSPATH="$CLASSPATH"
export CLASSPATH
test -z "$JAVA_VERBOSE" || echo "$CONF_JAVAC $@"
exec $CONF_JAVAC "$@"
else
if test -n "@HAVE_JAVAC@"; then
# In this case, $CONF_JAVAC starts with "javac".
CLASSPATH="$CLASSPATH"
export CLASSPATH
test -z "$JAVA_VERBOSE" || echo "$CONF_JAVAC $@"
exec $CONF_JAVAC "$@"
else
if test -n "@HAVE_JIKES@"; then
# In this case, $CONF_JAVAC starts with "jikes".
# Combine given CLASSPATH and configured CLASSPATH.
if test -n "$CLASSPATH"; then
CLASSPATH="$CLASSPATH${CONF_CLASSPATH:+@CLASSPATH_SEPARATOR@$CONF_CLASSPATH}"
else
CLASSPATH="$CONF_CLASSPATH"
fi
export CLASSPATH
test -z "$JAVA_VERBOSE" || echo "$CONF_JAVAC $@"
exec $CONF_JAVAC "$@"
else
echo 'Java compiler not found, try installing gcj or set $JAVAC, then reconfigure' 1>&2
exit 1
fi
fi
fi
fi
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Execute a Java program.
# Copyright (C) 2001-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Bruno Haible <haible@clisp.cons.org>, 2001.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# This uses the same choices as javaexec.c, but instead of relying on the
# environment settings at run time, it uses the environment variables
# present at configuration time.
#
# This is a separate shell script, because it must be able to unset JAVA_HOME
# in some cases, which a simple shell command cannot do.
#
# The extra CLASSPATH must have been set prior to calling this script.
CONF_JAVA='@CONF_JAVA@'
CONF_CLASSPATH='@CLASSPATH@'
if test -n "@HAVE_JAVA_ENVVAR@"; then
# Combine given CLASSPATH and configured CLASSPATH.
if test -n "$CLASSPATH"; then
CLASSPATH="$CLASSPATH${CONF_CLASSPATH:+@CLASSPATH_SEPARATOR@$CONF_CLASSPATH}"
else
CLASSPATH="$CONF_CLASSPATH"
fi
export CLASSPATH
test -z "$JAVA_VERBOSE" || echo "$CONF_JAVA $@"
exec $CONF_JAVA "$@"
else
unset JAVA_HOME
export CLASSPATH
if test -n "@HAVE_GIJ@"; then
# In this case, $CONF_JAVA is "gij".
test -z "$JAVA_VERBOSE" || echo "$CONF_JAVA $@"
exec $CONF_JAVA "$@"
else
if test -n "@HAVE_JAVA@"; then
# In this case, $CONF_JAVA is "java".
test -z "$JAVA_VERBOSE" || echo "$CONF_JAVA $@"
exec $CONF_JAVA "$@"
else
if test -n "@HAVE_JRE@"; then
# In this case, $CONF_JAVA is "jre".
test -z "$JAVA_VERBOSE" || echo "$CONF_JAVA $@"
exec $CONF_JAVA "$@"
else
if test -n "@HAVE_JVIEW@"; then
# In this case, $CONF_JAVA is "jview".
test -z "$JAVA_VERBOSE" || echo "$CONF_JAVA $@"
exec $CONF_JAVA "$@"
else
echo 'Java virtual machine not found, try installing gij or set $JAVA, then reconfigure' 1>&2
exit 1
fi
fi
fi
fi
fi
+89
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
#!/bin/sh
# libtool-reloc - libtool wrapper with support for relocatable programs
# Copyright (C) 2019-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2019.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Usage: libtool-reloc libtool LIBTOOL_ARGUMENTS
# Outputs a command and runs it.
func_verbose ()
{
# Make it easy to copy&paste the printed command into a shell in most cases,
# by escaping '\\', '"', and '$'. This is not perfect, just good enough.
echo "$@" | sed -e 's/\([\\"$]\)/\\\1/g'
"$@"
}
# Determine the mode from the arguments.
mode=
for arg
do
case "$arg" in
--mode=link) mode=link ;;
esac
done
if test "$mode" = link; then
# Determine the target from the arguments.
target=
next_is_target=false
for arg
do
if $next_is_target; then
target="$arg"
next_is_target=false
else
case "$arg" in
-o) next_is_target=true ;;
*) next_is_target=false ;;
esac
fi
done
case "$target" in
*.la)
# When creating a library:
# 1. Add a '-Wl,-rpath,@loader_path' option.
# (A '-R @loader_path' option does not work: libtool produces
# an error "error: only absolute run-paths are allowed".)
# (Also note that 'install_name_tool -add_rpath @loader_path ...'
# does not work on Mac OS X 10.5.)
# This is done through the RELOCATABLE_LDFLAGS macro.
# 2. After creating the library, run
# install_name_tool -id @rpath/$dlname $target_dir/.libs/$dlname
# (This is easier than to modify the libtool script to emit a different
# install_name. Also, an option '-Wl,-install_name,@rpath/$dlname' does
# not work since libtool emits another option '-Wl,-install_name,...'
# after it.
"$@" && {
dlname_assignment=`grep '^dlname=' "$target"`
dlname=
eval "$dlname_assignment"
# Nothing to do when --disable-shared was specified.
if test -n "$dlname"; then
target_dir=`dirname "$target"`
if test -f "$target_dir/.libs/$dlname"; then
func_verbose install_name_tool -id "@rpath/$dlname" "$target_dir/.libs/$dlname"
fi
fi
}
;;
*)
"$@"
;;
esac
else
"$@"
fi
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
## Copyright (C) 2000-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
##
## This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
## the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
## (at your option) any later version.
##
## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
## GNU General Public License for more details.
##
## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
## along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
EXTRA_DIST += \
build-aux/Darwin.valgrind \
build-aux/Linux.valgrind \
build-aux/cross-options.pl \
build-aux/move-if-change \
build-aux/prev-version.txt \
build-aux/update-b4-copyright
+228
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,228 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Get modification time of a file or directory and pretty-print it.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1995-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# written by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>, June 1995
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
if test -n "${ZSH_VERSION+set}" && (emulate sh) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
emulate sh
NULLCMD=:
# Pre-4.2 versions of Zsh do word splitting on ${1+"$@"}, which
# is contrary to our usage. Disable this feature.
alias -g '${1+"$@"}'='"$@"'
setopt NO_GLOB_SUBST
fi
case $1 in
'')
echo "$0: No file. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1;
;;
-h | --h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: mdate-sh [--help] [--version] FILE
Pretty-print the modification day of FILE, in the format:
1 January 1970
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v | --v*)
echo "mdate-sh $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
esac
error ()
{
echo "$0: $1" >&2
exit 1
}
# Prevent date giving response in another language.
LANG=C
export LANG
LC_ALL=C
export LC_ALL
LC_TIME=C
export LC_TIME
# Use UTC to get reproducible result.
TZ=UTC0
export TZ
# GNU ls changes its time format in response to the TIME_STYLE
# variable. Since we cannot assume 'unset' works, revert this
# variable to its documented default.
if test "${TIME_STYLE+set}" = set; then
TIME_STYLE=posix-long-iso
export TIME_STYLE
fi
save_arg1=$1
# Find out how to get the extended ls output of a file or directory.
if ls -L /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
ls_command='ls -L -l -d'
else
ls_command='ls -l -d'
fi
# Avoid user/group names that might have spaces, when possible.
if ls -n /dev/null 1>/dev/null 2>&1; then
ls_command="$ls_command -n"
fi
# A 'ls -l' line looks as follows on OS/2.
# drwxrwx--- 0 Aug 11 2001 foo
# This differs from Unix, which adds ownership information.
# drwxrwx--- 2 root root 4096 Aug 11 2001 foo
#
# To find the date, we split the line on spaces and iterate on words
# until we find a month. This cannot work with files whose owner is a
# user named "Jan", or "Feb", etc. However, it's unlikely that '/'
# will be owned by a user whose name is a month. So we first look at
# the extended ls output of the root directory to decide how many
# words should be skipped to get the date.
# On HPUX /bin/sh, "set" interprets "-rw-r--r--" as options, so the "x" below.
set x`$ls_command /`
# Find which argument is the month.
month=
command=
until test $month
do
test $# -gt 0 || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output"
shift
# Add another shift to the command.
command="$command shift;"
case $1 in
Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
esac
done
test -n "$month" || error "failed parsing '$ls_command /' output"
# Get the extended ls output of the file or directory.
set dummy x`eval "$ls_command \"\\\$save_arg1\""`
# Remove all preceding arguments
eval $command
# Because of the dummy argument above, month is in $2.
#
# On a POSIX system, we should have
#
# $# = 5
# $1 = file size
# $2 = month
# $3 = day
# $4 = year or time
# $5 = filename
#
# On Darwin 7.7.0 and 7.6.0, we have
#
# $# = 4
# $1 = day
# $2 = month
# $3 = year or time
# $4 = filename
# Get the month.
case $2 in
Jan) month=January; nummonth=1;;
Feb) month=February; nummonth=2;;
Mar) month=March; nummonth=3;;
Apr) month=April; nummonth=4;;
May) month=May; nummonth=5;;
Jun) month=June; nummonth=6;;
Jul) month=July; nummonth=7;;
Aug) month=August; nummonth=8;;
Sep) month=September; nummonth=9;;
Oct) month=October; nummonth=10;;
Nov) month=November; nummonth=11;;
Dec) month=December; nummonth=12;;
esac
case $3 in
???*) day=$1;;
*) day=$3; shift;;
esac
# Here we have to deal with the problem that the ls output gives either
# the time of day or the year.
case $3 in
*:*) set `date`; eval year=\$$#
case $2 in
Jan) nummonthtod=1;;
Feb) nummonthtod=2;;
Mar) nummonthtod=3;;
Apr) nummonthtod=4;;
May) nummonthtod=5;;
Jun) nummonthtod=6;;
Jul) nummonthtod=7;;
Aug) nummonthtod=8;;
Sep) nummonthtod=9;;
Oct) nummonthtod=10;;
Nov) nummonthtod=11;;
Dec) nummonthtod=12;;
esac
# For the first six month of the year the time notation can also
# be used for files modified in the last year.
if (expr $nummonth \> $nummonthtod) > /dev/null;
then
year=`expr $year - 1`
fi;;
*) year=$3;;
esac
# The result.
echo $day $month $year
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
+215
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Common wrapper for a few potentially missing GNU programs.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1996-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Originally written by Fran,cois Pinard <pinard@iro.umontreal.ca>, 1996.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
if test $# -eq 0; then
echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
fi
case $1 in
--is-lightweight)
# Used by our autoconf macros to check whether the available missing
# script is modern enough.
exit 0
;;
--run)
# Back-compat with the calling convention used by older automake.
shift
;;
-h|--h|--he|--hel|--help)
echo "\
$0 [OPTION]... PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...
Run 'PROGRAM [ARGUMENT]...', returning a proper advice when this fails due
to PROGRAM being missing or too old.
Options:
-h, --help display this help and exit
-v, --version output version information and exit
Supported PROGRAM values:
aclocal autoconf autoheader autom4te automake makeinfo
bison yacc flex lex help2man
Version suffixes to PROGRAM as well as the prefixes 'gnu-', 'gnu', and
'g' are ignored when checking the name.
Send bug reports to <bug-automake@gnu.org>."
exit $?
;;
-v|--v|--ve|--ver|--vers|--versi|--versio|--version)
echo "missing $scriptversion (GNU Automake)"
exit $?
;;
-*)
echo 1>&2 "$0: unknown '$1' option"
echo 1>&2 "Try '$0 --help' for more information"
exit 1
;;
esac
# Run the given program, remember its exit status.
"$@"; st=$?
# If it succeeded, we are done.
test $st -eq 0 && exit 0
# Also exit now if we it failed (or wasn't found), and '--version' was
# passed; such an option is passed most likely to detect whether the
# program is present and works.
case $2 in --version|--help) exit $st;; esac
# Exit code 63 means version mismatch. This often happens when the user
# tries to use an ancient version of a tool on a file that requires a
# minimum version.
if test $st -eq 63; then
msg="probably too old"
elif test $st -eq 127; then
# Program was missing.
msg="missing on your system"
else
# Program was found and executed, but failed. Give up.
exit $st
fi
perl_URL=https://www.perl.org/
flex_URL=https://github.com/westes/flex
gnu_software_URL=https://www.gnu.org/software
program_details ()
{
case $1 in
aclocal|automake)
echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Automake package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/automake>"
echo "It also requires GNU Autoconf, GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf>"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
echo "<$perl_URL>"
;;
autoconf|autom4te|autoheader)
echo "The '$1' program is part of the GNU Autoconf package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/autoconf/>"
echo "It also requires GNU m4 and Perl in order to run:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/m4/>"
echo "<$perl_URL>"
;;
esac
}
give_advice ()
{
# Normalize program name to check for.
normalized_program=`echo "$1" | sed '
s/^gnu-//; t
s/^gnu//; t
s/^g//; t'`
printf '%s\n' "'$1' is $msg."
configure_deps="'configure.ac' or m4 files included by 'configure.ac'"
case $normalized_program in
autoconf*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'configure.ac',"
echo "or m4 files included by it."
program_details 'autoconf'
;;
autoheader*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acconfig.h' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'autoheader'
;;
automake*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'Makefile.am' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'automake'
;;
aclocal*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified 'acinclude.m4' or"
echo "$configure_deps."
program_details 'aclocal'
;;
autom4te*)
echo "You might have modified some maintainer files that require"
echo "the 'autom4te' program to be rebuilt."
program_details 'autom4te'
;;
bison*|yacc*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.y' file."
echo "You may want to install the GNU Bison package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/bison/>"
;;
lex*|flex*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.l' file."
echo "You may want to install the Fast Lexical Analyzer package:"
echo "<$flex_URL>"
;;
help2man*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a dependency" \
"of a man page."
echo "You may want to install the GNU Help2man package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/help2man/>"
;;
makeinfo*)
echo "You should only need it if you modified a '.texi' file, or"
echo "any other file indirectly affecting the aspect of the manual."
echo "You might want to install the Texinfo package:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/texinfo/>"
echo "The spurious makeinfo call might also be the consequence of"
echo "using a buggy 'make' (AIX, DU, IRIX), in which case you might"
echo "want to install GNU make:"
echo "<$gnu_software_URL/make/>"
;;
*)
echo "You might have modified some files without having the proper"
echo "tools for further handling them. Check the 'README' file, it"
echo "often tells you about the needed prerequisites for installing"
echo "this package. You may also peek at any GNU archive site, in"
echo "case some other package contains this missing '$1' program."
;;
esac
}
give_advice "$1" | sed -e '1s/^/WARNING: /' \
-e '2,$s/^/ /' >&2
# Propagate the correct exit status (expected to be 127 for a program
# not found, 63 for a program that failed due to version mismatch).
exit $st
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
+84
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,84 @@
#!/bin/sh
# Like mv $1 $2, but if the files are the same, just delete $1.
# Status is zero if successful, nonzero otherwise.
VERSION='2018-03-07 03:47'; # UTC
# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
# Copyright (C) 2002-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
usage="usage: $0 SOURCE DEST"
help="$usage
or: $0 OPTION
If SOURCE is different than DEST, then move it to DEST; else remove SOURCE.
--help display this help and exit
--version output version information and exit
The variable CMPPROG can be used to specify an alternative to 'cmp'.
Report bugs to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>."
year=`expr "$VERSION" : '\([^-]*\)'`
version=`expr "$VERSION" : '\([^ ]*\)'`
version="move-if-change (gnulib) $version
Copyright $year Free Software Foundation, Inc.
License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>
This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law."
cmpprog=${CMPPROG-cmp}
for arg
do
case $arg in
--help | --hel | --he | --h)
exec echo "$help" ;;
--version | --versio | --versi | --vers | --ver | --ve | --v)
exec echo "$version" ;;
--)
shift
break ;;
-*)
echo "$0: invalid option: $arg" >&2
exit 1 ;;
*)
break ;;
esac
done
test $# -eq 2 || { echo "$0: $usage" >&2; exit 1; }
if test -r "$2" && $cmpprog -- "$1" "$2" >/dev/null; then
rm -f -- "$1"
else
if mv -f -- "$1" "$2"; then :; else
# Ignore failure due to a concurrent move-if-change.
test -r "$2" && $cmpprog -- "$1" "$2" >/dev/null && rm -f -- "$1"
fi
fi
## Local Variables:
## eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
## time-stamp-start: "VERSION='"
## time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
## time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
## time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
## End:
+272
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
#!/bin/sh
#! -*-perl-*-
# Rewrite a gnulib.mk, adding prefixes to work with automake's subdir-objects.
# Copyright (C) 2012-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This file is free software; the Free Software Foundation
# gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
# with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
#
# Written by Jim Meyering
# This is a prologue that allows to run a perl script as an executable
# on systems that are compliant to a POSIX version before POSIX:2017.
# On such systems, the usual invocation of an executable through execlp()
# or execvp() fails with ENOEXEC if it is a script that does not start
# with a #! line. The script interpreter mentioned in the #! line has
# to be /bin/sh, because on GuixSD systems that is the only program that
# has a fixed file name. The second line is essential for perl and is
# also useful for editing this file in Emacs. The next two lines below
# are valid code in both sh and perl. When executed by sh, they re-execute
# the script through the perl program found in $PATH. The '-x' option
# is essential as well; without it, perl would re-execute the script
# through /bin/sh. When executed by perl, the next two lines are a no-op.
eval 'exec perl -wSx "$0" "$@"'
if 0;
my $VERSION = '2020-04-04 15:07'; # UTC
# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
use strict;
use IO::File;
use Getopt::Long;
use File::Basename; # for dirname
(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
my $prefix;
my $lib_name;
sub usage ($)
{
my ($exit_code) = @_;
my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
if ($exit_code != 0)
{
print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n";
}
else
{
print $STREAM <<EOF;
Usage: $ME --lib-name=NAME FILE
or: $ME [--help|--version]
Rewrite a gnulib-tool-generated FILE like lib/gnulib.mk to work with
automake's subdir-objects.
OPTIONS:
This option must be specified:
--lib-name=NAME library name, often "lib\$project"
The following are optional:
--help display this help and exit
--version output version information and exit
EOF
}
exit $exit_code;
}
# contents ($FILE_NAME)
# ---------------------
sub contents ($)
{
my ($file) = @_;
local $/; # Turn on slurp-mode.
my $f = new IO::File "< $file" or die "$file";
my $contents = $f->getline or die "$file";
$f->close;
return $contents;
}
# prefix_word ($WORD)
# -------------------
# Do not prefix special words such as variable dereferences. Also,
# "Makefile" is really "Makefile", since precisely there is no
# lib/Makefile.
sub prefix_word ($)
{
local ($_) = @_;
$_ = $prefix . $_
unless (/^-/ || m{^\$\(\w+\)} || $_ eq "Makefile" || $_ eq '\\'
|| $_ eq '@ALLOCA@');
return $_;
}
# prefix_words ($TEXT)
# --------------------
sub prefix_words ($)
{
local ($_) = @_;
s{(\S+)}{prefix_word($1)}gem;
return $_;
}
# prefix_assignment ($LHS-AND-ASSIGN-OP, $RHS)
# --------------------------------------------
sub prefix_assignment ($$)
{
my ($lhs_and_assign_op, $rhs) = @_;
# Some variables are initialized by gnulib.mk, and we don't want
# that. Change '=' to '+='.
if ($lhs_and_assign_op =~ /^(GPERF|V_GPERF.*) =$/)
{
# Do not change the RHS, which specifies the GPERF program.
}
# Don't change variables such as HAVE_INCLUDE_NEXT.
elsif ($lhs_and_assign_op =~ /^HAVE_/)
{
}
elsif ($lhs_and_assign_op =~
/^(SUBDIRS|EXTRA_DIST|BUILT_SOURCES|SUFFIXES|MOSTLYCLEANFILES
|CLEANFILES|DISTCLEANFILES|MAINTAINERCLEANFILES
|AM_GNU_GETTEXT)\ =/x)
{
$lhs_and_assign_op =~ s/=/+=/;
}
# We don't want things such as AM_CPPFLAGS +=
# -DDEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN=\"bison-gnulib\" to apply to the whole
# Makefile.in: scope it to the library: libbison_a_CPPFLAGS =
# $(AM_CPPFLAGS) -DDEFAULT_TEXT_DOMAIN=\"bison-gnulib\".
elsif ($lhs_and_assign_op =~
/^(AM_CFLAGS|AM_CPPFLAGS)\ \+?=/x)
{
$lhs_and_assign_op =~ s/^AM_(\w+)\ \+?=/${lib_name}_a_$1 =/;
$rhs = " \$(AM_$1)$rhs";
}
# We don't want to inherit gnulib's AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS, comment them.
elsif ($lhs_and_assign_op =~ /^AUTOMAKE_OPTIONS =/)
{
$lhs_and_assign_op =~ s/^/# /;
}
# Elide any SUFFIXES assignment or concatenation.
elsif ($lhs_and_assign_op =~ /^SUFFIXES /)
{
$lhs_and_assign_op =~ s/^/# /;
}
# The words are (probably) paths to files in lib/: prefix them.
else
{
$rhs = prefix_words($rhs)
}
# Variables whose name depend on the location: libbison_a_SOURCES =>
# lib_libbison_a_SOURCES.
$lhs_and_assign_op =~ s/($lib_name)/lib_$1/g;
$lhs_and_assign_op . $rhs;
}
# prefix $CONTENTS
# ----------------
# $CONTENTS is a Makefile content. Post-process it so that each file-name
# is prefixed with $prefix (e.g., "lib/").
#
# Relies heavily on the regularity of the file generated by gnulib-tool.
sub prefix ($)
{
# Work on $_.
local ($_) = @_;
# Prefix all the occurrence of files in rules. If there is nothing
# after in the :, it's probably a phony target, or a suffix rule.
# Don't touch it.
s{^([-\w+/]+\.[-\w.]+ *: *\S.*)$}
{prefix_words($1)}gem;
# Prefix files in variables.
s{^([\w.]+\s*\+?=)(.*)$}
{prefix_assignment($1, $2)}gem;
# $(srcdir)/ is actually $(top_srcdir)/$prefix/.
# The trailing slash is required to avoid matching this rule:
# test '$(srcdir)' = . || rm -f $(top_builddir)/GNUmakefile
s{\$\(srcdir\)/}{\$(top_srcdir)/$prefix}g;
# Sometimes, t-$@ is used instead of $@-t, which, of course, does
# not work when we have a $@ with a directory in it.
s{t-\$\@}{\$\@-t}g;
# Some AC_SUBST patterns remain and would better be Make macros.
s{\@(MKDIR_P)\@}{\$($1)}g;
# Adjust paths in mkdir.
s{(\$\(MKDIR_P\))\s*(\w+)}{$1 $prefix$2}g;
return $_;
}
# process ($IN)
# -------------
sub process ($)
{
my ($file) = @_;
my ($bak) = "$file.bak";
rename ($file, $bak) or die "$ME: rename $file $bak failed: $!\n";
my $contents = contents ($bak);
$contents = prefix ($contents);
my $out = new IO::File(">$file")
or die "$ME: $file: failed to open for writing: $!\n";
print $out $contents;
}
{
GetOptions
(
'lib-name=s' => \$lib_name,
help => sub { usage 0 },
version => sub { print "$ME version $VERSION\n"; exit },
) or usage 1;
my $fail = 0;
defined $lib_name
or (warn "$ME: no library name; use --lib-name=NAME\n"), $fail = 1;
# There must be exactly one argument.
@ARGV == 0
and (warn "$ME: missing FILE argument\n"), $fail = 1;
1 < @ARGV
and (warn "$ME: too many arguments:\n", join ("\n", @ARGV), "\n"),
$fail = 1;
$fail
and usage 1;
my $file = $ARGV[0];
$prefix = (dirname $file) . '/';
warn "prefix=$prefix\n";
process $file;
}
### Setup "GNU" style for perl-mode and cperl-mode.
## Local Variables:
## perl-indent-level: 2
## perl-continued-statement-offset: 2
## perl-continued-brace-offset: 0
## perl-brace-offset: 0
## perl-brace-imaginary-offset: 0
## perl-label-offset: -2
## cperl-indent-level: 2
## cperl-brace-offset: 0
## cperl-continued-brace-offset: 0
## cperl-label-offset: -2
## cperl-extra-newline-before-brace: t
## cperl-merge-trailing-else: nil
## cperl-continued-statement-offset: 2
## eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
## time-stamp-line-limit: 50
## time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
## time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
## time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
## time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
## End:
@@ -0,0 +1 @@
2.0
+120
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,120 @@
#! /bin/sh
# Output a system dependent linker command for putting a relocatable library
# search path into an executable.
#
# Copyright 2003-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# Written by Bruno Haible <bruno@clisp.org>, 2003.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
#
# The first argument passed to this file is the canonical host specification,
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# or
# CPU_TYPE-MANUFACTURER-KERNEL-OPERATING_SYSTEM
# The environment variable LD should be set by the caller.
#
# The second argument is a colon separated list of directories that contain
# the libraries at installation time.
#
# The third argument is the directory into which the executable is going to be
# installed.
host="$1"
host_cpu=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\1/'`
host_vendor=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\2/'`
host_os=`echo "$host" | sed 's/^\([^-]*\)-\([^-]*\)-\(.*\)$/\3/'`
library_path_value=$2
installdir=$3
# Verify that installdir is absolute.
case "$installdir" in
/*) ;;
*)
echo "installdir is not absolute: $installdir" 1>&2
exit 1
;;
esac
origin_token=
case "$host_os" in
linux* | gnu* | kfreebsd* | \
freebsd* | dragonfly* | midnightbsd* | \
netbsd* | \
openbsd* | \
solaris* | \
haiku*)
origin_token='$ORIGIN'
;;
darwin*)
origin_token='@loader_path'
;;
esac
if test -n "$origin_token"; then
# We are not on AIX, HP-UX, or IRIX. Therefore the -rpath options are
# cumulative.
rpath_options=
save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS=":"
for dir in $library_path_value; do
IFS="$save_IFS"
case "$dir" in
/*)
# Make dir relative to installdir. (Works only if dir is absolute.)
idir="$installdir"
while true; do
dfirst=`echo "$dir" | sed -n -e 's,^//*\([^/]*\).*$,/\1,p'`
ifirst=`echo "$idir" | sed -n -e 's,^//*\([^/]*\).*$,/\1,p'`
if test -z "$dfirst" || test -z "$ifirst"; then
break
fi
if test "$dfirst" != "$ifirst"; then
break
fi
dir=`echo "$dir" | sed -e 's,^//*[^/]*,,'`
idir=`echo "$idir" | sed -e 's,^//*[^/]*,,'`
done
dir="$origin_token"`echo "$idir" | sed -e 's,//*[^/]*,/..,g'`"$dir"
# Augment rpath_options with dir.
rpath_options="${rpath_options}${rpath_options:+ }-Wl,-rpath,$dir"
;;
*)
if test -n "$dir"; then
echo "libdir is not absolute: $dir" 1>&2
fi
;;
esac
done
IFS="$save_IFS"
# Output it.
if test -n "$rpath_options"; then
case "$host_os" in
# At least some versions of FreeBSD, DragonFly, and OpenBSD need the
# linker option "-z origin". See <https://lekensteyn.nl/rpath.html>.
freebsd* | dragonfly* | openbsd*)
rpath_options="-Wl,-z,origin $rpath_options" ;;
esac
echo "$rpath_options"
fi
else
echo "relocation via rpath not supported on this system: $host" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
exit 0
@@ -0,0 +1,99 @@
# The functions in this file provide support for relocatability of
# shell scripts. They should be included near the beginning of each
# shell script in a relocatable program, by adding @relocatable_sh@
# and causing the script to be expanded with AC_CONFIG_FILES. A
# small amount of additional code must be added and adapted to the
# package by hand; see doc/relocatable-maint.texi (in Gnulib) for
# details.
#
# Copyright (C) 2003-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Support for relocatability.
func_find_curr_installdir ()
{
# Determine curr_installdir, even taking into account symlinks.
curr_executable="$0"
case "$curr_executable" in
*/* | *\\*) ;;
*) # Need to look in the PATH.
if test "${PATH_SEPARATOR+set}" != set; then
# Determine PATH_SEPARATOR by trying to find /bin/sh in a PATH which
# contains only /bin. Note that ksh looks also at the FPATH variable,
# so we have to set that as well for the test.
PATH_SEPARATOR=:
(PATH='/bin;/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
&& { (PATH='/bin:/bin'; FPATH=$PATH; sh -c :) >/dev/null 2>&1 \
|| PATH_SEPARATOR=';'
}
fi
save_IFS="$IFS"; IFS="$PATH_SEPARATOR"
for dir in $PATH; do
IFS="$save_IFS"
test -z "$dir" && dir=.
for exec_ext in ''; do
if test -f "$dir/$curr_executable$exec_ext"; then
curr_executable="$dir/$curr_executable$exec_ext"
break 2
fi
done
done
IFS="$save_IFS"
;;
esac
# Make absolute.
case "$curr_executable" in
/* | ?:/* | ?:\\*) ;;
*) curr_executable=`pwd`/"$curr_executable" ;;
esac
# Resolve symlinks.
sed_dirname='s,/[^/]*$,,'
sed_linkdest='s,^.* -> \(.*\),\1,p'
while : ; do
lsline=`LC_ALL=C ls -l "$curr_executable"`
case "$lsline" in
*" -> "*)
linkdest=`echo "$lsline" | sed -n -e "$sed_linkdest"`
case "$linkdest" in
/* | ?:/* | ?:\\*) curr_executable="$linkdest" ;;
*) curr_executable=`echo "$curr_executable" | sed -e "$sed_dirname"`/"$linkdest" ;;
esac ;;
*) break ;;
esac
done
curr_installdir=`echo "$curr_executable" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$,,'`
# Canonicalize.
curr_installdir=`cd "$curr_installdir" && pwd`
}
func_find_prefixes ()
{
# Compute the original/current installation prefixes by stripping the
# trailing directories off the original/current installation directories.
orig_installprefix="$orig_installdir"
curr_installprefix="$curr_installdir"
while true; do
orig_last=`echo "$orig_installprefix" | sed -n -e 's,^.*/\([^/]*\)$,\1,p'`
curr_last=`echo "$curr_installprefix" | sed -n -e 's,^.*/\([^/]*\)$,\1,p'`
if test -z "$orig_last" || test -z "$curr_last"; then
break
fi
if test "$orig_last" != "$curr_last"; then
break
fi
orig_installprefix=`echo "$orig_installprefix" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$,,'`
curr_installprefix=`echo "$curr_installprefix" | sed -e 's,/[^/]*$,,'`
done
}
+153
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,153 @@
#! /bin/sh
# test-driver - basic testsuite driver script.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 2011-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
# Make unconditional expansion of undefined variables an error. This
# helps a lot in preventing typo-related bugs.
set -u
usage_error ()
{
echo "$0: $*" >&2
print_usage >&2
exit 2
}
print_usage ()
{
cat <<END
Usage:
test-driver --test-name NAME --log-file PATH --trs-file PATH
[--expect-failure {yes|no}] [--color-tests {yes|no}]
[--enable-hard-errors {yes|no}] [--]
TEST-SCRIPT [TEST-SCRIPT-ARGUMENTS]
The '--test-name', '--log-file' and '--trs-file' options are mandatory.
See the GNU Automake documentation for information.
END
}
test_name= # Used for reporting.
log_file= # Where to save the output of the test script.
trs_file= # Where to save the metadata of the test run.
expect_failure=no
color_tests=no
enable_hard_errors=yes
while test $# -gt 0; do
case $1 in
--help) print_usage; exit $?;;
--version) echo "test-driver $scriptversion"; exit $?;;
--test-name) test_name=$2; shift;;
--log-file) log_file=$2; shift;;
--trs-file) trs_file=$2; shift;;
--color-tests) color_tests=$2; shift;;
--expect-failure) expect_failure=$2; shift;;
--enable-hard-errors) enable_hard_errors=$2; shift;;
--) shift; break;;
-*) usage_error "invalid option: '$1'";;
*) break;;
esac
shift
done
missing_opts=
test x"$test_name" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --test-name"
test x"$log_file" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --log-file"
test x"$trs_file" = x && missing_opts="$missing_opts --trs-file"
if test x"$missing_opts" != x; then
usage_error "the following mandatory options are missing:$missing_opts"
fi
if test $# -eq 0; then
usage_error "missing argument"
fi
if test $color_tests = yes; then
# Keep this in sync with 'lib/am/check.am:$(am__tty_colors)'.
red='' # Red.
grn='' # Green.
lgn='' # Light green.
blu='' # Blue.
mgn='' # Magenta.
std='' # No color.
else
red= grn= lgn= blu= mgn= std=
fi
do_exit='rm -f $log_file $trs_file; (exit $st); exit $st'
trap "st=129; $do_exit" 1
trap "st=130; $do_exit" 2
trap "st=141; $do_exit" 13
trap "st=143; $do_exit" 15
# Test script is run here. We create the file first, then append to it,
# to ameliorate tests themselves also writing to the log file. Our tests
# don't, but others can (automake bug#35762).
: >"$log_file"
"$@" >>"$log_file" 2>&1
estatus=$?
if test $enable_hard_errors = no && test $estatus -eq 99; then
tweaked_estatus=1
else
tweaked_estatus=$estatus
fi
case $tweaked_estatus:$expect_failure in
0:yes) col=$red res=XPASS recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
0:*) col=$grn res=PASS recheck=no gcopy=no;;
77:*) col=$blu res=SKIP recheck=no gcopy=yes;;
99:*) col=$mgn res=ERROR recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
*:yes) col=$lgn res=XFAIL recheck=no gcopy=yes;;
*:*) col=$red res=FAIL recheck=yes gcopy=yes;;
esac
# Report the test outcome and exit status in the logs, so that one can
# know whether the test passed or failed simply by looking at the '.log'
# file, without the need of also peaking into the corresponding '.trs'
# file (automake bug#11814).
echo "$res $test_name (exit status: $estatus)" >>"$log_file"
# Report outcome to console.
echo "${col}${res}${std}: $test_name"
# Register the test result, and other relevant metadata.
echo ":test-result: $res" > $trs_file
echo ":global-test-result: $res" >> $trs_file
echo ":recheck: $recheck" >> $trs_file
echo ":copy-in-global-log: $gcopy" >> $trs_file
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,152 @@
#!/usr/bin/perl -0777 -pi
# Update b4_copyright invocations or b4_copyright_years definitions to
# include the current year.
# Copyright (C) 2009-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
use strict;
use warnings;
my $margin = 72;
my $this_year = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_YEAR};
if (!$this_year || $this_year !~ m/^\d{4}$/)
{
my ($sec, $min, $hour, $mday, $month, $year) = localtime (time ());
$this_year = $year + 1900;
}
my $old_re = <<'EOF'
(
(?:^|\n)
#BEFORE
(?:
b4_copyright\(\[[^][]*]
| m4_(?:push|pop)def\(\[b4_copyright_years]
)
#AFTER
)
(?:
,\s*
(
\[\s* (?:\d{4}(?:,\s*|-))* (\d{4}) \s*]
)
)?
\)
EOF
;
while (/($old_re)/gx)
{
my $start = pos() - length ($1);
my $b4_copyright_line = $2;
my $year_lines = $3;
my $final_year = $4;
$year_lines .= ')';
# If there was a second argument, it contains years, so update them.
if ($final_year)
{
$b4_copyright_line .= ',';
if ($final_year != $this_year)
{
# Update the year.
$year_lines =~ s/$final_year/$final_year, $this_year/;
}
# Normalize all whitespace.
$year_lines =~ s/\s+/ /g;
# Put spaces after commas.
$year_lines =~ s/, ?/, /g;
# Compress to intervals.
$year_lines =~
s/
(\d{4})
(?:
(,\ |-)
((??{
if ($2 eq '-') { '\d{4}'; }
elsif (!$3) { $1 + 1; }
else { $3 + 1; }
}))
)+
/$1-$3/gx;
# Format within margin.
my $year_lines_new;
my $indent = index ($b4_copyright_line, '[');
--$indent if ($b4_copyright_line =~ m/^\n/);
while (length $year_lines)
{
my $text_margin = $margin - $indent;
if (($year_lines =~ s/^(.{1,$text_margin})(?: |$)//)
|| ($year_lines =~ s/^([\S]+)(?: |$)//))
{
my $line = "\n" . (' 'x$indent) . $1;
++$indent if (!$year_lines_new);
$year_lines_new .= $line;
}
else
{
# Should be unreachable, but we don't want an infinite
# loop if it can be reached.
die;
}
}
# Replace the old invocation. Should never die.
die if (!s/$old_re\G/$b4_copyright_line$year_lines_new/x);
# Prepare for the next search.
pos () = $start + length ("$b4_copyright_line$year_lines_new");
}
}
while (/(\bb4_copyright\()/g)
{
my $start = pos () - length ($1);
my $end = pos ();
my $re = $old_re;
pos () = $start;
$re =~ s/\#BEFORE/\\G/;
if (!/$re/x)
{
my $line = (substr ($_, 0, $start) =~ s/\n/\n/g) + 1;
print STDERR
"$ARGV:$line: warning: failed to update a b4_copyright\n";
}
pos () = $end;
}
while (/(\[b4_copyright_years])/g)
{
my $start = pos () - length ($1);
my $end = pos ();
my $re = $old_re;
$re =~ s/\#AFTER/\\G/;
if (!/$re/x)
{
# The substr operation blows away pos (), so restoring pos ()
# at the end is necessary.
my $line = (substr ($_, 0, $start) =~ s/\n/\n/g) + 1;
print STDERR
"$ARGV:$line: warning: failed to update a"
. " b4_copyright_years\n";
}
pos () = $end;
}
+302
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,302 @@
#!/bin/sh
#! -*-perl-*-
# Update an FSF copyright year list to include the current year.
# Copyright (C) 2009-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Written by Jim Meyering and Joel E. Denny
# This script updates an FSF copyright year list to include the current year.
# Usage: update-copyright [FILE...]
#
# The arguments to this script should be names of files that contain
# copyright statements to be updated. The copyright holder's name
# defaults to "Free Software Foundation, Inc." but may be changed to
# any other name by using the "UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER" environment
# variable.
#
# For example, you might wish to use the update-copyright target rule
# in maint.mk from gnulib's maintainer-makefile module.
#
# Iff a copyright statement is recognized in a file and the final
# year is not the current year, then the statement is updated for the
# new year and it is reformatted to:
#
# 1. Fit within 72 columns.
# 2. Convert 2-digit years to 4-digit years by prepending "19".
# 3. Expand copyright year intervals. (See "Environment variables"
# below.)
#
# A warning is printed for every file for which no copyright
# statement is recognized.
#
# Each file's copyright statement must be formatted correctly in
# order to be recognized. For example, each of these is fine:
#
# Copyright @copyright{} 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software
# Foundation, Inc.
#
# # Copyright (C) 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software
# # Foundation, Inc.
#
# /*
# * Copyright &copy; 90,2005,2007-2009
# * Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# */
#
# However, the following format is not recognized because the line
# prefix changes after the first line:
#
# ## Copyright (C) 1990-2005, 2007-2009 Free Software
# # Foundation, Inc.
#
# However, any correctly formatted copyright statement following
# a non-matching copyright statements would be recognized.
#
# The exact conditions that a file's copyright statement must meet
# to be recognized are:
#
# 1. It is the first copyright statement that meets all of the
# following conditions. Subsequent copyright statements are
# ignored.
# 2. Its format is "Copyright (C)", then a list of copyright years,
# and then the name of the copyright holder.
# 3. The "(C)" takes one of the following forms or is omitted
# entirely:
#
# A. (C)
# B. (c)
# C. @copyright{}
# D. &copy;
# E. ©
#
# 4. The "Copyright" appears at the beginning of a line, except that it
# may be prefixed by any sequence (e.g., a comment) of no more than
# 5 characters -- including white space.
# 5. Iff such a prefix is present, the same prefix appears at the
# beginning of each remaining line within the FSF copyright
# statement. There is one exception in order to support C-style
# comments: if the first line's prefix contains nothing but
# whitespace surrounding a "/*", then the prefix for all subsequent
# lines is the same as the first line's prefix except with each of
# "/" and possibly "*" replaced by a " ". The replacement of "*"
# by " " is consistent throughout all subsequent lines.
# 6. Blank lines, even if preceded by the prefix, do not appear
# within the FSF copyright statement.
# 7. Each copyright year is 2 or 4 digits, and years are separated by
# commas, "-", or "--". Whitespace may appear after commas.
#
# Environment variables:
#
# 1. If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_FORCE=1, a recognized FSF copyright statement
# is reformatted even if it does not need updating for the new
# year. If unset or set to 0, only updated FSF copyright
# statements are reformatted.
# 2. If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS=1, every series of consecutive
# copyright years (such as 90, 1991, 1992-2007, 2008) in a
# reformatted FSF copyright statement is collapsed to a single
# interval (such as 1990-2008). If unset or set to 0, all existing
# copyright year intervals in a reformatted FSF copyright statement
# are expanded instead.
# If UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS=2, convert a sequence with gaps
# to the minimal containing range. For example, convert
# 2000, 2004-2007, 2009 to 2000-2009.
# 3. For testing purposes, you can set the assumed current year in
# UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_YEAR.
# 4. The default maximum line length for a copyright line is 72.
# Set UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_MAX_LINE_LENGTH to use a different length.
# 5. Set UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER if the copyright holder is other
# than "Free Software Foundation, Inc.".
# This is a prologue that allows to run a perl script as an executable
# on systems that are compliant to a POSIX version before POSIX:2017.
# On such systems, the usual invocation of an executable through execlp()
# or execvp() fails with ENOEXEC if it is a script that does not start
# with a #! line. The script interpreter mentioned in the #! line has
# to be /bin/sh, because on GuixSD systems that is the only program that
# has a fixed file name. The second line is essential for perl and is
# also useful for editing this file in Emacs. The next two lines below
# are valid code in both sh and perl. When executed by sh, they re-execute
# the script through the perl program found in $PATH. The '-x' option
# is essential as well; without it, perl would re-execute the script
# through /bin/sh. When executed by perl, the next two lines are a no-op.
eval 'exec perl -wSx -0777 -pi "$0" "$@"'
if 0;
my $VERSION = '2020-04-04.15:07'; # UTC
# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
use strict;
use warnings;
my $copyright_re = 'Copyright';
my $circle_c_re = '(?:\([cC]\)|@copyright\{}|\\\\\(co|&copy;|©)';
my $holder = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_HOLDER};
$holder ||= 'Free Software Foundation, Inc.';
my $prefix_max = 5;
my $margin = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_MAX_LINE_LENGTH};
!$margin || $margin !~ m/^\d+$/
and $margin = 72;
my $tab_width = 8;
my $this_year = $ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_YEAR};
if (!$this_year || $this_year !~ m/^\d{4}$/)
{
my ($sec, $min, $hour, $mday, $month, $year) = localtime (time ());
$this_year = $year + 1900;
}
# Unless the file consistently uses "\r\n" as the EOL, use "\n" instead.
my $eol = /(?:^|[^\r])\n/ ? "\n" : "\r\n";
my $leading;
my $prefix;
my $ws_re;
my $stmt_re;
while (/(^|\n)(.{0,$prefix_max})$copyright_re/g)
{
$leading = "$1$2";
$prefix = $2;
if ($prefix =~ /^(\s*\/)\*(\s*)$/)
{
$prefix =~ s,/, ,;
my $prefix_ws = $prefix;
$prefix_ws =~ s/\*/ /; # Only whitespace.
if (/\G(?:[^*\n]|\*[^\/\n])*\*?\n$prefix_ws/)
{
$prefix = $prefix_ws;
}
}
$ws_re = '[ \t\r\f]'; # \s without \n
$ws_re =
"(?:$ws_re*(?:$ws_re|\\n" . quotemeta($prefix) . ")$ws_re*)";
my $holder_re = $holder;
$holder_re =~ s/\s/$ws_re/g;
my $stmt_remainder_re =
"(?:$ws_re$circle_c_re)?"
. "$ws_re(?:(?:\\d\\d)?\\d\\d(?:,$ws_re?|--?))*"
. "((?:\\d\\d)?\\d\\d)$ws_re$holder_re";
if (/\G$stmt_remainder_re/)
{
$stmt_re =
quotemeta($leading) . "($copyright_re$stmt_remainder_re)";
last;
}
}
if (defined $stmt_re)
{
/$stmt_re/ or die; # Should never die.
my $stmt = $1;
my $final_year_orig = $2;
# Handle two-digit year numbers like "98" and "99".
my $final_year = $final_year_orig;
$final_year <= 99
and $final_year += 1900;
if ($final_year != $this_year)
{
# Update the year.
$stmt =~ s/\b$final_year_orig\b/$final_year, $this_year/;
}
if ($final_year != $this_year || $ENV{'UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_FORCE'})
{
# Normalize all whitespace including newline-prefix sequences.
$stmt =~ s/$ws_re/ /g;
# Put spaces after commas.
$stmt =~ s/, ?/, /g;
# Convert 2-digit to 4-digit years.
$stmt =~ s/(\b\d\d\b)/19$1/g;
# Make the use of intervals consistent.
if (!$ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS})
{
$stmt =~ s/(\d{4})--?(\d{4})/join(', ', $1..$2)/eg;
}
else
{
my $ndash = $ARGV =~ /\.tex(i(nfo)?)?$/ ? "--" : "-";
$stmt =~
s/
(\d{4})
(?:
(,\ |--?)
((??{
if ($2 ne ', ') { '\d{4}'; }
elsif (!$3) { $1 + 1; }
else { $3 + 1; }
}))
)+
/$1$ndash$3/gx;
# When it's 2, emit a single range encompassing all year numbers.
$ENV{UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS} == 2
and $stmt =~ s/\b(\d{4})\b.*\b(\d{4})\b/$1$ndash$2/;
}
# Format within margin.
my $stmt_wrapped;
my $text_margin = $margin - length($prefix);
if ($prefix =~ /^(\t+)/)
{
$text_margin -= length($1) * ($tab_width - 1);
}
while (length $stmt)
{
if (($stmt =~ s/^(.{1,$text_margin})(?: |$)//)
|| ($stmt =~ s/^([\S]+)(?: |$)//))
{
my $line = $1;
$stmt_wrapped .= $stmt_wrapped ? "$eol$prefix" : $leading;
$stmt_wrapped .= $line;
}
else
{
# Should be unreachable, but we don't want an infinite
# loop if it can be reached.
die;
}
}
# Replace the old copyright statement.
s/$stmt_re/$stmt_wrapped/;
}
}
else
{
print STDERR "$ARGV: warning: copyright statement not found\n";
}
# Hey Emacs!
# Local variables:
# coding: utf-8
# mode: perl
# indent-tabs-mode: nil
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-line-limit: 200
# time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H:%02M"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
# End:
@@ -0,0 +1,240 @@
#!/bin/sh
#! -*-perl-*-
# Detect instances of "if (p) free (p);".
# Likewise "if (p != 0)", "if (0 != p)", or with NULL; and with braces.
# Copyright (C) 2008-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
#
# Written by Jim Meyering
# This is a prologue that allows to run a perl script as an executable
# on systems that are compliant to a POSIX version before POSIX:2017.
# On such systems, the usual invocation of an executable through execlp()
# or execvp() fails with ENOEXEC if it is a script that does not start
# with a #! line. The script interpreter mentioned in the #! line has
# to be /bin/sh, because on GuixSD systems that is the only program that
# has a fixed file name. The second line is essential for perl and is
# also useful for editing this file in Emacs. The next two lines below
# are valid code in both sh and perl. When executed by sh, they re-execute
# the script through the perl program found in $PATH. The '-x' option
# is essential as well; without it, perl would re-execute the script
# through /bin/sh. When executed by perl, the next two lines are a no-op.
eval 'exec perl -wSx "$0" "$@"'
if 0;
my $VERSION = '2021-04-11 10:11'; # UTC
# The definition above must lie within the first 8 lines in order
# for the Emacs time-stamp write hook (at end) to update it.
# If you change this file with Emacs, please let the write hook
# do its job. Otherwise, update this string manually.
my $copyright_year = '2021';
use strict;
use warnings;
use Getopt::Long;
(my $ME = $0) =~ s|.*/||;
# use File::Coda; # https://meyering.net/code/Coda/
END {
defined fileno STDOUT or return;
close STDOUT and return;
warn "$ME: failed to close standard output: $!\n";
$? ||= 1;
}
sub usage ($)
{
my ($exit_code) = @_;
my $STREAM = ($exit_code == 0 ? *STDOUT : *STDERR);
if ($exit_code != 0)
{
print $STREAM "Try '$ME --help' for more information.\n";
}
else
{
print $STREAM <<EOF;
Usage: $ME [OPTIONS] FILE...
Detect any instance in FILE of a useless "if" test before a free call, e.g.,
"if (p) free (p);". Any such test may be safely removed without affecting
the semantics of the C code in FILE. Use --name=FOO --name=BAR to also
detect free-like functions named FOO and BAR.
OPTIONS:
--list print only the name of each matching FILE (\\0-terminated)
--name=N add name N to the list of \'free\'-like functions to detect;
may be repeated
--help display this help and exit
--version output version information and exit
Exit status:
0 one or more matches
1 no match
2 an error
EXAMPLE:
For example, this command prints all removable "if" tests before "free"
and "kfree" calls in the linux kernel sources:
git ls-files -z |xargs -0 $ME --name=kfree
EOF
}
exit $exit_code;
}
sub is_NULL ($)
{
my ($expr) = @_;
return ($expr eq 'NULL' || $expr eq '0');
}
{
sub EXIT_MATCH {0}
sub EXIT_NO_MATCH {1}
sub EXIT_ERROR {2}
my $err = EXIT_NO_MATCH;
my $list;
my @name = qw(free);
GetOptions
(
help => sub { usage 0 },
version =>
sub
{
print "$ME version $VERSION\n";
print "Copyright (C) $copyright_year Free Software Foundation, Inc.\n";
print "License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>.\n"
. "This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.\n"
. "There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.\n";
print "\n";
my $author = "Jim Meyering";
print "Written by $author.\n";
exit
},
list => \$list,
'name=s@' => \@name,
) or usage 1;
# Make sure we have the right number of non-option arguments.
# Always tell the user why we fail.
@ARGV < 1
and (warn "$ME: missing FILE argument\n"), usage EXIT_ERROR;
my $or = join '|', @name;
my $regexp = qr/(?:$or)/;
# Set the input record separator.
# Note: this makes it impractical to print line numbers.
$/ = '"';
my $found_match = 0;
FILE:
foreach my $file (@ARGV)
{
open FH, '<', $file
or (warn "$ME: can't open '$file' for reading: $!\n"),
$err = EXIT_ERROR, next;
while (defined (my $line = <FH>))
{
# Skip non-matching lines early to save time
$line =~ /\bif\b/
or next;
while ($line =~
/\b(if\s*\(\s*([^)]+?)(?:\s*!=\s*([^)]+?))?\s*\)
# 1 2 3
(?: \s*$regexp\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*([^)]+)\)\s*;|
\s*\{\s*$regexp\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*([^)]+)\)\s*;\s*\}))/sxg)
{
my $all = $1;
my ($lhs, $rhs) = ($2, $3);
my ($free_opnd, $braced_free_opnd) = ($4, $5);
my $non_NULL;
if (!defined $rhs) { $non_NULL = $lhs }
elsif (is_NULL $rhs) { $non_NULL = $lhs }
elsif (is_NULL $lhs) { $non_NULL = $rhs }
else { next }
# Compare the non-NULL part of the "if" expression and the
# free'd expression, without regard to white space.
$non_NULL =~ tr/ \t//d;
my $e2 = defined $free_opnd ? $free_opnd : $braced_free_opnd;
$e2 =~ tr/ \t//d;
if ($non_NULL eq $e2)
{
$found_match = 1;
$list
and (print "$file\0"), next FILE;
print "$file: $all\n";
}
}
}
}
continue
{
close FH;
}
$found_match && $err == EXIT_NO_MATCH
and $err = EXIT_MATCH;
exit $err;
}
my $foo = <<'EOF';
# The above is to *find* them.
# This adjusts them, removing the unnecessary "if (p)" part.
# FIXME: do something like this as an option (doesn't do braces):
free=xfree
git grep -l -z "$free *(" \
| xargs -0 useless-if-before-free -l --name="$free" \
| xargs -0 perl -0x3b -pi -e \
's/\bif\s*\(\s*(\S+?)(?:\s*!=\s*(?:0|NULL))?\s*\)\s+('"$free"'\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*\1\s*\)\s*;)/$2/s'
# Use the following to remove redundant uses of kfree inside braces.
# Note that -0777 puts perl in slurp-whole-file mode;
# but we have plenty of memory, these days...
free=kfree
git grep -l -z "$free *(" \
| xargs -0 useless-if-before-free -l --name="$free" \
| xargs -0 perl -0777 -pi -e \
's/\bif\s*\(\s*(\S+?)(?:\s*!=\s*(?:0|NULL))?\s*\)\s*\{\s*('"$free"'\s*\((?:\s*\([^)]+\))?\s*\1\s*\);)\s*\}[^\n]*$/$2/gms'
Be careful that the result of the above transformation is valid.
If the matched string is followed by "else", then obviously, it won't be.
When modifying files, refuse to process anything other than a regular file.
EOF
## Local Variables:
## mode: perl
## indent-tabs-mode: nil
## eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
## time-stamp-line-limit: 50
## time-stamp-start: "my $VERSION = '"
## time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d %02H:%02M"
## time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
## time-stamp-end: "'; # UTC"
## End:
+113
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,113 @@
#!/bin/sh
# List version-controlled file names.
# Print a version string.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 2006-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# List the specified version-controlled files.
# With no argument, list them all. With a single DIRECTORY argument,
# list the version-controlled files in that directory.
# If there's an argument, it must be a single, "."-relative directory name.
# cvsu is part of the cvsutils package: https://www.red-bean.com/cvsutils/
postprocess=
case $1 in
--help) cat <<EOF
Usage: $0 [-C SRCDIR] [DIR...]
Output a list of version-controlled files in DIR (default .), relative to
SRCDIR (default .). SRCDIR must be the top directory of a checkout.
Options:
--help print this help, then exit
--version print version number, then exit
-C SRCDIR change directory to SRCDIR before generating list
Report bugs and patches to <bug-gnulib@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit ;;
--version)
year=`echo "$scriptversion" | sed 's/[^0-9].*//'`
cat <<EOF
vc-list-files $scriptversion
Copyright (C) $year Free Software Foundation, Inc,
License GPLv3+: GNU GPL version 3 or later <https://gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html>
This is free software: you are free to change and redistribute it.
There is NO WARRANTY, to the extent permitted by law.
EOF
exit ;;
-C)
test "$2" = . || postprocess="| sed 's|^|$2/|'"
cd "$2" || exit 1
shift; shift ;;
esac
test $# = 0 && set .
for dir
do
if test -d .git || test -f .git; then
test "x$dir" = x. \
&& dir= sed_esc= \
|| { dir="$dir/"; sed_esc=`echo "$dir"|env sed 's,\([\\/]\),\\\\\1,g'`; }
# Ignore git symlinks - either they point into the tree, in which case
# we don't need to visit the target twice, or they point somewhere
# else (often into a submodule), in which case the content does not
# belong to this package.
eval exec git ls-tree -r 'HEAD:"$dir"' \
\| sed -n '"s/^100[^ ]*./$sed_esc/p"' $postprocess
elif test -d .hg; then
eval exec hg locate '"$dir/*"' $postprocess
elif test -d .bzr; then
test "$postprocess" = '' && postprocess="| sed 's|^\./||'"
eval exec bzr ls -R --versioned '"$dir"' $postprocess
elif test -d CVS; then
test "$postprocess" = '' && postprocess="| sed 's|^\./||'"
if test -x build-aux/cvsu; then
eval build-aux/cvsu --find --types=AFGM '"$dir"' $postprocess
elif (cvsu --help) >/dev/null 2>&1; then
eval cvsu --find --types=AFGM '"$dir"' $postprocess
else
eval awk -F/ \''{ \
if (!$1 && $3 !~ /^-/) { \
f=FILENAME; \
if (f ~ /CVS\/Entries$/) \
f = substr(f, 1, length(f)-11); \
print f $2; \
}}'\'' \
`find "$dir" -name Entries -print` /dev/null' $postprocess
fi
elif test -d .svn; then
eval exec svn list -R '"$dir"' $postprocess
else
echo "$0: Failed to determine type of version control used in `pwd`" 1>&2
exit 1
fi
done
# Local variables:
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
+247
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,247 @@
#! /bin/sh
# ylwrap - wrapper for lex/yacc invocations.
scriptversion=2018-03-07.03; # UTC
# Copyright (C) 1996-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# Written by Tom Tromey <tromey@cygnus.com>.
#
# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
# any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# As a special exception to the GNU General Public License, if you
# distribute this file as part of a program that contains a
# configuration script generated by Autoconf, you may include it under
# the same distribution terms that you use for the rest of that program.
# This file is maintained in Automake, please report
# bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org> or send patches to
# <automake-patches@gnu.org>.
get_dirname ()
{
case $1 in
*/*|*\\*) printf '%s\n' "$1" | sed -e 's|\([\\/]\)[^\\/]*$|\1|';;
# Otherwise, we want the empty string (not ".").
esac
}
# guard FILE
# ----------
# The CPP macro used to guard inclusion of FILE.
guard ()
{
printf '%s\n' "$1" \
| sed \
-e 'y/abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz/ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ/' \
-e 's/[^ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ]/_/g' \
-e 's/__*/_/g'
}
# quote_for_sed [STRING]
# ----------------------
# Return STRING (or stdin) quoted to be used as a sed pattern.
quote_for_sed ()
{
case $# in
0) cat;;
1) printf '%s\n' "$1";;
esac \
| sed -e 's|[][\\.*]|\\&|g'
}
case "$1" in
'')
echo "$0: No files given. Try '$0 --help' for more information." 1>&2
exit 1
;;
--basedir)
basedir=$2
shift 2
;;
-h|--h*)
cat <<\EOF
Usage: ylwrap [--help|--version] INPUT [OUTPUT DESIRED]... -- PROGRAM [ARGS]...
Wrapper for lex/yacc invocations, renaming files as desired.
INPUT is the input file
OUTPUT is one file PROG generates
DESIRED is the file we actually want instead of OUTPUT
PROGRAM is program to run
ARGS are passed to PROG
Any number of OUTPUT,DESIRED pairs may be used.
Report bugs to <bug-automake@gnu.org>.
EOF
exit $?
;;
-v|--v*)
echo "ylwrap $scriptversion"
exit $?
;;
esac
# The input.
input=$1
shift
# We'll later need for a correct munging of "#line" directives.
input_sub_rx=`get_dirname "$input" | quote_for_sed`
case $input in
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*)
# Absolute path; do nothing.
;;
*)
# Relative path. Make it absolute.
input=`pwd`/$input
;;
esac
input_rx=`get_dirname "$input" | quote_for_sed`
# Since DOS filename conventions don't allow two dots,
# the DOS version of Bison writes out y_tab.c instead of y.tab.c
# and y_tab.h instead of y.tab.h. Test to see if this is the case.
y_tab_nodot=false
if test -f y_tab.c || test -f y_tab.h; then
y_tab_nodot=true
fi
# The parser itself, the first file, is the destination of the .y.c
# rule in the Makefile.
parser=$1
# A sed program to s/FROM/TO/g for all the FROM/TO so that, for
# instance, we rename #include "y.tab.h" into #include "parse.h"
# during the conversion from y.tab.c to parse.c.
sed_fix_filenames=
# Also rename header guards, as Bison 2.7 for instance uses its header
# guard in its implementation file.
sed_fix_header_guards=
while test $# -ne 0; do
if test x"$1" = x"--"; then
shift
break
fi
from=$1
# Handle y_tab.c and y_tab.h output by DOS
if $y_tab_nodot; then
case $from in
"y.tab.c") from=y_tab.c;;
"y.tab.h") from=y_tab.h;;
esac
fi
shift
to=$1
shift
sed_fix_filenames="${sed_fix_filenames}s|"`quote_for_sed "$from"`"|$to|g;"
sed_fix_header_guards="${sed_fix_header_guards}s|"`guard "$from"`"|"`guard "$to"`"|g;"
done
# The program to run.
prog=$1
shift
# Make any relative path in $prog absolute.
case $prog in
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) ;;
*[\\/]*) prog=`pwd`/$prog ;;
esac
dirname=ylwrap$$
do_exit="cd '`pwd`' && rm -rf $dirname > /dev/null 2>&1;"' (exit $ret); exit $ret'
trap "ret=129; $do_exit" 1
trap "ret=130; $do_exit" 2
trap "ret=141; $do_exit" 13
trap "ret=143; $do_exit" 15
mkdir $dirname || exit 1
cd $dirname
case $# in
0) "$prog" "$input" ;;
*) "$prog" "$@" "$input" ;;
esac
ret=$?
if test $ret -eq 0; then
for from in *
do
to=`printf '%s\n' "$from" | sed "$sed_fix_filenames"`
if test -f "$from"; then
# If $2 is an absolute path name, then just use that,
# otherwise prepend '../'.
case $to in
[\\/]* | ?:[\\/]*) target=$to;;
*) target=../$to;;
esac
# Do not overwrite unchanged header files to avoid useless
# recompilations. Always update the parser itself: it is the
# destination of the .y.c rule in the Makefile. Divert the
# output of all other files to a temporary file so we can
# compare them to existing versions.
if test $from != $parser; then
realtarget=$target
target=tmp-`printf '%s\n' "$target" | sed 's|.*[\\/]||g'`
fi
# Munge "#line" or "#" directives. Don't let the resulting
# debug information point at an absolute srcdir. Use the real
# output file name, not yy.lex.c for instance. Adjust the
# include guards too.
sed -e "/^#/!b" \
-e "s|$input_rx|$input_sub_rx|" \
-e "$sed_fix_filenames" \
-e "$sed_fix_header_guards" \
"$from" >"$target" || ret=$?
# Check whether files must be updated.
if test "$from" != "$parser"; then
if test -f "$realtarget" && cmp -s "$realtarget" "$target"; then
echo "$to is unchanged"
rm -f "$target"
else
echo "updating $to"
mv -f "$target" "$realtarget"
fi
fi
else
# A missing file is only an error for the parser. This is a
# blatant hack to let us support using "yacc -d". If -d is not
# specified, don't fail when the header file is "missing".
if test "$from" = "$parser"; then
ret=1
fi
fi
done
fi
# Remove the directory.
cd ..
rm -rf $dirname
exit $ret
# Local Variables:
# mode: shell-script
# sh-indentation: 2
# eval: (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
# time-stamp-start: "scriptversion="
# time-stamp-format: "%:y-%02m-%02d.%02H"
# time-stamp-time-zone: "UTC0"
# time-stamp-end: "; # UTC"
# End:
+178
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,178 @@
## Customize maint.mk -*- makefile -*-
## Copyright (C) 2008-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
## This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
## the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
## (at your option) any later version.
## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
## GNU General Public License for more details.
## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
## along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Update version, then recompile so that tests/bison --version be
# up-to-date, then compile our parser again with our up-to-date bison.
.PHONY: regen
regen: _version
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS)
touch $(srcdir)/src/parse-gram.y
$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS)
# Used in maint.mk's web-manual rule
manual_title = The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
gendocs_options_ = -I $(abs_top_srcdir)/doc -I $(abs_top_builddir)/doc
# By default, propagate -j from make to Bison's test suite.
TESTSUITEFLAGS = $(filter -j%,$(MAKEFLAGS))
# It's useful to run maintainer-check* targets during development, but we
# don't want to wait on a recompile because of an update to $(VERSION). Thus,
# override the _is-dist-target from GNUmakefile so that maintainer-check*
# targets are filtered out.
_is-dist-target = $(filter-out %clean maintainer-check%, \
$(filter maintainer-% dist% alpha beta major,$(MAKECMDGOALS)))
url_dir_list = \
https://$(gnu_rel_host)/gnu/bison
# Tests not to run as part of "make distcheck".
local-checks-to-skip = \
sc_immutable_NEWS \
sc_indent
# The local directory containing the checked-out copy of gnulib used in
# this release. Used solely to get a date for the "announcement" target.
gnulib_dir = $(srcdir)/gnulib
bootstrap-tools = autoconf,automake,flex,gettext,gnulib
announcement_Cc_ = \
bug-bison@gnu.org, bison-announce@gnu.org, \
coordinator@translationproject.org
update-copyright: update-b4-copyright update-package-copyright-year
update-copyright-env = \
UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_FORCE=1 UPDATE_COPYRIGHT_USE_INTERVALS=1
## -------------------- ##
## More syntax-checks. ##
## -------------------- ##
# Indent only with spaces.
# Taken from Coreutils.
sc_prohibit_tab_based_indentation:
@prohibit='^ * ' \
halt='TAB in indentation; use only spaces' \
$(_sc_search_regexp)
# Prohibit the use of `...` in tests/. Use $(...) instead.
# Taken from Coreutils.
# Not ready for Bison yet.
#sc_prohibit_test_backticks:
# @prohibit='`' in_vc_files='^tests/' \
# halt='use $$(...), not `...` in tests/' \
# $(_sc_search_regexp)
# Enforce recommended preprocessor indentation style.
# Taken from Coreutils.
sc_preprocessor_indentation:
@if cppi --version >/dev/null 2>&1; then \
$(VC_LIST_EXCEPT) | grep '\.[ch]$$' | xargs cppi -a -c \
|| { echo '$(ME): incorrect preprocessor indentation' 1>&2; \
exit 1; }; \
else \
echo '$(ME): skipping test $@: cppi not installed' 1>&2; \
fi
###########################################################
# Taken from Coreutils.
_p0 = \([^"'/]\|"\([^\"]\|[\].\)*"\|'\([^\']\|[\].\)*'
_pre = $(_p0)\|[/][^"'/*]\|[/]"\([^\"]\|[\].\)*"\|[/]'\([^\']\|[\].\)*'\)*
_pre_anchored = ^\($(_pre)\)
_comment_and_close = [^*]\|[*][^/*]\)*[*][*]*/
# help font-lock mode: '
# A sed expression that removes ANSI C and ISO C99 comments.
# Derived from the one in GNU gettext's 'moopp' preprocessor.
_sed_remove_comments = \
/[/][/*]/{ \
ta; \
:a; \
s,$(_pre_anchored)//.*,\1,; \
te; \
s,$(_pre_anchored)/[*]\($(_comment_and_close),\1 ,; \
ta; \
/^$(_pre)[/][*]/{ \
s,$(_pre_anchored)/[*].*,\1 ,; \
tu; \
:u; \
n; \
s,^\($(_comment_and_close),,; \
tv; \
s,^.*$$,,; \
bu; \
:v; \
}; \
:e; \
}
# Quote all single quotes.
_sed_rm_comments_q = $(subst ','\'',$(_sed_remove_comments))
# help font-lock mode: '
_space_before_paren_exempt =? \\n\\$$
_space_before_paren_exempt = \
(^ *\#|(LA)?LR\([01]\)|percent_(code|define)|b4_syncline|m4_(define|init))
# Ensure that there is a space before each open parenthesis in C code.
sc_space_before_open_paren:
@if $(VC_LIST_EXCEPT) | grep -l '\.[ch]$$' > /dev/null; then \
fail=0; \
for c in $$($(VC_LIST_EXCEPT) | grep '\.[ch]$$'); do \
sed '$(_sed_rm_comments_q)' $$c 2>/dev/null \
| grep -i '[[:alnum:]](' \
| grep -vE '$(_space_before_paren_exempt)' \
| grep . && { fail=1; echo "*** $$c"; }; \
done; \
test $$fail = 1 && \
{ echo '$(ME): the above files lack a space-before-open-paren' \
1>&2; exit 1; } || :; \
else :; \
fi
## -------------------------- ##
## syntax-checks exceptions. ##
## -------------------------- ##
# po-check: we use gnulib-po, so we don't need/want them in our POTFILE.
generated_files =
exclude = \
$(foreach a,$(1),$(eval $(subst $$,$$$$,exclude_file_name_regexp--sc_$(a))))
$(call exclude, \
bindtextdomain=^lib/main.c$$ \
cast_of_argument_to_free=^src/muscle-tab.c$$ \
error_message_uppercase=etc/bench.pl.in$$ \
file_system=^doc/Doxyfile.in$$ \
po_check=^tests|(^po/POTFILES.in|.md)$$ \
preprocessor_indentation=^data/|^lib/|^src/parse-gram.[ch]$$ \
program_name=^lib/main.c$$ \
prohibit_always-defined_macros=^data/skeletons/yacc.c$$ \
prohibit_always-defined_macros+=?|^src/(parse-gram.c|system.h)$$ \
prohibit_always-defined_macros+=?|^tests/regression.at$$ \
prohibit_atoi_atof=^(doc|etc|examples|tests)/ \
prohibit_doubled_word=^tests/named-refs.at$$ \
prohibit_magic_number_exit=^doc/bison.texi$$ \
prohibit_magic_number_exit+=?|^tests/(conflicts|regression).at$$ \
prohibit_strcmp=^doc/bison\.texi|examples|tests \
prohibit_tab_based_indentation=install-icc.sh|\.(am|mk)$$|^\.git|tests/input.at|Makefile$$ \
require_config_h=^(lib/yyerror|data/skeletons/(glr|yacc))\.c$$ \
require_config_h_first=^(lib/yyerror|data/skeletons/(glr|yacc))\.c$$ \
space_before_open_paren=^data/skeletons/ \
two_space_separator_in_usage=^(bootstrap|build-aux/install-icc.sh) \
unmarked_diagnostics=^(doc/bison.texi$$|tests/c\+\+\.at$$) \
)
+58836
View File
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
+359
View File
@@ -0,0 +1,359 @@
# Configure template for GNU Bison. -*-Autoconf-*-
#
# Copyright (C) 2001-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
#
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
AC_PREREQ([2.71])
m4_pattern_forbid([^_?(gl_[A-Z]|AX_|BISON_)])
m4_pattern_allow([^BISON_USE_NLS$])
AC_INIT([GNU Bison],
m4_esyscmd([build-aux/git-version-gen .tarball-version]),
[bug-bison@gnu.org],
[],
[https://www.gnu.org/software/bison/])
AC_SUBST([PACKAGE_COPYRIGHT_YEAR], [2021])
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([PACKAGE_COPYRIGHT_YEAR], [$PACKAGE_COPYRIGHT_YEAR],
[The copyright year for this package])
AC_CONFIG_AUX_DIR([build-aux])
AC_CONFIG_MACRO_DIR([m4])
# When we move to Automake 1.16, simplify examples/c/reccalc/local.mk.
# Our CI build the packages on Bionic, which has only Automake 1.15.
#
# We want gnits strictness only when rolling a stable release. For
# release candidates, we use version strings like 2.4.3_rc1, but gnits
# doesn't like that, so we let the underscore disable gnits. Between
# releases, we want to be able run make dist without being required to
# add a bogus NEWS entry. In that case, the version string
# automatically contains a dash, which we also let disable gnits.
AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([1.15 dist-lzip dist-xz nostdinc
color-tests parallel-tests
silent-rules]
m4_bmatch(m4_defn([AC_PACKAGE_VERSION]), [[-_]],
[gnu], [gnits]))
AM_SILENT_RULES([yes])
AC_CONFIG_HEADERS([lib/config.h:lib/config.in.h])
# Checks for the compiler.
AC_PROG_CC
AC_PROG_CXX
# Gnulib (early checks).
gl_EARLY
# We want ostream_printf and hyperlink support.
gl_LIBTEXTSTYLE_OPTIONAL([0.20.5])
# Gnulib uses '#pragma GCC diagnostic push' to silence some
# warnings, but older gcc doesn't support this.
AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether pragma GCC diagnostic push works],
[lv_cv_gcc_pragma_push_works], [
save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
CFLAGS='-Wunknown-pragmas -Werror'
AC_COMPILE_IFELSE([AC_LANG_PROGRAM([[
#pragma GCC diagnostic push
#pragma GCC diagnostic pop
]])],
[lv_cv_gcc_pragma_push_works=yes],
[lv_cv_gcc_pragma_push_works=no])
CFLAGS=$save_CFLAGS])
AC_LANG_PUSH([C++])
gl_WARN_ADD([-fno-exceptions], [NO_EXCEPTIONS_CXXFLAGS])
BISON_CXXSTD([98])
BISON_CXXSTD([03])
BISON_CXXSTD([11])
BISON_CXXSTD([14])
BISON_CXXSTD([17])
BISON_CXXSTD([20])
BISON_CXXSTD([2b])
AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_CXX11], [test x"$CXX11_CXXFLAGS" != x])
AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_CXX14], [test x"$CXX14_CXXFLAGS" != x])
AC_LANG_POP([C++])
AC_ARG_ENABLE([gcc-warnings],
[ --enable-gcc-warnings turn on lots of GCC warnings (not recommended).
Also, issue synclines from the examples/ to
the corresponding source in the Texinfo doc.],
[case $enable_gcc_warnings in
yes|no) ;;
*) AC_MSG_ERROR([invalid value for --gcc-warnings: $enable_gcc_warnings]);;
esac],
[enable_gcc_warnings=no])
AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_GCC_WARNINGS], [test "$enable_gcc_warnings" = yes])
if test "$enable_gcc_warnings" = yes; then
# -Wno-tautological-constant-out-of-range-compare for Clang 3.3 and
# 3.4 on GNU/Linux that choke on intprops.h's INT_MULTIPLY_WRAPV,
# etc.
#
# ICC: -wr188
#
# 1669 warnings warnings_default =
# ../src/complain.c(318): error #188: enumerated type mixed with another type
# 1670 Wconflicts_sr | Wconflicts_rr | Wdeprecated | Wother;
# 1671 ^
# 1672
# 1673../src/complain.c(393): error #188: enumerated type mixed with another type
# 1674 warnings w = 1 << wbit;
# 1675 ^
#
# ICC: -wr3179
#
# char const *usefulness
# = rule_useless_in_grammar_p (&rules[r]) ? "useless-in-grammar"
# : rule_useless_in_parser_p (&rules[r]) ? "useless-in-parser"
# : "useful";
#
# gives
#
# error #3179: deprecated conversion of string literal to char* (should be const char*)
#
# ICC: -wr2259 (that's in C, in spite of what the error messages which seems to be about C++).
# error #2259: non-pointer conversion from "int" to "yybool={signed char}" may lose significant bits
# yybool yynormal YY_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED = yystackp->yysplitPoint == YY_NULLPTR;
# ^
warn_common='-Wall -Wextra
-Wcast-align -Wchar-subscripts
-fparse-all-comments -Wdocumentation
-Wformat -Wimplicit-fallthrough -Wmismatched-dealloc -Wnull-dereference
-Wno-sign-compare -Wno-tautological-constant-out-of-range-compare
-Wpointer-arith -Wshadow -Wstrict-aliasing
-Wwrite-strings
-wr188 -wr2259 -wr3179'
warn_c='-Wbad-function-cast
-Wmissing-prototypes
-Wstrict-prototypes'
warn_cxx='-Wextra-semi -Wnoexcept -Wold-style-cast -Wundefined-func-template
-Wweak-vtables'
# Warnings for the test suite only.
#
# -fno-color-diagnostics: Clang's use of colors in the error
# messages is confusing the tests looking at the compiler's output
# (e.g., synclines.at).
#
# -Wno-keyword-macro: We use the "#define private public" dirty
# trick in the test suite to check some private implementation
# details for lalr1.cc.
warn_tests='-Wundef -pedantic -Wconversion
-Wdeprecated -Wsign-compare -Wsign-conversion
-Wtautological-constant-out-of-range-compare
-fno-color-diagnostics
-Wno-keyword-macro'
AC_LANG_PUSH([C])
# Clang supports many of GCC's -W options, but only issues warnings
# on the ones it does not recognize. In that case, gl_WARN_ADD
# thinks the option is supported, and unknown options are then added
# to CFLAGS. But then, when -Werror is added in the test suite for
# instance, the warning about the unknown option turns into an
# error.
#
# This should be addressed by gnulib's gl_WARN_ADD, but in the
# meanwhile, turn warnings about unknown options into errors in
# CFLAGS, and restore CFLAGS after the tests.
save_CFLAGS=$CFLAGS
gl_WARN_ADD([-Werror=unknown-warning-option], [CFLAGS])
# Accept this warning only if it is not too touchy (e.g., clang 3.3
# and 3.4).
gl_WARN_ADD([-Wunreachable-code], [WARN_CFLAGS],
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
[[if (sizeof (long) < sizeof (int)) return 1;]])])
for i in $warn_common $warn_c;
do
gl_WARN_ADD([$i], [WARN_CFLAGS])
done
gl_WARN_ADD([-Werror], [WERROR_CFLAGS])
# Warnings for the test suite, and maybe for bison if GCC is modern
# enough.
test $lv_cv_gcc_pragma_push_works = yes &&
AS_VAR_APPEND([WARN_CFLAGS], [" $WARN_CFLAGS_TEST"])
# Warnings for the test suite only.
for i in $warn_tests -Wincompatible-pointer-types;
do
gl_WARN_ADD([$i], [WARN_CFLAGS_TEST])
done
CFLAGS=$save_CFLAGS
AC_LANG_POP([C])
AC_LANG_PUSH([C++])
save_CXXFLAGS=$CXXFLAGS
gl_WARN_ADD([-Werror=unknown-warning-option], [CXXFLAGS])
for i in $warn_common $warn_cxx;
do
gl_WARN_ADD([$i], [WARN_CXXFLAGS])
done
# Accept this warning only if it is not too touchy (e.g., clang 3.3
# and 3.4).
gl_WARN_ADD([-Wunreachable-code], [WARN_CXXFLAGS],
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM([],
[[if (sizeof (long) < sizeof (int)) return 1;]])])
gl_WARN_ADD([-Wzero-as-null-pointer-constant], [WARN_CXXFLAGS],
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [nullptr])])
# Before GCC6, the pragmas don't work well enough to neutralize
# this warning.
gl_WARN_ADD([-Wuseless-cast], [WARN_CXXFLAGS],
[AC_LANG_PROGRAM([], [
#if defined __GNUC__ && ! defined __ICC && ! defined __clang__ && __GNUC__ < 6
syntax error
#endif
])])
gl_WARN_ADD([-Werror], [WERROR_CXXFLAGS])
# Warnings for the test suite only.
for i in $warn_tests;
do
gl_WARN_ADD([$i], [WARN_CXXFLAGS_TEST])
done
# Too many compilers complain about Flex generated code.
gl_WARN_ADD([-Wno-error], [FLEX_SCANNER_CXXFLAGS])
# Clang++ deprecates compiling C.
gl_WARN_ADD([-Wno-deprecated], [WNO_DEPRECATED_CXXFLAGS])
CXXFLAGS=$save_CXXFLAGS
AC_LANG_POP([C++])
fi
BISON_TEST_FOR_WORKING_C_COMPILER
BISON_C_COMPILER_POSIXLY_CORRECT
BISON_TEST_FOR_WORKING_CXX_COMPILER
BISON_CXX_COMPILER_POSIXLY_CORRECT
# D.
AC_CHECK_PROGS([DC], [dmd])
AC_CHECK_PROGS([DCFLAGS], [-g])
AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_D], [test x"$DC" != x])
# Java.
gt_JAVACOMP([1.7], [1.7])
gt_JAVAEXEC
AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_JAVA], [test x"$CONF_JAVAC" != x && test x"$CONF_JAVA" != x])
AC_ARG_ENABLE([yacc],
[AS_HELP_STRING([--disable-yacc],
[do not build a yacc command or an -ly library])],
, [enable_yacc=yes])
AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_YACC], [test "$enable_yacc" = yes])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([src/yacc], [chmod +x src/yacc])
# Checks for programs.
AM_MISSING_PROG([DOT], [dot])
AC_PROG_LEX
if ! "$LEX_IS_FLEX" || test "X$LEX" = X:; then
AC_MSG_WARN([bypassing lex because flex is required])
LEX=:
fi
AM_CONDITIONAL([FLEX_WORKS], [$LEX_IS_FLEX && $FLEX_SUPPORTS_HEADER_OPT])
AM_CONDITIONAL([FLEX_CXX_WORKS],
[$LEX_IS_FLEX && $FLEX_SUPPORTS_HEADER_OPT && test $bison_cv_cxx_works = yes])
AC_PROG_YACC
AC_PROG_RANLIB
AC_PROG_GNU_M4
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([M4], ["$M4"], [Define to the GNU M4 executable name.])
AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([M4_GNU_OPTION], ["$M4_GNU"], [Define to "-g" if GNU M4
supports -g, otherwise to "".])
AC_PATH_PROG([PERL], [perl])
AM_MISSING_PROG([HELP2MAN], [help2man])
AC_PATH_PROG([XSLTPROC], [xsltproc])
AC_SUBST([XSLTPROC])
# Checks for header files.
AC_CHECK_HEADERS_ONCE([locale.h])
# Checks for compiler characteristics.
AC_C_INLINE
# Gnulib (later checks). Putting them here rather than right after
# gl_EARLY avoids some redundant checks.
gl_INIT
# Checks for library functions.
AC_CHECK_FUNCS_ONCE([setlocale])
# Gettext.
# We use gnulib, which is only guaranteed to work properly with the
# latest Gettext.
AM_GNU_GETTEXT([external], [need-ngettext])
AM_GNU_GETTEXT_VERSION([0.19])
BISON_I18N
AC_CONFIG_FILES([gnulib-po/Makefile.in])
# Internationalized parsers.
AC_CONFIG_FILES([runtime-po/Makefile.in])
# Autoconf macros for packages using internationalized parsers.
aclocaldir='${datadir}/aclocal'
AC_SUBST([aclocaldir])
# Create the benchmark script.
AC_CONFIG_FILES([etc/bench.pl], [chmod +x etc/bench.pl])
# Initialize the test suite.
AC_CONFIG_TESTDIR(tests)
AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/atlocal])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([tests/bison], [chmod +x tests/bison])
AC_CHECK_PROGS([VALGRIND], [valgrind])
# Use something simpler that $host_os to select our suppression file.
uname=`uname`
case $VALGRIND:$uname in
'':*) ;;
*:Darwin)
# See README-hacking.md.
VALGRIND=;;
*:*)
suppfile=build-aux/$uname.valgrind
if test -f "$srcdir/$suppfile"; then
AC_SUBST([VALGRIND_OPTS_SUPPRESSION],
["--suppressions=\$(abs_top_srcdir)/$suppfile"])
fi
;;
esac
AC_MSG_CHECKING([Valgrind suppression file])
AC_MSG_RESULT([$suppfile])
# Whether we cannot run the compiled bison.
AM_CONDITIONAL([CROSS_COMPILING], [test "$cross_compiling" = yes])
# Build bistromathic if we have the lib and both readline/readline.h
# and readline/history.h.
AM_CONDITIONAL([ENABLE_BISTROMATHIC],
[test "$gl_cv_lib_readline" != no &&
test "$ac_cv_header_readline_readline_h" = yes &&
test "$ac_cv_header_readline_history_h" = yes])
AM_MISSING_PROG([AUTOM4TE], [autom4te])
# Needed by tests/atlocal.in.
AC_SUBST([GCC])
AC_CONFIG_FILES([Makefile
po/Makefile.in
doc/yacc.1])
# Fix LIBOBJS to give the Makefile the right file names. Otherwise
# compilation works, but with unexpected file names, so clean rules don't
# remove the actual files and distcheck fails.
AC_CONFIG_COMMANDS_PRE([
case $am__api_version in
1.14*|1.15*) gl_LIBOBJS=`echo "$gl_LIBOBJS" | sed -e 's, lib/, lib/lib_libbison_a-,g'`;;
*) gl_LIBOBJS=`echo "$gl_LIBOBJS" | sed -e 's, lib/, lib/libbison_a-,g'`;;
esac
])
AC_OUTPUT
@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
This directory contains data needed by Bison.
# Directory Content
## Skeletons
Bison skeletons: the general shapes of the different parser kinds, that are
specialized for specific grammars by the bison program.
Currently, the supported skeletons are:
- yacc.c
It used to be named bison.simple: it corresponds to C Yacc
compatible LALR(1) parsers.
- lalr1.cc
Produces a C++ parser class.
- lalr1.java
Produces a Java parser class.
- glr.c
A Generalized LR C parser based on Bison's LALR(1) tables.
- glr.cc
A Generalized LR C++ parser. Actually a C++ wrapper around glr.c.
These skeletons are the only ones supported by the Bison team. Because the
interface between skeletons and the bison program is not finished, *we are
not bound to it*. In particular, Bison is not mature enough for us to
consider that "foreign skeletons" are supported.
## m4sugar
This directory contains M4sugar, sort of an extended library for M4, which
is used by Bison to instantiate the skeletons.
## xslt
This directory contains XSLT programs that transform Bison's XML output into
various formats.
- bison.xsl
A library of routines used by the other XSLT programs.
- xml2dot.xsl
Conversion into GraphViz's dot format.
- xml2text.xsl
Conversion into text.
- xml2xhtml.xsl
Conversion into XHTML.
# Implementation Notes About the Skeletons
"Skeleton" in Bison parlance means "backend": a skeleton is fed by the bison
executable with LR tables, facts about the symbols, etc. and they generate
the output (say parser.cc, parser.hh, location.hh, etc.). They are only in
charge of generating the parser and its auxiliary files, they do not
generate the XML output, the parser.output reports, nor the graphical
rendering.
The bits of information passing from bison to the backend is named
"muscles". Muscles are passed to M4 via its standard input: it's a set of
m4 definitions. To see them, use `--trace=muscles`.
Except for muscles, whose names are generated by bison, the skeletons have
no constraint at all on the macro names: there is no technical/theoretical
limitation, as long as you generate the output, you can do what you want.
However, of course, that would be a bad idea if, say, the C and C++
skeletons used different approaches and had completely different
implementations. That would be a maintenance nightmare.
Below, we document some of the macros that we use in several of the
skeletons. If you are to write a new skeleton, please, implement them for
your language. Overall, be sure to follow the same patterns as the existing
skeletons.
## Vocabulary
We use "formal arguments", or "formals" for short, to denote the declared
parameters of a function (e.g., `int argc, const char **argv`). Yes, this
is somewhat contradictory with `param` in the `%param` directives.
We use "effective arguments", or "args" for short, to denote the values
passed in function calls (e.g., `argc, argv`).
## Symbols
### `b4_symbol(NUM, FIELD)`
In order to unify the handling of the various aspects of symbols (tag, type
name, whether terminal, etc.), bison.exe defines one macro per (token,
field), where field can `has_id`, `id`, etc.: see
`prepare_symbol_definitions()` in `src/output.c`.
NUM can be:
- `empty` to denote the "empty" pseudo-symbol when it exists,
- `eof`, `error`, or `undef`
- a symbol number.
FIELD can be:
- `has_id`: 0 or 1
Whether the symbol has an `id`.
- `id`: string (e.g., `exp`, `NUM`, or `TOK_NUM` with api.token.prefix)
If `has_id`, the name of the token kind (prefixed by api.token.prefix if
defined), otherwise empty. Guaranteed to be usable as a C identifier.
This is used to define the token kind (i.e., the enum used by the return
value of yylex). Should be named `token_kind`.
- `tag`: string
A human readable representation of the symbol. Can be `'foo'`,
`'foo.id'`, `'"foo"'` etc.
- `code`: integer
The token code associated to the token kind `id`.
The external number as used by yylex. Can be ASCII code when a character,
some number chosen by bison, or some user number in the case of `%token
FOO <NUM>`. Corresponds to `yychar` in `yacc.c`.
- `is_token`: 0 or 1
Whether this is a terminal symbol.
- `kind_base`: string (e.g., `YYSYMBOL_exp`, `YYSYMBOL_NUM`)
The base of the symbol kind, i.e., the enumerator of this symbol (token or
nonterminal) which is mapped to its `number`.
- `kind`: string
Same as `kind_base`, but possibly with a prefix in some languages. E.g.,
EOF's `kind_base` and `kind` are `YYSYMBOL_YYEOF` in C, but are
`S_YYEMPTY` and `symbol_kind::S_YYEMPTY` in C++.
- `number`: integer
The code associated to the `kind`.
The internal number (computed from the external number by yytranslate).
Corresponds to yytoken in yacc.c. This is the same number that serves as
key in b4_symbol(NUM, FIELD).
In bison, symbols are first assigned increasing numbers in order of
appearance (but tokens first, then nterms). After grammar reduction,
unused nterms are then renumbered to appear last (i.e., first tokens, then
used nterms and finally unused nterms). This final number NUM is the one
contained in this field, and it is the one used as key in `b4_symbol(NUM,
FIELD)`.
The code of the rule actions, however, is emitted before we know what
symbols are unused, so they use the original numbers. To avoid confusion,
they actually use "orig NUM" instead of just "NUM". bison also emits
definitions for `b4_symbol(orig NUM, number)` that map from original
numbers to the new ones. `b4_symbol` actually resolves `orig NUM` in the
other case, i.e., `b4_symbol(orig 42, tag)` would return the tag of the
symbols whose original number was 42.
- `has_type`: 0, 1
Whether has a semantic value.
- `type_tag`: string
When api.value.type=union, the generated name for the union member.
yytype_INT etc. for symbols that has_id, otherwise yytype_1 etc.
- `type`: string
If it has a semantic value, its type tag, or, if variant are used,
its type.
In the case of api.value.type=union, type is the real type (e.g. int).
- `slot`: string
If it has a semantic value, the name of the union member (i.e., bounces to
either `type_tag` or `type`). It would be better to fix our mess and
always use `type` for the true type of the member, and `type_tag` for the
name of the union member.
- `has_printer`: 0, 1
- `printer`: string
- `printer_file`: string
- `printer_line`: integer
- `printer_loc`: location
If the symbol has a printer, everything about it.
- `has_destructor`, `destructor`, `destructor_file`, `destructor_line`, `destructor_loc`
Likewise.
### `b4_symbol_value(VAL, [SYMBOL-NUM], [TYPE-TAG])`
Expansion of $$, $1, $<TYPE-TAG>3, etc.
The semantic value from a given VAL.
- `VAL`: some semantic value storage (typically a union). e.g., `yylval`
- `SYMBOL-NUM`: the symbol number from which we extract the type tag.
- `TYPE-TAG`, the user forced the `<TYPE-TAG>`.
The result can be used safely, it is put in parens to avoid nasty precedence
issues.
### `b4_lhs_value(SYMBOL-NUM, [TYPE])`
Expansion of `$$` or `$<TYPE>$`, for symbol `SYMBOL-NUM`.
### `b4_rhs_data(RULE-LENGTH, POS)`
The data corresponding to the symbol `#POS`, where the current rule has
`RULE-LENGTH` symbols on RHS.
### `b4_rhs_value(RULE-LENGTH, POS, SYMBOL-NUM, [TYPE])`
Expansion of `$<TYPE>POS`, where the current rule has `RULE-LENGTH` symbols
on RHS.
<!--
Local Variables:
mode: markdown
fill-column: 76
ispell-dictionary: "american"
End:
Copyright (C) 2002, 2008-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of GNU Bison.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-->
@@ -0,0 +1,61 @@
/* Default styling rules for Bison when doing terminal output.
Copyright (C) 2019-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
/* This is an experimental feature. The class names may change in the
future. */
/* Diagnostics. */
.warning { color: purple; }
.error { color: red; }
.note { color: cyan; }
.fixit-insert { color: green; }
/* Semantic values in Bison's own parser traces. */
.value { color: green; }
/* "Sections" in traces (--trace). */
.trace0 { color: green; }
/* Syntax error messages. */
.expected { color: green; }
.unexpected { color: red; }
/* Counterexamples. */
/* Cex: point in rule. */
.cex-dot { color: red; }
/* Cex: coloring various rules. */
.cex-0 { color: yellow; }
.cex-1 { color: green; }
.cex-2 { color: blue; }
.cex-3 { color: purple; }
.cex-4 { color: violet; }
.cex-5 { color: orange; }
.cex-6 { color: brown; }
.cex-7 { color: mauve; }
.cex-8 { color: #013220; } /* Dark green. */
.cex-9 { color: #e75480; } /* Dark pink. */
.cex-10 { color: cyan; }
.cex-11 { color: orange; }
/* Cex: derivation rewriting steps. */
.cex-step { font-style: italic; }
/* Cex: leaves of a derivation. */
.cex-leaf { font-weight: 600; }
@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
## Copyright (C) 2002, 2005-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation,
## Inc.
## This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
## it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
## the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
## (at your option) any later version.
##
## This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
## GNU General Public License for more details.
##
## You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
## along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
dist_pkgdata_DATA = \
data/README.md \
data/bison-default.css
skeletonsdir = $(pkgdatadir)/skeletons
dist_skeletons_DATA = \
data/skeletons/bison.m4 \
data/skeletons/c++-skel.m4 \
data/skeletons/c++.m4 \
data/skeletons/c-like.m4 \
data/skeletons/c-skel.m4 \
data/skeletons/c.m4 \
data/skeletons/glr.c \
data/skeletons/glr.cc \
data/skeletons/glr2.cc \
data/skeletons/java-skel.m4 \
data/skeletons/java.m4 \
data/skeletons/lalr1.cc \
data/skeletons/lalr1.java \
data/skeletons/location.cc \
data/skeletons/stack.hh \
data/skeletons/traceon.m4 \
data/skeletons/variant.hh \
data/skeletons/yacc.c
# Experimental support for the D language.
dist_skeletons_DATA += \
data/skeletons/d-skel.m4 \
data/skeletons/d.m4 \
data/skeletons/lalr1.d
m4sugardir = $(pkgdatadir)/m4sugar
dist_m4sugar_DATA = \
data/m4sugar/foreach.m4 \
data/m4sugar/m4sugar.m4
xsltdir = $(pkgdatadir)/xslt
dist_xslt_DATA = \
data/xslt/bison.xsl \
data/xslt/xml2dot.xsl \
data/xslt/xml2text.xsl \
data/xslt/xml2xhtml.xsl
@@ -0,0 +1,362 @@
# -*- Autoconf -*-
# This file is part of Autoconf.
# foreach-based replacements for recursive functions.
# Speeds up GNU M4 1.4.x by avoiding quadratic $@ recursion, but penalizes
# GNU M4 1.6 by requiring more memory and macro expansions.
#
# Copyright (C) 2008-2017, 2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This file is part of Autoconf. This program is free
# software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the
# terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
# Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# Under Section 7 of GPL version 3, you are granted additional
# permissions described in the Autoconf Configure Script Exception,
# version 3.0, as published by the Free Software Foundation.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# and a copy of the Autoconf Configure Script Exception along with
# this program; see the files COPYINGv3 and COPYING.EXCEPTION
# respectively. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Written by Eric Blake.
# In M4 1.4.x, every byte of $@ is rescanned. This means that an
# algorithm on n arguments that recurses with one less argument each
# iteration will scan n * (n + 1) / 2 arguments, for O(n^2) time. In
# M4 1.6, this was fixed so that $@ is only scanned once, then
# back-references are made to information stored about the scan.
# Thus, n iterations need only scan n arguments, for O(n) time.
# Additionally, in M4 1.4.x, recursive algorithms did not clean up
# memory very well, requiring O(n^2) memory rather than O(n) for n
# iterations.
#
# This file is designed to overcome the quadratic nature of $@
# recursion by writing a variant of m4_foreach that uses m4_for rather
# than $@ recursion to operate on the list. This involves more macro
# expansions, but avoids the need to rescan a quadratic number of
# arguments, making these replacements very attractive for M4 1.4.x.
# On the other hand, in any version of M4, expanding additional macros
# costs additional time; therefore, in M4 1.6, where $@ recursion uses
# fewer macros, these replacements actually pessimize performance.
# Additionally, the use of $10 to mean the tenth argument violates
# POSIX; although all versions of m4 1.4.x support this meaning, a
# future m4 version may switch to take it as the first argument
# concatenated with a literal 0, so the implementations in this file
# are not future-proof. Thus, this file is conditionally included as
# part of m4_init(), only when it is detected that M4 probably has
# quadratic behavior (ie. it lacks the macro __m4_version__).
#
# Please keep this file in sync with m4sugar.m4.
# _m4_foreach(PRE, POST, IGNORED, ARG...)
# ---------------------------------------
# Form the common basis of the m4_foreach and m4_map macros. For each
# ARG, expand PRE[ARG]POST[]. The IGNORED argument makes recursion
# easier, and must be supplied rather than implicit.
#
# This version minimizes the number of times that $@ is evaluated by
# using m4_for to generate a boilerplate into _m4_f then passing $@ to
# that temporary macro. Thus, the recursion is done in m4_for without
# reparsing any user input, and is not quadratic. For an idea of how
# this works, note that m4_foreach(i,[1,2],[i]) calls
# _m4_foreach([m4_define([i],],[)i],[],[1],[2])
# which defines _m4_f:
# $1[$4]$2[]$1[$5]$2[]_m4_popdef([_m4_f])
# then calls _m4_f([m4_define([i],],[)i],[],[1],[2]) for a net result:
# m4_define([i],[1])i[]m4_define([i],[2])i[]_m4_popdef([_m4_f]).
m4_define([_m4_foreach],
[m4_if([$#], [3], [],
[m4_pushdef([_m4_f], _m4_for([4], [$#], [1],
[$0_([1], [2],], [)])[_m4_popdef([_m4_f])])_m4_f($@)])])
m4_define([_m4_foreach_],
[[$$1[$$3]$$2[]]])
# m4_case(SWITCH, VAL1, IF-VAL1, VAL2, IF-VAL2, ..., DEFAULT)
# -----------------------------------------------------------
# Find the first VAL that SWITCH matches, and expand the corresponding
# IF-VAL. If there are no matches, expand DEFAULT.
#
# Use m4_for to create a temporary macro in terms of a boilerplate
# m4_if with final cleanup. If $# is even, we have DEFAULT; if it is
# odd, then rounding the last $# up in the temporary macro is
# harmless. For example, both m4_case(1,2,3,4,5) and
# m4_case(1,2,3,4,5,6) result in the intermediate _m4_case being
# m4_if([$1],[$2],[$3],[$1],[$4],[$5],_m4_popdef([_m4_case])[$6])
m4_define([m4_case],
[m4_if(m4_eval([$# <= 2]), [1], [$2],
[m4_pushdef([_$0], [m4_if(]_m4_for([2], m4_eval([($# - 1) / 2 * 2]), [2],
[_$0_(], [)])[_m4_popdef(
[_$0])]m4_dquote($m4_eval([($# + 1) & ~1]))[)])_$0($@)])])
m4_define([_m4_case_],
[$0_([1], [$1], m4_incr([$1]))])
m4_define([_m4_case__],
[[[$$1],[$$2],[$$3],]])
# m4_bmatch(SWITCH, RE1, VAL1, RE2, VAL2, ..., DEFAULT)
# -----------------------------------------------------
# m4 equivalent of
#
# if (SWITCH =~ RE1)
# VAL1;
# elif (SWITCH =~ RE2)
# VAL2;
# elif ...
# ...
# else
# DEFAULT
#
# We build the temporary macro _m4_b:
# m4_define([_m4_b], _m4_defn([_m4_bmatch]))_m4_b([$1], [$2], [$3])...
# _m4_b([$1], [$m-1], [$m])_m4_b([], [], [$m+1]_m4_popdef([_m4_b]))
# then invoke m4_unquote(_m4_b($@)), for concatenation with later text.
m4_define([m4_bmatch],
[m4_if([$#], 0, [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#])],
[$#], 1, [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#: $1])],
[$#], 2, [$2],
[m4_pushdef([_m4_b], [m4_define([_m4_b],
_m4_defn([_$0]))]_m4_for([3], m4_eval([($# + 1) / 2 * 2 - 1]),
[2], [_$0_(], [)])[_m4_b([], [],]m4_dquote([$]m4_eval(
[($# + 1) / 2 * 2]))[_m4_popdef([_m4_b]))])m4_unquote(_m4_b($@))])])
m4_define([_m4_bmatch],
[m4_if(m4_bregexp([$1], [$2]), [-1], [], [[$3]m4_define([$0])])])
m4_define([_m4_bmatch_],
[$0_([1], m4_decr([$1]), [$1])])
m4_define([_m4_bmatch__],
[[_m4_b([$$1], [$$2], [$$3])]])
# m4_cond(TEST1, VAL1, IF-VAL1, TEST2, VAL2, IF-VAL2, ..., [DEFAULT])
# -------------------------------------------------------------------
# Similar to m4_if, except that each TEST is expanded when encountered.
# If the expansion of TESTn matches the string VALn, the result is IF-VALn.
# The result is DEFAULT if no tests passed. This macro allows
# short-circuiting of expensive tests, where it pays to arrange quick
# filter tests to run first.
#
# m4_cond already guarantees either 3*n or 3*n + 1 arguments, 1 <= n.
# We only have to speed up _m4_cond, by building the temporary _m4_c:
# m4_define([_m4_c], _m4_defn([m4_unquote]))_m4_c([m4_if(($1), [($2)],
# [[$3]m4_define([_m4_c])])])_m4_c([m4_if(($4), [($5)],
# [[$6]m4_define([_m4_c])])])..._m4_c([m4_if(($m-2), [($m-1)],
# [[$m]m4_define([_m4_c])])])_m4_c([[$m+1]]_m4_popdef([_m4_c]))
# We invoke m4_unquote(_m4_c($@)), for concatenation with later text.
m4_define([_m4_cond],
[m4_pushdef([_m4_c], [m4_define([_m4_c],
_m4_defn([m4_unquote]))]_m4_for([2], m4_eval([$# / 3 * 3 - 1]), [3],
[$0_(], [)])[_m4_c(]m4_dquote(m4_dquote(
[$]m4_eval([$# / 3 * 3 + 1])))[_m4_popdef([_m4_c]))])m4_unquote(_m4_c($@))])
m4_define([_m4_cond_],
[$0_(m4_decr([$1]), [$1], m4_incr([$1]))])
m4_define([_m4_cond__],
[[_m4_c([m4_if(($$1), [($$2)], [[$$3]m4_define([_m4_c])])])]])
# m4_bpatsubsts(STRING, RE1, SUBST1, RE2, SUBST2, ...)
# ----------------------------------------------------
# m4 equivalent of
#
# $_ = STRING;
# s/RE1/SUBST1/g;
# s/RE2/SUBST2/g;
# ...
#
# m4_bpatsubsts already validated an odd number of arguments; we only
# need to speed up _m4_bpatsubsts. To avoid nesting, we build the
# temporary _m4_p:
# m4_define([_m4_p], [$1])m4_define([_m4_p],
# m4_bpatsubst(m4_dquote(_m4_defn([_m4_p])), [$2], [$3]))m4_define([_m4_p],
# m4_bpatsubst(m4_dquote(_m4_defn([_m4_p])), [$4], [$5]))m4_define([_m4_p],...
# m4_bpatsubst(m4_dquote(_m4_defn([_m4_p])), [$m-1], [$m]))m4_unquote(
# _m4_defn([_m4_p])_m4_popdef([_m4_p]))
m4_define([_m4_bpatsubsts],
[m4_pushdef([_m4_p], [m4_define([_m4_p],
]m4_dquote([$]1)[)]_m4_for([3], [$#], [2], [$0_(],
[)])[m4_unquote(_m4_defn([_m4_p])_m4_popdef([_m4_p]))])_m4_p($@)])
m4_define([_m4_bpatsubsts_],
[$0_(m4_decr([$1]), [$1])])
m4_define([_m4_bpatsubsts__],
[[m4_define([_m4_p],
m4_bpatsubst(m4_dquote(_m4_defn([_m4_p])), [$$1], [$$2]))]])
# m4_shiftn(N, ...)
# -----------------
# Returns ... shifted N times. Useful for recursive "varargs" constructs.
#
# m4_shiftn already validated arguments; we only need to speed up
# _m4_shiftn. If N is 3, then we build the temporary _m4_s, defined as
# ,[$5],[$6],...,[$m]_m4_popdef([_m4_s])
# before calling m4_shift(_m4_s($@)).
m4_define([_m4_shiftn],
[m4_if(m4_incr([$1]), [$#], [], [m4_pushdef([_m4_s],
_m4_for(m4_eval([$1 + 2]), [$#], [1],
[[,]m4_dquote($], [)])[_m4_popdef([_m4_s])])m4_shift(_m4_s($@))])])
# m4_do(STRING, ...)
# ------------------
# This macro invokes all its arguments (in sequence, of course). It is
# useful for making your macros more structured and readable by dropping
# unnecessary dnl's and have the macros indented properly.
#
# Here, we use the temporary macro _m4_do, defined as
# $1[]$2[]...[]$n[]_m4_popdef([_m4_do])
m4_define([m4_do],
[m4_if([$#], [0], [],
[m4_pushdef([_$0], _m4_for([1], [$#], [1],
[$], [[[]]])[_m4_popdef([_$0])])_$0($@)])])
# m4_dquote_elt(ARGS)
# -------------------
# Return ARGS as an unquoted list of double-quoted arguments.
#
# _m4_foreach to the rescue.
m4_define([m4_dquote_elt],
[m4_if([$#], [0], [], [[[$1]]_m4_foreach([,m4_dquote(], [)], $@)])])
# m4_reverse(ARGS)
# ----------------
# Output ARGS in reverse order.
#
# Invoke _m4_r($@) with the temporary _m4_r built as
# [$m], [$m-1], ..., [$2], [$1]_m4_popdef([_m4_r])
m4_define([m4_reverse],
[m4_if([$#], [0], [], [$#], [1], [[$1]],
[m4_pushdef([_m4_r], [[$$#]]_m4_for(m4_decr([$#]), [1], [-1],
[[, ]m4_dquote($], [)])[_m4_popdef([_m4_r])])_m4_r($@)])])
# m4_map_args_pair(EXPRESSION, [END-EXPR = EXPRESSION], ARG...)
# -------------------------------------------------------------
# Perform a pairwise grouping of consecutive ARGs, by expanding
# EXPRESSION([ARG1], [ARG2]). If there are an odd number of ARGs, the
# final argument is expanded with END-EXPR([ARGn]).
#
# Build the temporary macro _m4_map_args_pair, with the $2([$m+1])
# only output if $# is odd:
# $1([$3], [$4])[]$1([$5], [$6])[]...$1([$m-1],
# [$m])[]m4_default([$2], [$1])([$m+1])[]_m4_popdef([_m4_map_args_pair])
m4_define([m4_map_args_pair],
[m4_if([$#], [0], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#])],
[$#], [1], [m4_fatal([$0: too few arguments: $#: $1])],
[$#], [2], [],
[$#], [3], [m4_default([$2], [$1])([$3])[]],
[m4_pushdef([_$0], _m4_for([3],
m4_eval([$# / 2 * 2 - 1]), [2], [_$0_(], [)])_$0_end(
[1], [2], [$#])[_m4_popdef([_$0])])_$0($@)])])
m4_define([_m4_map_args_pair_],
[$0_([1], [$1], m4_incr([$1]))])
m4_define([_m4_map_args_pair__],
[[$$1([$$2], [$$3])[]]])
m4_define([_m4_map_args_pair_end],
[m4_if(m4_eval([$3 & 1]), [1], [[m4_default([$$2], [$$1])([$$3])[]]])])
# m4_join(SEP, ARG1, ARG2...)
# ---------------------------
# Produce ARG1SEPARG2...SEPARGn. Avoid back-to-back SEP when a given ARG
# is the empty string. No expansion is performed on SEP or ARGs.
#
# Use a self-modifying separator, since we don't know how many
# arguments might be skipped before a separator is first printed, but
# be careful if the separator contains $. _m4_foreach to the rescue.
m4_define([m4_join],
[m4_pushdef([_m4_sep], [m4_define([_m4_sep], _m4_defn([m4_echo]))])]dnl
[_m4_foreach([_$0([$1],], [)], $@)_m4_popdef([_m4_sep])])
m4_define([_m4_join],
[m4_if([$2], [], [], [_m4_sep([$1])[$2]])])
# m4_joinall(SEP, ARG1, ARG2...)
# ------------------------------
# Produce ARG1SEPARG2...SEPARGn. An empty ARG results in back-to-back SEP.
# No expansion is performed on SEP or ARGs.
#
# A bit easier than m4_join. _m4_foreach to the rescue.
m4_define([m4_joinall],
[[$2]m4_if(m4_eval([$# <= 2]), [1], [],
[_m4_foreach([$1], [], m4_shift($@))])])
# m4_list_cmp(A, B)
# -----------------
# Compare the two lists of integer expressions A and B.
#
# m4_list_cmp takes care of any side effects; we only override
# _m4_list_cmp_raw, where we can safely expand lists multiple times.
# First, insert padding so that both lists are the same length; the
# trailing +0 is necessary to handle a missing list. Next, create a
# temporary macro to perform pairwise comparisons until an inequality
# is found. For example, m4_list_cmp([1], [1,2]) creates _m4_cmp as
# m4_if(m4_eval([($1) != ($3)]), [1], [m4_cmp([$1], [$3])],
# m4_eval([($2) != ($4)]), [1], [m4_cmp([$2], [$4])],
# [0]_m4_popdef([_m4_cmp]))
# then calls _m4_cmp([1+0], [0*2], [1], [2+0])
m4_define([_m4_list_cmp_raw],
[m4_if([$1], [$2], 0,
[_m4_list_cmp($1+0_m4_list_pad(m4_count($1), m4_count($2)),
$2+0_m4_list_pad(m4_count($2), m4_count($1)))])])
m4_define([_m4_list_pad],
[m4_if(m4_eval($1 < $2), [1],
[_m4_for(m4_incr([$1]), [$2], [1], [,0*])])])
m4_define([_m4_list_cmp],
[m4_pushdef([_m4_cmp], [m4_if(]_m4_for(
[1], m4_eval([$# >> 1]), [1], [$0_(], [,]m4_eval([$# >> 1])[)])[
[0]_m4_popdef([_m4_cmp]))])_m4_cmp($@)])
m4_define([_m4_list_cmp_],
[$0_([$1], m4_eval([$1 + $2]))])
m4_define([_m4_list_cmp__],
[[m4_eval([($$1) != ($$2)]), [1], [m4_cmp([$$1], [$$2])],
]])
# m4_max(EXPR, ...)
# m4_min(EXPR, ...)
# -----------------
# Return the decimal value of the maximum (or minimum) in a series of
# integer expressions.
#
# _m4_foreach to the rescue; we only need to replace _m4_minmax. Here,
# we need a temporary macro to track the best answer so far, so that
# the foreach expression is tractable.
m4_define([_m4_minmax],
[m4_pushdef([_m4_best], m4_eval([$2]))_m4_foreach(
[m4_define([_m4_best], $1(_m4_best,], [))], m4_shift($@))]dnl
[_m4_best[]_m4_popdef([_m4_best])])
# m4_set_add_all(SET, VALUE...)
# -----------------------------
# Add each VALUE into SET. This is O(n) in the number of VALUEs, and
# can be faster than calling m4_set_add for each VALUE.
#
# _m4_foreach to the rescue. If no deletions have occurred, then
# avoid the speed penalty of m4_set_add.
m4_define([m4_set_add_all],
[m4_if([$#], [0], [], [$#], [1], [],
[m4_define([_m4_set_size($1)], m4_eval(m4_set_size([$1])
+ m4_len(_m4_foreach(m4_ifdef([_m4_set_cleanup($1)],
[[m4_set_add]], [[_$0]])[([$1],], [)], $@))))])])
m4_define([_m4_set_add_all],
[m4_ifdef([_m4_set([$1],$2)], [],
[m4_define([_m4_set([$1],$2)],
[1])m4_pushdef([_m4_set([$1])], [$2])-])])
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
-*- Autoconf -*-
# C++ skeleton dispatching for Bison.
# Copyright (C) 2006-2007, 2009-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software
# Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
b4_glr_if( [m4_define([b4_used_skeleton], [b4_skeletonsdir/[glr.cc]])])
b4_nondeterministic_if([m4_define([b4_used_skeleton], [b4_skeletonsdir/[glr.cc]])])
m4_define_default([b4_used_skeleton], [b4_skeletonsdir/[lalr1.cc]])
m4_define_default([b4_skeleton], ["b4_basename(b4_used_skeleton)"])
m4_include(b4_used_skeleton)
@@ -0,0 +1,778 @@
-*- Autoconf -*-
# C++ skeleton for Bison
# Copyright (C) 2002-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# Sanity checks, before defaults installed by c.m4.
b4_percent_define_ifdef([[api.value.union.name]],
[b4_complain_at(b4_percent_define_get_loc([[api.value.union.name]]),
[named %union is invalid in C++])])
b4_percent_define_default([[api.symbol.prefix]], [[S_]])
m4_include(b4_skeletonsdir/[c.m4])
b4_percent_define_check_kind([api.namespace], [code], [deprecated])
b4_percent_define_check_kind([api.parser.class], [code], [deprecated])
## ----- ##
## C++. ##
## ----- ##
# b4_comment(TEXT, [PREFIX])
# --------------------------
# Put TEXT in comment. Prefix all the output lines with PREFIX.
m4_define([b4_comment],
[_b4_comment([$1], [$2// ], [$2// ])])
# b4_inline(hh|cc)
# ----------------
# Expand to `inline\n ` if $1 is hh.
m4_define([b4_inline],
[m4_case([$1],
[cc], [],
[hh], [[inline
]],
[m4_fatal([$0: invalid argument: $1])])])
# b4_cxx_portability
# ------------------
m4_define([b4_cxx_portability],
[#if defined __cplusplus
# define YY_CPLUSPLUS __cplusplus
#else
# define YY_CPLUSPLUS 199711L
#endif
// Support move semantics when possible.
#if 201103L <= YY_CPLUSPLUS
# define YY_MOVE std::move
# define YY_MOVE_OR_COPY move
# define YY_MOVE_REF(Type) Type&&
# define YY_RVREF(Type) Type&&
# define YY_COPY(Type) Type
#else
# define YY_MOVE
# define YY_MOVE_OR_COPY copy
# define YY_MOVE_REF(Type) Type&
# define YY_RVREF(Type) const Type&
# define YY_COPY(Type) const Type&
#endif
// Support noexcept when possible.
#if 201103L <= YY_CPLUSPLUS
# define YY_NOEXCEPT noexcept
# define YY_NOTHROW
#else
# define YY_NOEXCEPT
# define YY_NOTHROW throw ()
#endif
// Support constexpr when possible.
#if 201703 <= YY_CPLUSPLUS
# define YY_CONSTEXPR constexpr
#else
# define YY_CONSTEXPR
#endif[]dnl
])
## ---------------- ##
## Default values. ##
## ---------------- ##
b4_percent_define_default([[api.parser.class]], [[parser]])
# Don't do that so that we remember whether we're using a user
# request, or the default value.
#
# b4_percent_define_default([[api.location.type]], [[location]])
b4_percent_define_default([[api.filename.type]], [[const std::string]])
# Make it a warning for those who used betas of Bison 3.0.
b4_percent_define_default([[api.namespace]], m4_defn([b4_prefix]))
b4_percent_define_default([[define_location_comparison]],
[m4_if(b4_percent_define_get([[filename_type]]),
[std::string], [[true]], [[false]])])
## ----------- ##
## Namespace. ##
## ----------- ##
m4_define([b4_namespace_ref], [b4_percent_define_get([[api.namespace]])])
# Don't permit an empty b4_namespace_ref. Any '::parser::foo' appended to it
# would compile as an absolute reference with 'parser' in the global namespace.
# b4_namespace_open would open an anonymous namespace and thus establish
# internal linkage. This would compile. However, it's cryptic, and internal
# linkage for the parser would be specified in all translation units that
# include the header, which is always generated. If we ever need to permit
# internal linkage somehow, surely we can find a cleaner approach.
m4_if(m4_bregexp(b4_namespace_ref, [^[ ]*$]), [-1], [],
[b4_complain_at(b4_percent_define_get_loc([[api.namespace]]),
[[namespace reference is empty]])])
# Instead of assuming the C++ compiler will do it, Bison should reject any
# invalid b4_namespace_ref that would be converted to a valid
# b4_namespace_open. The problem is that Bison doesn't always output
# b4_namespace_ref to uncommented code but should reserve the ability to do so
# in future releases without risking breaking any existing user grammars.
# Specifically, don't allow empty names as b4_namespace_open would just convert
# those into anonymous namespaces, and that might tempt some users.
m4_if(m4_bregexp(b4_namespace_ref, [::[ ]*::]), [-1], [],
[b4_complain_at(b4_percent_define_get_loc([[api.namespace]]),
[[namespace reference has consecutive "::"]])])
m4_if(m4_bregexp(b4_namespace_ref, [::[ ]*$]), [-1], [],
[b4_complain_at(b4_percent_define_get_loc([[api.namespace]]),
[[namespace reference has a trailing "::"]])])
m4_define([b4_namespace_open],
[b4_user_code([b4_percent_define_get_syncline([[api.namespace]])dnl
[namespace ]m4_bpatsubst(m4_dquote(m4_bpatsubst(m4_dquote(b4_namespace_ref),
[^\(.\)[ ]*::], [\1])),
[::], [ { namespace ])[ {]])])
m4_define([b4_namespace_close],
[b4_user_code([b4_percent_define_get_syncline([[api.namespace]])dnl
m4_bpatsubst(m4_dquote(m4_bpatsubst(m4_dquote(b4_namespace_ref[ ]),
[^\(.\)[ ]*\(::\)?\([^][:]\|:[^:]\)*],
[\1])),
[::\([^][:]\|:[^:]\)*], [} ])[} // ]b4_namespace_ref])])
## ------------- ##
## Token kinds. ##
## ------------- ##
# b4_token_enums
# --------------
# Output the definition of the token kinds.
m4_define([b4_token_enums],
[[enum token_kind_type
{
]b4_symbol([-2], [id])[ = -2,
]b4_symbol_foreach([b4_token_enum])dnl
[ };]dnl
])
## -------------- ##
## Symbol kinds. ##
## -------------- ##
# b4_declare_symbol_enum
# ----------------------
# The definition of the symbol internal numbers as an enum.
# Defining YYEMPTY here is important: it forces the compiler
# to use a signed type, which matters for yytoken.
m4_define([b4_declare_symbol_enum],
[[enum symbol_kind_type
{
YYNTOKENS = ]b4_tokens_number[, ///< Number of tokens.
]b4_symbol(empty, kind_base)[ = -2,
]b4_symbol_foreach([ b4_symbol_enum])dnl
[ };]])
## ----------------- ##
## Semantic Values. ##
## ----------------- ##
# b4_value_type_declare
# ---------------------
# Declare value_type.
m4_define([b4_value_type_declare],
[b4_value_type_setup[]dnl
[ /// Symbol semantic values.
]m4_bmatch(b4_percent_define_get_kind([[api.value.type]]),
[code],
[[ typedef ]b4_percent_define_get([[api.value.type]])[ value_type;]],
[m4_bmatch(b4_percent_define_get([[api.value.type]]),
[union\|union-directive],
[[ union value_type
{
]b4_user_union_members[
};]])])dnl
])
# b4_public_types_declare
# -----------------------
# Define the public types: token, semantic value, location, and so forth.
# Depending on %define token_lex, may be output in the header or source file.
m4_define([b4_public_types_declare],
[b4_glr2_cc_if(
[b4_value_type_declare],
[[#ifdef ]b4_api_PREFIX[STYPE
# ifdef __GNUC__
# pragma GCC message "bison: do not #define ]b4_api_PREFIX[STYPE in C++, use %define api.value.type"
# endif
typedef ]b4_api_PREFIX[STYPE value_type;
#else
]b4_value_type_declare[
#endif
/// Backward compatibility (Bison 3.8).
typedef value_type semantic_type;
]])[]b4_locations_if([
/// Symbol locations.
typedef b4_percent_define_get([[api.location.type]],
[[location]]) location_type;])[
/// Syntax errors thrown from user actions.
struct syntax_error : std::runtime_error
{
syntax_error (]b4_locations_if([const location_type& l, ])[const std::string& m)
: std::runtime_error (m)]b4_locations_if([
, location (l)])[
{}
syntax_error (const syntax_error& s)
: std::runtime_error (s.what ())]b4_locations_if([
, location (s.location)])[
{}
~syntax_error () YY_NOEXCEPT YY_NOTHROW;]b4_locations_if([
location_type location;])[
};
/// Token kinds.
struct token
{
]b4_token_enums[]b4_glr2_cc_if([], [[
/// Backward compatibility alias (Bison 3.6).
typedef token_kind_type yytokentype;]])[
};
/// Token kind, as returned by yylex.
typedef token::token_kind_type token_kind_type;]b4_glr2_cc_if([], [[
/// Backward compatibility alias (Bison 3.6).
typedef token_kind_type token_type;]])[
/// Symbol kinds.
struct symbol_kind
{
]b4_declare_symbol_enum[
};
/// (Internal) symbol kind.
typedef symbol_kind::symbol_kind_type symbol_kind_type;
/// The number of tokens.
static const symbol_kind_type YYNTOKENS = symbol_kind::YYNTOKENS;
]])
# b4_symbol_type_define
# ---------------------
# Define symbol_type, the external type for symbols used for symbol
# constructors.
m4_define([b4_symbol_type_define],
[[ /// A complete symbol.
///
/// Expects its Base type to provide access to the symbol kind
/// via kind ().
///
/// Provide access to semantic value]b4_locations_if([ and location])[.
template <typename Base>
struct basic_symbol : Base
{
/// Alias to Base.
typedef Base super_type;
/// Default constructor.
basic_symbol () YY_NOEXCEPT
: value ()]b4_locations_if([
, location ()])[
{}
#if 201103L <= YY_CPLUSPLUS
/// Move constructor.
basic_symbol (basic_symbol&& that)
: Base (std::move (that))
, value (]b4_variant_if([], [std::move (that.value)]))b4_locations_if([
, location (std::move (that.location))])[
{]b4_variant_if([
b4_symbol_variant([this->kind ()], [value], [move],
[std::move (that.value)])
])[}
#endif
/// Copy constructor.
basic_symbol (const basic_symbol& that);]b4_variant_if([[
/// Constructors for typed symbols.
]b4_type_foreach([b4_basic_symbol_constructor_define], [
])], [[
/// Constructor for valueless symbols.
basic_symbol (typename Base::kind_type t]b4_locations_if([,
YY_MOVE_REF (location_type) l])[);
/// Constructor for symbols with semantic value.
basic_symbol (typename Base::kind_type t,
YY_RVREF (value_type) v]b4_locations_if([,
YY_RVREF (location_type) l])[);
]])[
/// Destroy the symbol.
~basic_symbol ()
{
clear ();
}
]b4_glr2_cc_if([[
/// Copy assignment.
basic_symbol& operator= (const basic_symbol& that)
{
Base::operator= (that);]b4_variant_if([[
]b4_symbol_variant([this->kind ()], [value], [copy],
[that.value])], [[
value = that.value]])[;]b4_locations_if([[
location = that.location;]])[
return *this;
}
/// Move assignment.
basic_symbol& operator= (basic_symbol&& that)
{
Base::operator= (std::move (that));]b4_variant_if([[
]b4_symbol_variant([this->kind ()], [value], [move],
[std::move (that.value)])], [[
value = std::move (that.value)]])[;]b4_locations_if([[
location = std::move (that.location);]])[
return *this;
}
]])[
/// Destroy contents, and record that is empty.
void clear () YY_NOEXCEPT
{]b4_variant_if([[
// User destructor.
symbol_kind_type yykind = this->kind ();
basic_symbol<Base>& yysym = *this;
(void) yysym;
switch (yykind)
{
]b4_symbol_foreach([b4_symbol_destructor])dnl
[ default:
break;
}
// Value type destructor.
]b4_symbol_variant([[yykind]], [[value]], [[template destroy]])])[
Base::clear ();
}
]b4_parse_error_bmatch(
[custom\|detailed],
[[ /// The user-facing name of this symbol.
const char *name () const YY_NOEXCEPT
{
return ]b4_parser_class[::symbol_name (this->kind ());
}]],
[simple],
[[#if ]b4_api_PREFIX[DEBUG || ]b4_token_table_flag[
/// The user-facing name of this symbol.
const char *name () const YY_NOEXCEPT
{
return ]b4_parser_class[::symbol_name (this->kind ());
}
#endif // #if ]b4_api_PREFIX[DEBUG || ]b4_token_table_flag[
]],
[verbose],
[[ /// The user-facing name of this symbol.
std::string name () const YY_NOEXCEPT
{
return ]b4_parser_class[::symbol_name (this->kind ());
}]])[]b4_glr2_cc_if([], [[
/// Backward compatibility (Bison 3.6).
symbol_kind_type type_get () const YY_NOEXCEPT;]])[
/// Whether empty.
bool empty () const YY_NOEXCEPT;
/// Destructive move, \a s is emptied into this.
void move (basic_symbol& s);
/// The semantic value.
value_type value;]b4_locations_if([
/// The location.
location_type location;])[
private:
#if YY_CPLUSPLUS < 201103L
/// Assignment operator.
basic_symbol& operator= (const basic_symbol& that);
#endif
};
/// Type access provider for token (enum) based symbols.
struct by_kind
{
/// The symbol kind as needed by the constructor.
typedef token_kind_type kind_type;
/// Default constructor.
by_kind () YY_NOEXCEPT;
#if 201103L <= YY_CPLUSPLUS
/// Move constructor.
by_kind (by_kind&& that) YY_NOEXCEPT;
#endif
/// Copy constructor.
by_kind (const by_kind& that) YY_NOEXCEPT;
/// Constructor from (external) token numbers.
by_kind (kind_type t) YY_NOEXCEPT;
]b4_glr2_cc_if([[
/// Copy assignment.
by_kind& operator= (const by_kind& that);
/// Move assignment.
by_kind& operator= (by_kind&& that);
]])[
/// Record that this symbol is empty.
void clear () YY_NOEXCEPT;
/// Steal the symbol kind from \a that.
void move (by_kind& that);
/// The (internal) type number (corresponding to \a type).
/// \a empty when empty.
symbol_kind_type kind () const YY_NOEXCEPT;]b4_glr2_cc_if([], [[
/// Backward compatibility (Bison 3.6).
symbol_kind_type type_get () const YY_NOEXCEPT;]])[
/// The symbol kind.
/// \a ]b4_symbol_prefix[YYEMPTY when empty.
symbol_kind_type kind_;
};]b4_glr2_cc_if([], [[
/// Backward compatibility for a private implementation detail (Bison 3.6).
typedef by_kind by_type;]])[
/// "External" symbols: returned by the scanner.
struct symbol_type : basic_symbol<by_kind>
{]b4_variant_if([[
/// Superclass.
typedef basic_symbol<by_kind> super_type;
/// Empty symbol.
symbol_type () YY_NOEXCEPT {}
/// Constructor for valueless symbols, and symbols from each type.
]b4_type_foreach([_b4_symbol_constructor_define])dnl
])[};
]])
# b4_public_types_define(hh|cc)
# -----------------------------
# Provide the implementation needed by the public types.
m4_define([b4_public_types_define],
[[ // basic_symbol.
template <typename Base>
]b4_parser_class[::basic_symbol<Base>::basic_symbol (const basic_symbol& that)
: Base (that)
, value (]b4_variant_if([], [that.value]))b4_locations_if([
, location (that.location)])[
{]b4_variant_if([
b4_symbol_variant([this->kind ()], [value], [copy],
[YY_MOVE (that.value)])
])[}
]b4_variant_if([], [[
/// Constructor for valueless symbols.
template <typename Base>
]b4_parser_class[::basic_symbol<Base>::basic_symbol (]b4_join(
[typename Base::kind_type t],
b4_locations_if([YY_MOVE_REF (location_type) l]))[)
: Base (t)
, value ()]b4_locations_if([
, location (l)])[
{}
template <typename Base>
]b4_parser_class[::basic_symbol<Base>::basic_symbol (]b4_join(
[typename Base::kind_type t],
[YY_RVREF (value_type) v],
b4_locations_if([YY_RVREF (location_type) l]))[)
: Base (t)
, value (]b4_variant_if([], [YY_MOVE (v)])[)]b4_locations_if([
, location (YY_MOVE (l))])[
{]b4_variant_if([[
(void) v;
]b4_symbol_variant([this->kind ()], [value], [YY_MOVE_OR_COPY], [YY_MOVE (v)])])[}]])[
]b4_glr2_cc_if([], [[
template <typename Base>
]b4_parser_class[::symbol_kind_type
]b4_parser_class[::basic_symbol<Base>::type_get () const YY_NOEXCEPT
{
return this->kind ();
}
]])[
template <typename Base>
bool
]b4_parser_class[::basic_symbol<Base>::empty () const YY_NOEXCEPT
{
return this->kind () == ]b4_symbol(empty, kind)[;
}
template <typename Base>
void
]b4_parser_class[::basic_symbol<Base>::move (basic_symbol& s)
{
super_type::move (s);
]b4_variant_if([b4_symbol_variant([this->kind ()], [value], [move],
[YY_MOVE (s.value)])],
[value = YY_MOVE (s.value);])[]b4_locations_if([
location = YY_MOVE (s.location);])[
}
// by_kind.
]b4_inline([$1])b4_parser_class[::by_kind::by_kind () YY_NOEXCEPT
: kind_ (]b4_symbol(empty, kind)[)
{}
#if 201103L <= YY_CPLUSPLUS
]b4_inline([$1])b4_parser_class[::by_kind::by_kind (by_kind&& that) YY_NOEXCEPT
: kind_ (that.kind_)
{
that.clear ();
}
#endif
]b4_inline([$1])b4_parser_class[::by_kind::by_kind (const by_kind& that) YY_NOEXCEPT
: kind_ (that.kind_)
{}
]b4_inline([$1])b4_parser_class[::by_kind::by_kind (token_kind_type t) YY_NOEXCEPT
: kind_ (yytranslate_ (t))
{}
]b4_glr2_cc_if([[
]b4_inline([$1])]b4_parser_class[::by_kind&
b4_parser_class[::by_kind::by_kind::operator= (const by_kind& that)
{
kind_ = that.kind_;
return *this;
}
]b4_inline([$1])]b4_parser_class[::by_kind&
b4_parser_class[::by_kind::by_kind::operator= (by_kind&& that)
{
kind_ = that.kind_;
that.clear ();
return *this;
}
]])[
]b4_inline([$1])[void
]b4_parser_class[::by_kind::clear () YY_NOEXCEPT
{
kind_ = ]b4_symbol(empty, kind)[;
}
]b4_inline([$1])[void
]b4_parser_class[::by_kind::move (by_kind& that)
{
kind_ = that.kind_;
that.clear ();
}
]b4_inline([$1])[]b4_parser_class[::symbol_kind_type
]b4_parser_class[::by_kind::kind () const YY_NOEXCEPT
{
return kind_;
}
]b4_glr2_cc_if([], [[
]b4_inline([$1])[]b4_parser_class[::symbol_kind_type
]b4_parser_class[::by_kind::type_get () const YY_NOEXCEPT
{
return this->kind ();
}
]])[
]])
# b4_token_constructor_define
# ----------------------------
# Define make_FOO for all the token kinds.
# Use at class-level. Redefined in variant.hh.
m4_define([b4_token_constructor_define], [])
# b4_yytranslate_define(cc|hh)
# ----------------------------
# Define yytranslate_. Sometimes used in the header file ($1=hh),
# sometimes in the cc file.
m4_define([b4_yytranslate_define],
[ b4_inline([$1])b4_parser_class[::symbol_kind_type
]b4_parser_class[::yytranslate_ (int t) YY_NOEXCEPT
{
]b4_api_token_raw_if(
[[ return static_cast<symbol_kind_type> (t);]],
[[ // YYTRANSLATE[TOKEN-NUM] -- Symbol number corresponding to
// TOKEN-NUM as returned by yylex.
static
const ]b4_int_type_for([b4_translate])[
translate_table[] =
{
]b4_translate[
};
// Last valid token kind.
const int code_max = ]b4_code_max[;
if (t <= 0)
return symbol_kind::]b4_symbol_prefix[YYEOF;
else if (t <= code_max)
return static_cast <symbol_kind_type> (translate_table[t]);
else
return symbol_kind::]b4_symbol_prefix[YYUNDEF;]])[
}
]])
# b4_lhs_value([TYPE])
# --------------------
m4_define([b4_lhs_value],
[b4_symbol_value([yyval], [$1])])
# b4_rhs_value(RULE-LENGTH, POS, [TYPE])
# --------------------------------------
# FIXME: Dead code.
m4_define([b4_rhs_value],
[b4_symbol_value([yysemantic_stack_@{($1) - ($2)@}], [$3])])
# b4_lhs_location()
# -----------------
# Expansion of @$.
m4_define([b4_lhs_location],
[(yyloc)])
# b4_rhs_location(RULE-LENGTH, POS)
# ---------------------------------
# Expansion of @POS, where the current rule has RULE-LENGTH symbols
# on RHS.
m4_define([b4_rhs_location],
[(yylocation_stack_@{($1) - ($2)@})])
# b4_parse_param_decl
# -------------------
# Extra formal arguments of the constructor.
# Change the parameter names from "foo" into "foo_yyarg", so that
# there is no collision bw the user chosen attribute name, and the
# argument name in the constructor.
m4_define([b4_parse_param_decl],
[m4_ifset([b4_parse_param],
[m4_map_sep([b4_parse_param_decl_1], [, ], [b4_parse_param])])])
m4_define([b4_parse_param_decl_1],
[$1_yyarg])
# b4_parse_param_cons
# -------------------
# Extra initialisations of the constructor.
m4_define([b4_parse_param_cons],
[m4_ifset([b4_parse_param],
[
b4_cc_constructor_calls(b4_parse_param)])])
m4_define([b4_cc_constructor_calls],
[m4_map_sep([b4_cc_constructor_call], [,
], [$@])])
m4_define([b4_cc_constructor_call],
[$2 ($2_yyarg)])
# b4_parse_param_vars
# -------------------
# Extra instance variables.
m4_define([b4_parse_param_vars],
[m4_ifset([b4_parse_param],
[
// User arguments.
b4_cc_var_decls(b4_parse_param)])])
m4_define([b4_cc_var_decls],
[m4_map_sep([b4_cc_var_decl], [
], [$@])])
m4_define([b4_cc_var_decl],
[ $1;])
## ---------##
## Values. ##
## ---------##
# b4_yylloc_default_define
# ------------------------
# Define YYLLOC_DEFAULT.
m4_define([b4_yylloc_default_define],
[[/* YYLLOC_DEFAULT -- Set CURRENT to span from RHS[1] to RHS[N].
If N is 0, then set CURRENT to the empty location which ends
the previous symbol: RHS[0] (always defined). */
# ifndef YYLLOC_DEFAULT
# define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
do \
if (N) \
{ \
(Current).begin = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 1).begin; \
(Current).end = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, N).end; \
} \
else \
{ \
(Current).begin = (Current).end = YYRHSLOC (Rhs, 0).end; \
} \
while (false)
# endif
]])
## -------- ##
## Checks. ##
## -------- ##
b4_token_ctor_if([b4_variant_if([],
[b4_fatal_at(b4_percent_define_get_loc(api.token.constructor),
[cannot use '%s' without '%s'],
[%define api.token.constructor],
[%define api.value.type variant]))])])
@@ -0,0 +1,72 @@
-*- Autoconf -*-
# Common code for C-like languages (C, C++, Java, etc.)
# Copyright (C) 2012-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# _b4_comment(TEXT, OPEN, CONTINUE, END)
# --------------------------------------
# Put TEXT in comment. Avoid trailing spaces: don't indent empty lines.
# Avoid adding indentation to the first line, as the indentation comes
# from OPEN. That's why we don't patsubst([$1], [^\(.\)], [ \1]).
# Turn "*/" in TEXT into "* /" so that we don't unexpectedly close
# the comments before its end.
#
# Prefix all the output lines with PREFIX.
m4_define([_b4_comment],
[$2[]b4_gsub(m4_expand([$1]),
[[*]/], [*\\/],
[/[*]], [/\\*],
[
\(.\)], [
$3\1])$4])
# b4_comment(TEXT, [PREFIX])
# --------------------------
# Put TEXT in comment. Prefix all the output lines with PREFIX.
m4_define([b4_comment],
[_b4_comment([$1], [$2/* ], [$2 ], [ */])])
# _b4_dollar_dollar(VALUE, SYMBOL-NUM, FIELD, DEFAULT-FIELD)
# ----------------------------------------------------------
# If FIELD (or DEFAULT-FIELD) is non-null, return "VALUE.FIELD",
# otherwise just VALUE. Be sure to pass "(VALUE)" if VALUE is a
# pointer.
m4_define([_b4_dollar_dollar],
[b4_symbol_value([$1],
[$2],
m4_if([$3], [[]],
[[$4]], [[$3]]))])
# b4_dollar_pushdef(VALUE-POINTER, SYMBOL-NUM, [TYPE_TAG], LOCATION)
# b4_dollar_popdef
# ------------------------------------------------------------------
# Define b4_dollar_dollar for VALUE-POINTER and DEFAULT-FIELD,
# and b4_at_dollar for LOCATION.
m4_define([b4_dollar_pushdef],
[m4_pushdef([b4_dollar_dollar],
[_b4_dollar_dollar([$1], [$2], m4_dquote($][1), [$3])])dnl
m4_pushdef([b4_at_dollar], [$4])dnl
])
m4_define([b4_dollar_popdef],
[m4_popdef([b4_at_dollar])dnl
m4_popdef([b4_dollar_dollar])dnl
])
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
-*- Autoconf -*-
# C skeleton dispatching for Bison.
# Copyright (C) 2006-2007, 2009-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software
# Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
b4_glr_if( [m4_define([b4_used_skeleton], [b4_skeletonsdir/[glr.c]])])
b4_nondeterministic_if([m4_define([b4_used_skeleton], [b4_skeletonsdir/[glr.c]])])
m4_define_default([b4_used_skeleton], [b4_skeletonsdir/[yacc.c]])
m4_define_default([b4_skeleton], ["b4_basename(b4_used_skeleton)"])
m4_include(b4_used_skeleton)
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
-*- Autoconf -*-
# D skeleton dispatching for Bison.
# Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
b4_glr_if( [b4_complain([%%glr-parser not supported for D])])
b4_nondeterministic_if([b4_complain([%%nondeterministic-parser not supported for D])])
m4_define_default([b4_used_skeleton], [b4_skeletonsdir/[lalr1.d]])
m4_define_default([b4_skeleton], ["b4_basename(b4_used_skeleton)"])
m4_include(b4_used_skeleton)
@@ -0,0 +1,628 @@
-*- Autoconf -*-
# D language support for Bison
# Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
m4_include(b4_skeletonsdir/[c-like.m4])
# b4_symbol_action(SYMBOL-NUM, ACTION)
# ------------------------------------
# Run the action ACTION ("destructor" or "printer") for SYMBOL-NUM.
m4_define([b4_symbol_action],
[b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_$2],
[b4_dollar_pushdef([yyval],
[$1],
[],
[yyloc])dnl
_b4_symbol_case([$1])[]dnl
b4_syncline([b4_symbol([$1], [$2_line])], [b4_symbol([$1], [$2_file])])dnl
b4_symbol([$1], [$2])
b4_syncline([@oline@], [@ofile@])dnl
break;
b4_dollar_popdef[]dnl
])])
# b4_use(EXPR)
# ------------
# Pacify the compiler about some maybe unused value.
m4_define([b4_use],
[])
# b4_sync_start(LINE, FILE)
# -------------------------
m4_define([b4_sync_start], [[#]line $1 $2])
# b4_list2(LIST1, LIST2)
# ----------------------
# Join two lists with a comma if necessary.
m4_define([b4_list2],
[$1[]m4_ifval(m4_quote($1), [m4_ifval(m4_quote($2), [[, ]])])[]$2])
# b4_percent_define_get3(DEF, PRE, POST, NOT)
# -------------------------------------------
# Expand to the value of DEF surrounded by PRE and POST if it's %define'ed,
# otherwise NOT.
m4_define([b4_percent_define_get3],
[m4_ifval(m4_quote(b4_percent_define_get([$1])),
[$2[]b4_percent_define_get([$1])[]$3], [$4])])
# b4_percent_define_if_get2(ARG1, ARG2, DEF, NOT)
# -----------------------------------------------
# Expand to the value of DEF if ARG1 or ARG2 are %define'ed,
# otherwise NOT.
m4_define([b4_percent_define_if_get2],
[m4_ifval(m4_quote(b4_percent_define_get([$1])),
[$3], [m4_ifval(m4_quote(b4_percent_define_get([$2])),
[$3], [$4])])])
# b4_percent_define_class_before_interface(CLASS, INTERFACE)
# ----------------------------------------------------------
# Expand to a ', ' if both a class and an interface have been %define'ed
m4_define([b4_percent_define_class_before_interface],
[m4_ifval(m4_quote(b4_percent_define_get([$1])),
[m4_ifval(m4_quote(b4_percent_define_get([$2])),
[, ])])])
# b4_flag_value(BOOLEAN-FLAG)
# ---------------------------
m4_define([b4_flag_value], [b4_flag_if([$1], [true], [false])])
# b4_parser_class_declaration
# ---------------------------
# The declaration of the parser class ("class YYParser"), with all its
# qualifiers/annotations.
b4_percent_define_default([[api.parser.abstract]], [[false]])
b4_percent_define_default([[api.parser.final]], [[false]])
b4_percent_define_default([[api.parser.public]], [[false]])
m4_define([b4_parser_class_declaration],
[b4_percent_define_get3([api.parser.annotations], [], [ ])dnl
b4_percent_define_flag_if([api.parser.public], [public ])dnl
b4_percent_define_flag_if([api.parser.abstract], [abstract ])dnl
b4_percent_define_flag_if([api.parser.final], [final ])dnl
[class ]b4_parser_class[]dnl
b4_percent_define_if_get2([api.parser.extends], [api.parser.implements], [ : ])dnl
b4_percent_define_get([api.parser.extends])dnl
b4_percent_define_class_before_interface([api.parser.extends], [api.parser.implements])dnl
b4_percent_define_get([api.parser.implements])])
# b4_lexer_if(TRUE, FALSE)
# ------------------------
m4_define([b4_lexer_if],
[b4_percent_code_ifdef([[lexer]], [$1], [$2])])
# b4_position_type_if(TRUE, FALSE)
# --------------------------------
m4_define([b4_position_type_if],
[b4_percent_define_ifdef([[position_type]], [$1], [$2])])
# b4_location_type_if(TRUE, FALSE)
# --------------------------------
m4_define([b4_location_type_if],
[b4_percent_define_ifdef([[location_type]], [$1], [$2])])
# b4_identification
# -----------------
m4_define([b4_identification],
[[/** Version number for the Bison executable that generated this parser. */
public static immutable string yy_bison_version = "]b4_version_string[";
/** Name of the skeleton that generated this parser. */
public static immutable string yy_bison_skeleton = ]b4_skeleton[;
]])
## ------------ ##
## Data types. ##
## ------------ ##
# b4_int_type(MIN, MAX)
# ---------------------
# Return the smallest int type able to handle numbers ranging from
# MIN to MAX (included).
m4_define([b4_int_type],
[m4_if(b4_ints_in($@, [-128], [127]), [1], [byte],
b4_ints_in($@, [-32768], [32767]), [1], [short],
[int])])
# b4_int_type_for(NAME)
# ---------------------
# Return the smallest int type able to handle numbers ranging from
# `NAME_min' to `NAME_max' (included).
m4_define([b4_int_type_for],
[b4_int_type($1_min, $1_max)])
# b4_null
# -------
m4_define([b4_null], [null])
# b4_integral_parser_table_define(NAME, DATA, COMMENT)
#-----------------------------------------------------
# Define "yy<TABLE-NAME>" whose contents is CONTENT.
m4_define([b4_integral_parser_table_define],
[m4_ifvaln([$3], [b4_comment([$3], [ ])])dnl
private static immutable b4_int_type_for([$2])[[]] yy$1_ =
@{
$2
@};dnl
])
## ------------- ##
## Token kinds. ##
## ------------- ##
m4_define([b4_symbol(-2, id)], [[YYEMPTY]])
b4_percent_define_default([[api.token.raw]], [[true]])
# b4_token_enum(TOKEN-NAME, TOKEN-NUMBER)
# ---------------------------------------
# Output the definition of this token as an enum.
m4_define([b4_token_enum],
[b4_token_format([ %s = %s,
], [$1])])
# b4_token_enums
# --------------
# Output the definition of the tokens as enums.
m4_define([b4_token_enums],
[/* Token kinds. */
public enum TokenKind {
]b4_symbol(empty, id)[ = -2,
b4_symbol_foreach([b4_token_enum])dnl
}
])
# b4_symbol_translate(STRING)
# ---------------------------
# Used by "bison" in the array of symbol names to mark those that
# require translation.
m4_define([b4_symbol_translate],
[[_($1)]])
# _b4_token_constructor_define(SYMBOL-NUM)
# ----------------------------------------
# Define Symbol.FOO for SYMBOL-NUM.
m4_define([_b4_token_constructor_define],
[b4_token_visible_if([$1],
[[
static auto ]b4_symbol([$1], [id])[(]b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type],
[b4_union_if([b4_symbol([$1], [type]],
[[typeof(YYSemanticType.]b4_symbol([$1], [type])[]])) [val]])dnl
[]b4_locations_if([b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type], [[, ]])[Location l]])[)
{
return Symbol(TokenKind.]b4_symbol([$1], [id])[]b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type],
[[, val]])[]b4_locations_if([[, l]])[);
}]])])
# b4_token_constructor_define
# ---------------------------
# Define Symbol.FOO for each token kind FOO.
m4_define([b4_token_constructor_define],
[[
/* Implementation of token constructors for each symbol type visible to
* the user. The code generates static methods that have the same names
* as the TokenKinds.
*/]b4_symbol_foreach([_b4_token_constructor_define])dnl
])
## -------------- ##
## Symbol kinds. ##
## -------------- ##
# b4_symbol_kind(NUM)
# -------------------
m4_define([b4_symbol_kind],
[SymbolKind.b4_symbol_kind_base($@)])
# b4_symbol_enum(SYMBOL-NUM)
# --------------------------
# Output the definition of this symbol as an enum.
m4_define([b4_symbol_enum],
[m4_format([ %-30s %s],
m4_format([[%s = %s,]],
b4_symbol([$1], [kind_base]),
[$1]),
[b4_symbol_tag_comment([$1])])])
# b4_declare_symbol_enum
# ----------------------
# The definition of the symbol internal numbers as an enum.
# Defining YYEMPTY here is important: it forces the compiler
# to use a signed type, which matters for yytoken.
m4_define([b4_declare_symbol_enum],
[[ /* Symbol kinds. */
struct SymbolKind
{
enum
{
]b4_symbol(empty, kind_base)[ = -2, /* No symbol. */
]b4_symbol_foreach([b4_symbol_enum])dnl
[ }
private int yycode_;
alias yycode_ this;
this(int code)
{
yycode_ = code;
}
/* Return YYSTR after stripping away unnecessary quotes and
backslashes, so that it's suitable for yyerror. The heuristic is
that double-quoting is unnecessary unless the string contains an
apostrophe, a comma, or backslash (other than backslash-backslash).
YYSTR is taken from yytname. */
final void toString(W)(W sink) const
if (isOutputRange!(W, char))
{
immutable string[] yy_sname = @{
]b4_symbol_names[
@};]b4_has_translations_if([[
/* YYTRANSLATABLE[SYMBOL-NUM] -- Whether YY_SNAME[SYMBOL-NUM] is
internationalizable. */
immutable ]b4_int_type_for([b4_translatable])[[] yytranslatable = @{
]b4_translatable[
@};]])[
put(sink, yy_sname[yycode_]);
}
}
]])
# b4_case(ID, CODE, [COMMENTS])
# -----------------------------
m4_define([b4_case], [ case $1:m4_ifval([$3], [ b4_comment([$3])])
$2
break;])
## ---------------- ##
## Default values. ##
## ---------------- ##
m4_define([b4_yystype], [b4_percent_define_get([[stype]])])
b4_percent_define_default([[stype]], [[YYSemanticType]])])
# %name-prefix
m4_define_default([b4_prefix], [[YY]])
b4_percent_define_default([[api.parser.class]], [b4_prefix[]Parser])])
m4_define([b4_parser_class], [b4_percent_define_get([[api.parser.class]])])
#b4_percent_define_default([[location_type]], [Location])])
m4_define([b4_location_type], b4_percent_define_ifdef([[location_type]],[b4_percent_define_get([[location_type]])],[YYLocation]))
#b4_percent_define_default([[position_type]], [Position])])
m4_define([b4_position_type], b4_percent_define_ifdef([[position_type]],[b4_percent_define_get([[position_type]])],[YYPosition]))
## ---------------- ##
## api.value.type. ##
## ---------------- ##
# ---------------------- #
# api.value.type=union. #
# ---------------------- #
# b4_symbol_type_register(SYMBOL-NUM)
# -----------------------------------
# Symbol SYMBOL-NUM has a type (for union) instead of a type-tag.
# Extend the definition of %union's body (b4_union_members) with a
# field of that type, and extend the symbol's "type" field to point to
# the field name, instead of the type name.
m4_define([b4_symbol_type_register],
[m4_define([b4_symbol($1, type_tag)],
[b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_id],
[b4_symbol([$1], [id])],
[yykind_[]b4_symbol([$1], [number])])])dnl
m4_append([b4_union_members],
m4_expand([m4_format([ %-40s %s],
m4_expand([b4_symbol([$1], [type]) b4_symbol([$1], [type_tag]);]),
[b4_symbol_tag_comment([$1])])]))
])
# b4_type_define_tag(SYMBOL1-NUM, ...)
# ------------------------------------
# For the batch of symbols SYMBOL1-NUM... (which all have the same
# type), enhance the %union definition for each of them, and set
# there "type" field to the field tag name, instead of the type name.
m4_define([b4_type_define_tag],
[b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type],
[m4_map([b4_symbol_type_register], [$@])])
])
# b4_symbol_value_union(VAL, SYMBOL-NUM, [TYPE])
# ----------------------------------------------
# Same of b4_symbol_value, but when api.value.type=union.
m4_define([b4_symbol_value_union],
[m4_ifval([$3],
[(*($3*)(&$1))],
[m4_ifval([$2],
[b4_symbol_if([$2], [has_type],
[($1.b4_symbol([$2], [type_tag]))],
[$1])],
[$1])])])
# b4_value_type_setup_union
# -------------------------
# Setup support for api.value.type=union. Symbols are defined with a
# type instead of a union member name: build the corresponding union,
# and give the symbols their tag.
m4_define([b4_value_type_setup_union],
[m4_define([b4_union_members])
b4_type_foreach([b4_type_define_tag])
m4_copy_force([b4_symbol_value_union], [b4_symbol_value])
])
# _b4_value_type_setup_keyword
# ----------------------------
# api.value.type is defined with a keyword/string syntax. Check if
# that is properly defined, and prepare its use.
m4_define([_b4_value_type_setup_keyword],
[b4_percent_define_check_values([[[[api.value.type]],
[[none]],
[[union]],
[[union-directive]],
[[yystype]]]])dnl
m4_case(b4_percent_define_get([[api.value.type]]),
[union], [b4_value_type_setup_union])])
# b4_value_type_setup
# -------------------
# Check if api.value.type is properly defined, and possibly prepare
# its use.
b4_define_silent([b4_value_type_setup],
[
# Define default value.
b4_percent_define_ifdef([[api.value.type]], [],
[# %union => api.value.type=union-directive
m4_ifdef([b4_union_members],
[m4_define([b4_percent_define_kind(api.value.type)], [keyword])
m4_define([b4_percent_define(api.value.type)], [union-directive])],
[# no tag seen => api.value.type={int}
m4_if(b4_tag_seen_flag, 0,
[m4_define([b4_percent_define_kind(api.value.type)], [code])
m4_define([b4_percent_define(api.value.type)], [int])],
[# otherwise api.value.type=yystype
m4_define([b4_percent_define_kind(api.value.type)], [keyword])
m4_define([b4_percent_define(api.value.type)], [yystype])])])])
# Set up.
m4_bmatch(b4_percent_define_get_kind([[api.value.type]]),
[keyword], [_b4_value_type_setup_keyword])
])
## ----------------- ##
## Semantic Values. ##
## ----------------- ##
# b4_symbol_value(VAL, [SYMBOL-NUM], [TYPE-TAG])
# ----------------------------------------------
# See README. FIXME: factor in c-like?
m4_define([b4_symbol_value],
[m4_ifval([$3],
[($1.$3)],
[m4_ifval([$2],
[b4_symbol_if([$2], [has_type],
[($1.b4_symbol([$2], [type]))],
[$1])],
[$1])])])
# b4_lhs_value(SYMBOL-NUM, [TYPE])
# --------------------------------
# See README.
m4_define([b4_lhs_value],
[b4_symbol_value([yyval], [$1], [$2])])
# b4_rhs_value(RULE-LENGTH, POS, SYMBOL-NUM, [TYPE])
# --------------------------------------------------
# See README.
#
# In this simple implementation, %token and %type have class names
# between the angle brackets.
m4_define([b4_rhs_value],
[b4_symbol_value([(yystack.valueAt (b4_subtract([$1], [$2])))], [$3], [$4])])
# b4_lhs_location()
# -----------------
# Expansion of @$.
m4_define([b4_lhs_location],
[(yyloc)])
# b4_rhs_location(RULE-LENGTH, POS)
# ---------------------------------
# Expansion of @POS, where the current rule has RULE-LENGTH symbols
# on RHS.
m4_define([b4_rhs_location],
[yystack.locationAt (b4_subtract($@))])
# b4_lex_param
# b4_parse_param
# --------------
# If defined, b4_lex_param arrives double quoted, but below we prefer
# it to be single quoted. Same for b4_parse_param.
# TODO: should be in bison.m4
m4_define_default([b4_lex_param], [[]]))
m4_define([b4_lex_param], b4_lex_param))
m4_define([b4_parse_param], b4_parse_param))
# b4_lex_param_decl
# -------------------
# Extra formal arguments of the constructor.
m4_define([b4_lex_param_decl],
[m4_ifset([b4_lex_param],
[b4_remove_comma([$1],
b4_param_decls(b4_lex_param))],
[$1])])
m4_define([b4_param_decls],
[m4_map([b4_param_decl], [$@])])
m4_define([b4_param_decl], [, $1])
m4_define([b4_remove_comma], [m4_ifval(m4_quote($1), [$1, ], [])m4_shift2($@)])
# b4_parse_param_decl
# -------------------
# Extra formal arguments of the constructor.
m4_define([b4_parse_param_decl],
[m4_ifset([b4_parse_param],
[b4_remove_comma([$1],
b4_param_decls(b4_parse_param))],
[$1])])
# b4_lex_param_call
# -------------------
# Delegating the lexer parameters to the lexer constructor.
m4_define([b4_lex_param_call],
[m4_ifset([b4_lex_param],
[b4_remove_comma([$1],
b4_param_calls(b4_lex_param))],
[$1])])
m4_define([b4_param_calls],
[m4_map([b4_param_call], [$@])])
m4_define([b4_param_call], [, $2])
# b4_parse_param_cons
# -------------------
# Extra initialisations of the constructor.
m4_define([b4_parse_param_cons],
[m4_ifset([b4_parse_param],
[b4_constructor_calls(b4_parse_param)])])
m4_define([b4_constructor_calls],
[m4_map([b4_constructor_call], [$@])])
m4_define([b4_constructor_call],
[this.$2 = $2;
])
# b4_parse_param_vars
# -------------------
# Extra instance variables.
m4_define([b4_parse_param_vars],
[m4_ifset([b4_parse_param],
[
/* User arguments. */
b4_var_decls(b4_parse_param)])])
m4_define([b4_var_decls],
[m4_map_sep([b4_var_decl], [
], [$@])])
m4_define([b4_var_decl],
[ protected $1;])
# b4_public_types_declare
# -----------------------
# Define the public types: token, semantic value, location, and so forth.
# Depending on %define token_lex, may be output in the header or source file.
m4_define([b4_public_types_declare],
[[
alias Symbol = ]b4_parser_class[.Symbol;
alias Value = ]b4_yystype[;]b4_locations_if([[
alias Location = ]b4_location_type[;
alias Position = ]b4_position_type[;]b4_push_if([[
alias PUSH_MORE = ]b4_parser_class[.YYPUSH_MORE;
alias ABORT = ]b4_parser_class[.YYABORT;
alias ACCEPT = ]b4_parser_class[.YYACCEPT;]])[]])[
]])
# b4_basic_symbol_constructor_define
# ----------------------------------
# Create Symbol struct constructors for all the visible types.
m4_define([b4_basic_symbol_constructor_define],
[b4_token_visible_if([$1],
[[ this(TokenKind token]b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type],
[[, ]b4_union_if([], [[typeof(YYSemanticType.]])b4_symbol([$1], [type])dnl
[]b4_union_if([], [[) ]])[ val]])[]b4_locations_if([[, Location loc]])[)
{
kind = yytranslate_(token);]b4_union_if([b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type], [[
static foreach (member; __traits(allMembers, YYSemanticType))
{
static if (is(typeof(mixin("value_." ~ member)) == ]b4_symbol([$1], [type])[))
{
mixin("value_." ~ member ~ " = val;");
}
}]])], [b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type], [[
value_.]b4_symbol([$1], [type])[ = val;]])])[]b4_locations_if([
location_ = loc;])[
}
]])])
# b4_symbol_type_define
# ---------------------
# Define symbol_type, the external type for symbols used for symbol
# constructors.
m4_define([b4_symbol_type_define],
[[
/**
* A complete symbol
*/
struct Symbol
{
private SymbolKind kind;
private Value value_;]b4_locations_if([[
private Location location_;]])[
]b4_type_foreach([b4_basic_symbol_constructor_define])[
SymbolKind token() { return kind; }
Value value() { return value_; }]b4_locations_if([[
Location location() { return location_; }]])[
]b4_token_ctor_if([b4_token_constructor_define])[
}
]])
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,397 @@
# C++ GLR skeleton for Bison
# Copyright (C) 2002-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# This skeleton produces a C++ class that encapsulates a C glr parser.
# This is in order to reduce the maintenance burden. The glr.c
# skeleton is clean and pure enough so that there are no real
# problems. The C++ interface is the same as that of lalr1.cc. In
# fact, glr.c can replace yacc.c without the user noticing any
# difference, and similarly for glr.cc replacing lalr1.cc.
#
# The passing of parse-params
#
# The additional arguments are stored as members of the parser
# object, yyparser. The C routines need to carry yyparser
# throughout the C parser; that's easy: make yyparser an
# additional parse-param. But because the C++ skeleton needs to
# know the "real" original parse-param, we save them
# (b4_parse_param_orig). Note that b4_parse_param is overquoted
# (and c.m4 strips one level of quotes). This is a PITA, and
# explains why there are so many levels of quotes.
#
# The locations
#
# We use location.cc just like lalr1.cc, but because glr.c stores
# the locations in a union, the position and location classes
# must not have a constructor. Therefore, contrary to lalr1.cc, we
# must not define "b4_location_constructors". As a consequence the
# user must initialize the first positions (in particular the
# filename member).
# We require a pure interface.
m4_define([b4_pure_flag], [1])
m4_include(b4_skeletonsdir/[c++.m4])
b4_bison_locations_if([m4_include(b4_skeletonsdir/[location.cc])])
m4_define([b4_parser_class],
[b4_percent_define_get([[api.parser.class]])])
# Save the parse parameters.
m4_define([b4_parse_param_orig], m4_defn([b4_parse_param]))
# b4_parse_param_wrap
# -------------------
# New ones.
m4_ifset([b4_parse_param],
[m4_define([b4_parse_param_wrap],
[[b4_namespace_ref::b4_parser_class[& yyparser], [[yyparser]]],]
m4_defn([b4_parse_param]))],
[m4_define([b4_parse_param_wrap],
[[b4_namespace_ref::b4_parser_class[& yyparser], [[yyparser]]]])
])
# b4_yy_symbol_print_define
# -------------------------
# Bypass the default implementation to generate the "yy_symbol_print"
# and "yy_symbol_value_print" functions.
m4_define([b4_yy_symbol_print_define],
[[/*--------------------.
| Print this symbol. |
`--------------------*/
static void
yy_symbol_print (FILE *, ]b4_namespace_ref::b4_parser_class[::symbol_kind_type yytoken,
const ]b4_namespace_ref::b4_parser_class[::value_type *yyvaluep]b4_locations_if([[,
const ]b4_namespace_ref::b4_parser_class[::location_type *yylocationp]])[]b4_user_formals[)
{
]b4_parse_param_use[]dnl
[ yyparser.yy_symbol_print_ (yytoken, yyvaluep]b4_locations_if([, yylocationp])[);
}
]])[
# Hijack the initial action to initialize the locations.
]b4_bison_locations_if([m4_define([b4_initial_action],
[yylloc.initialize ();]m4_ifdef([b4_initial_action], [
m4_defn([b4_initial_action])]))])[
# Hijack the post prologue to declare yyerror.
]m4_append([b4_post_prologue],
[b4_syncline([@oline@], [@ofile@])dnl
[static void
yyerror (]b4_locations_if([[const ]b4_namespace_ref::b4_parser_class[::location_type *yylocationp,
]])[]m4_ifset([b4_parse_param], [b4_formals(b4_parse_param),
])[const char* msg);]])[
# Inserted before the epilogue to define implementations (yyerror, parser member
# functions etc.).
]m4_define([b4_glr_cc_pre_epilogue],
[b4_syncline([@oline@], [@ofile@])dnl
[
/*------------------.
| Report an error. |
`------------------*/
static void
yyerror (]b4_locations_if([[const ]b4_namespace_ref::b4_parser_class[::location_type *yylocationp,
]])[]m4_ifset([b4_parse_param], [b4_formals(b4_parse_param),
])[const char* msg)
{
]b4_parse_param_use[]dnl
[ yyparser.error (]b4_locations_if([[*yylocationp, ]])[msg);
}
]b4_namespace_open[
]dnl In this section, the parse params are the original parse_params.
m4_pushdef([b4_parse_param], m4_defn([b4_parse_param_orig]))dnl
[ /// Build a parser object.
]b4_parser_class::b4_parser_class[ (]b4_parse_param_decl[)]m4_ifset([b4_parse_param], [
:])[
#if ]b4_api_PREFIX[DEBUG
]m4_ifset([b4_parse_param], [ ], [ :])[yycdebug_ (&std::cerr)]m4_ifset([b4_parse_param], [,])[
#endif]b4_parse_param_cons[
{}
]b4_parser_class::~b4_parser_class[ ()
{}
]b4_parser_class[::syntax_error::~syntax_error () YY_NOEXCEPT YY_NOTHROW
{}
int
]b4_parser_class[::operator() ()
{
return parse ();
}
int
]b4_parser_class[::parse ()
{
return ::yy_parse_impl (*this]b4_user_args[);
}
#if ]b4_api_PREFIX[DEBUG
/*--------------------.
| Print this symbol. |
`--------------------*/
void
]b4_parser_class[::yy_symbol_value_print_ (symbol_kind_type yykind,
const value_type* yyvaluep]b4_locations_if([[,
const location_type* yylocationp]])[) const
{]b4_locations_if([[
YY_USE (yylocationp);]])[
YY_USE (yyvaluep);
std::ostream& yyo = debug_stream ();
std::ostream& yyoutput = yyo;
YY_USE (yyoutput);
]b4_symbol_actions([printer])[
}
void
]b4_parser_class[::yy_symbol_print_ (symbol_kind_type yykind,
const value_type* yyvaluep]b4_locations_if([[,
const location_type* yylocationp]])[) const
{
*yycdebug_ << (yykind < YYNTOKENS ? "token" : "nterm")
<< ' ' << yysymbol_name (yykind) << " ("]b4_locations_if([[
<< *yylocationp << ": "]])[;
yy_symbol_value_print_ (yykind, yyvaluep]b4_locations_if([[, yylocationp]])[);
*yycdebug_ << ')';
}
std::ostream&
]b4_parser_class[::debug_stream () const
{
return *yycdebug_;
}
void
]b4_parser_class[::set_debug_stream (std::ostream& o)
{
yycdebug_ = &o;
}
]b4_parser_class[::debug_level_type
]b4_parser_class[::debug_level () const
{
return yydebug;
}
void
]b4_parser_class[::set_debug_level (debug_level_type l)
{
// Actually, it is yydebug which is really used.
yydebug = l;
}
#endif
]m4_popdef([b4_parse_param])dnl
b4_namespace_close[]dnl
])
m4_define([b4_define_symbol_kind],
[m4_format([#define %-15s %s],
b4_symbol($][1, kind_base),
b4_namespace_ref[::]b4_parser_class[::symbol_kind::]b4_symbol($1, kind_base))
])
# b4_glr_cc_setup
# ---------------
# Setup redirections for glr.c: Map the names used in c.m4 to the ones used
# in c++.m4.
m4_define([b4_glr_cc_setup],
[[]b4_attribute_define[
]b4_null_define[
// This skeleton is based on C, yet compiles it as C++.
// So expect warnings about C style casts.
#if defined __clang__ && 306 <= __clang_major__ * 100 + __clang_minor__
# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
#elif defined __GNUC__ && 406 <= __GNUC__ * 100 + __GNUC_MINOR__
# pragma GCC diagnostic ignored "-Wold-style-cast"
#endif
// On MacOS, PTRDIFF_MAX is defined as long long, which Clang's
// -pedantic reports as being a C++11 extension.
#if defined __APPLE__ && YY_CPLUSPLUS < 201103L \
&& defined __clang__ && 4 <= __clang_major__
# pragma clang diagnostic ignored "-Wc++11-long-long"
#endif
#undef ]b4_symbol(empty, [id])[
#define ]b4_symbol(empty, [id])[ ]b4_namespace_ref[::]b4_parser_class[::token::]b4_symbol(empty, [id])[
#undef ]b4_symbol(eof, [id])[
#define ]b4_symbol(eof, [id])[ ]b4_namespace_ref[::]b4_parser_class[::token::]b4_symbol(eof, [id])[
#undef ]b4_symbol(error, [id])[
#define ]b4_symbol(error, [id])[ ]b4_namespace_ref[::]b4_parser_class[::token::]b4_symbol(error, [id])[
#ifndef ]b4_api_PREFIX[STYPE
# define ]b4_api_PREFIX[STYPE ]b4_namespace_ref[::]b4_parser_class[::value_type
#endif
#ifndef ]b4_api_PREFIX[LTYPE
# define ]b4_api_PREFIX[LTYPE ]b4_namespace_ref[::]b4_parser_class[::location_type
#endif
typedef ]b4_namespace_ref[::]b4_parser_class[::symbol_kind_type yysymbol_kind_t;
// Expose C++ symbol kinds to C.
]b4_define_symbol_kind(-2)dnl
b4_symbol_foreach([b4_define_symbol_kind])])[
]])
m4_define([b4_undef_symbol_kind],
[[#undef ]b4_symbol($1, kind_base)[
]])
# b4_glr_cc_cleanup
# -----------------
# Remove redirections for glr.c.
m4_define([b4_glr_cc_cleanup],
[[#undef ]b4_symbol(empty, [id])[
#undef ]b4_symbol(eof, [id])[
#undef ]b4_symbol(error, [id])[
]b4_undef_symbol_kind(-2)dnl
b4_symbol_foreach([b4_undef_symbol_kind])dnl
])
# b4_shared_declarations(hh|cc)
# -----------------------------
# Declaration that might either go into the header (if --header, $1 = hh)
# or in the implementation file.
m4_define([b4_shared_declarations],
[m4_pushdef([b4_parse_param], m4_defn([b4_parse_param_orig]))dnl
b4_percent_code_get([[requires]])[
#include <iostream>
#include <stdexcept>
#include <string>
]b4_cxx_portability[
]m4_ifdef([b4_location_include],
[[# include ]b4_location_include])[
]b4_variant_if([b4_variant_includes])[
// Whether we are compiled with exception support.
#ifndef YY_EXCEPTIONS
# if defined __GNUC__ && !defined __EXCEPTIONS
# define YY_EXCEPTIONS 0
# else
# define YY_EXCEPTIONS 1
# endif
#endif
]b4_YYDEBUG_define[
]b4_namespace_open[
]b4_bison_locations_if([m4_ifndef([b4_location_file],
[b4_location_define])])[
/// A Bison parser.
class ]b4_parser_class[
{
public:
]b4_public_types_declare[
/// Build a parser object.
]b4_parser_class[ (]b4_parse_param_decl[);
virtual ~]b4_parser_class[ ();
/// Parse. An alias for parse ().
/// \returns 0 iff parsing succeeded.
int operator() ();
/// Parse.
/// \returns 0 iff parsing succeeded.
virtual int parse ();
#if ]b4_api_PREFIX[DEBUG
/// The current debugging stream.
std::ostream& debug_stream () const;
/// Set the current debugging stream.
void set_debug_stream (std::ostream &);
/// Type for debugging levels.
typedef int debug_level_type;
/// The current debugging level.
debug_level_type debug_level () const;
/// Set the current debugging level.
void set_debug_level (debug_level_type l);
#endif
/// Report a syntax error.]b4_locations_if([[
/// \param loc where the syntax error is found.]])[
/// \param msg a description of the syntax error.
virtual void error (]b4_locations_if([[const location_type& loc, ]])[const std::string& msg);
# if ]b4_api_PREFIX[DEBUG
public:
/// \brief Report a symbol value on the debug stream.
/// \param yykind The symbol kind.
/// \param yyvaluep Its semantic value.]b4_locations_if([[
/// \param yylocationp Its location.]])[
virtual void yy_symbol_value_print_ (symbol_kind_type yykind,
const value_type* yyvaluep]b4_locations_if([[,
const location_type* yylocationp]])[) const;
/// \brief Report a symbol on the debug stream.
/// \param yykind The symbol kind.
/// \param yyvaluep Its semantic value.]b4_locations_if([[
/// \param yylocationp Its location.]])[
virtual void yy_symbol_print_ (symbol_kind_type yykind,
const value_type* yyvaluep]b4_locations_if([[,
const location_type* yylocationp]])[) const;
private:
/// Debug stream.
std::ostream* yycdebug_;
#endif
]b4_parse_param_vars[
};
]b4_namespace_close[
]b4_percent_code_get([[provides]])[
]m4_popdef([b4_parse_param])dnl
])[
]b4_header_if(
[b4_output_begin([b4_spec_header_file])
b4_copyright([Skeleton interface for Bison GLR parsers in C++],
[2002-2015, 2018-2021])[
// C++ GLR parser skeleton written by Akim Demaille.
]b4_disclaimer[
]b4_cpp_guard_open([b4_spec_mapped_header_file])[
]b4_shared_declarations[
]b4_cpp_guard_close([b4_spec_mapped_header_file])[
]b4_output_end])
# Let glr.c (and b4_shared_declarations) believe that the user
# arguments include the parser itself.
m4_pushdef([b4_parse_param], m4_defn([b4_parse_param_wrap]))
m4_include(b4_skeletonsdir/[glr.c])
m4_popdef([b4_parse_param])
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
-*- Autoconf -*-
# Java skeleton dispatching for Bison.
# Copyright (C) 2007, 2009-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation,
# Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
b4_glr_if( [b4_complain([%%glr-parser not supported for Java])])
b4_nondeterministic_if([b4_complain([%%nondeterministic-parser not supported for Java])])
m4_define_default([b4_used_skeleton], [b4_skeletonsdir/[lalr1.java]])
m4_define_default([b4_skeleton], ["b4_basename(b4_used_skeleton)"])
m4_include(b4_used_skeleton)
@@ -0,0 +1,502 @@
-*- Autoconf -*-
# Java language support for Bison
# Copyright (C) 2007-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
m4_include(b4_skeletonsdir/[c-like.m4])
# b4_list2(LIST1, LIST2)
# ----------------------
# Join two lists with a comma if necessary.
m4_define([b4_list2],
[$1[]m4_ifval(m4_quote($1), [m4_ifval(m4_quote($2), [[, ]])])[]$2])
# b4_percent_define_get3(DEF, PRE, POST, NOT)
# -------------------------------------------
# Expand to the value of DEF surrounded by PRE and POST if it's %define'ed,
# otherwise NOT.
m4_define([b4_percent_define_get3],
[m4_ifval(m4_quote(b4_percent_define_get([$1])),
[$2[]b4_percent_define_get([$1])[]$3], [$4])])
# b4_flag_value(BOOLEAN-FLAG)
# ---------------------------
m4_define([b4_flag_value], [b4_flag_if([$1], [true], [false])])
# b4_parser_class_declaration
# ---------------------------
# The declaration of the parser class ("class YYParser"), with all its
# qualifiers/annotations.
b4_percent_define_default([[api.parser.abstract]], [[false]])
b4_percent_define_default([[api.parser.final]], [[false]])
b4_percent_define_default([[api.parser.public]], [[false]])
b4_percent_define_default([[api.parser.strictfp]], [[false]])
m4_define([b4_parser_class_declaration],
[b4_percent_define_get3([api.parser.annotations], [], [ ])dnl
b4_percent_define_flag_if([api.parser.public], [public ])dnl
b4_percent_define_flag_if([api.parser.abstract], [abstract ])dnl
b4_percent_define_flag_if([api.parser.final], [final ])dnl
b4_percent_define_flag_if([api.parser.strictfp], [strictfp ])dnl
[class ]b4_parser_class[]dnl
b4_percent_define_get3([api.parser.extends], [ extends ])dnl
b4_percent_define_get3([api.parser.implements], [ implements ])])
# b4_lexer_if(TRUE, FALSE)
# ------------------------
m4_define([b4_lexer_if],
[b4_percent_code_ifdef([[lexer]], [$1], [$2])])
# b4_identification
# -----------------
m4_define([b4_identification],
[[ /** Version number for the Bison executable that generated this parser. */
public static final String bisonVersion = "]b4_version_string[";
/** Name of the skeleton that generated this parser. */
public static final String bisonSkeleton = ]b4_skeleton[;
]])
## ------------ ##
## Data types. ##
## ------------ ##
# b4_int_type(MIN, MAX)
# ---------------------
# Return the smallest int type able to handle numbers ranging from
# MIN to MAX (included).
m4_define([b4_int_type],
[m4_if(b4_ints_in($@, [-128], [127]), [1], [byte],
b4_ints_in($@, [-32768], [32767]), [1], [short],
[int])])
# b4_int_type_for(NAME)
# ---------------------
# Return the smallest int type able to handle numbers ranging from
# 'NAME_min' to 'NAME_max' (included).
m4_define([b4_int_type_for],
[b4_int_type($1_min, $1_max)])
# b4_null
# -------
m4_define([b4_null], [null])
# b4_typed_parser_table_define(TYPE, NAME, DATA, COMMENT)
# -------------------------------------------------------
# We use intermediate functions (e.g., yypact_init) to work around the
# 64KB limit for JVM methods. See
# https://lists.gnu.org/r/help-bison/2008-11/msg00004.html.
m4_define([b4_typed_parser_table_define],
[m4_ifval([$4], [b4_comment([$4])
])dnl
[private static final ]$1[[] yy$2_ = yy$2_init();
private static final ]$1[[] yy$2_init()
{
return new ]$1[[]
{
]$3[
};
}]])
# b4_integral_parser_table_define(NAME, DATA, COMMENT)
#-----------------------------------------------------
m4_define([b4_integral_parser_table_define],
[b4_typed_parser_table_define([b4_int_type_for([$2])], [$1], [$2], [$3])])
## ------------- ##
## Token kinds. ##
## ------------- ##
# b4_token_enum(TOKEN-NUM)
# ------------------------
# Output the definition of this token as an enum.
m4_define([b4_token_enum],
[b4_token_visible_if([$1],
[m4_format([[ /** Token %s, to be returned by the scanner. */
static final int %s = %s%s;
]],
b4_symbol([$1], [tag]),
b4_symbol([$1], [id]),
b4_symbol([$1], b4_api_token_raw_if([[number]], [[code]])))])])
# b4_token_enums
# --------------
# Output the definition of the tokens (if there are) as enums.
m4_define([b4_token_enums],
[b4_any_token_visible_if([ /* Token kinds. */
b4_symbol_foreach([b4_token_enum])])])
## -------------- ##
## Symbol kinds. ##
## -------------- ##
# b4_symbol_kind(NUM)
# -------------------
m4_define([b4_symbol_kind],
[SymbolKind.b4_symbol_kind_base($@)])
# b4_symbol_enum(SYMBOL-NUM)
# --------------------------
# Output the definition of this symbol as an enum.
m4_define([b4_symbol_enum],
[m4_format([ %-30s %s],
m4_format([[%s(%s)%s]],
b4_symbol([$1], [kind_base]),
[$1],
m4_if([$1], b4_last_symbol, [[;]], [[,]])),
[b4_symbol_tag_comment([$1])])])
# b4_declare_symbol_enum
# ----------------------
# The definition of the symbol internal numbers as an enum.
m4_define([b4_declare_symbol_enum],
[[ public enum SymbolKind
{
]b4_symbol_foreach([b4_symbol_enum])[
private final int yycode_;
SymbolKind (int n) {
this.yycode_ = n;
}
private static final SymbolKind[] values_ = {
]m4_map_args_sep([b4_symbol_kind(], [)], [,
], b4_symbol_numbers)[
};
static final SymbolKind get(int code) {
return values_[code];
}
public final int getCode() {
return this.yycode_;
}
]b4_parse_error_bmatch(
[simple\|verbose],
[[ /* Return YYSTR after stripping away unnecessary quotes and
backslashes, so that it's suitable for yyerror. The heuristic is
that double-quoting is unnecessary unless the string contains an
apostrophe, a comma, or backslash (other than backslash-backslash).
YYSTR is taken from yytname. */
private static String yytnamerr_(String yystr)
{
if (yystr.charAt (0) == '"')
{
StringBuffer yyr = new StringBuffer();
strip_quotes: for (int i = 1; i < yystr.length(); i++)
switch (yystr.charAt(i))
{
case '\'':
case ',':
break strip_quotes;
case '\\':
if (yystr.charAt(++i) != '\\')
break strip_quotes;
/* Fall through. */
default:
yyr.append(yystr.charAt(i));
break;
case '"':
return yyr.toString();
}
}
return yystr;
}
/* YYTNAME[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
First, the terminals, then, starting at \a YYNTOKENS_, nonterminals. */
]b4_typed_parser_table_define([String], [tname], [b4_tname])[
/* The user-facing name of this symbol. */
public final String getName() {
return yytnamerr_(yytname_[yycode_]);
}
]],
[custom\|detailed],
[[ /* YYNAMES_[SYMBOL-NUM] -- String name of the symbol SYMBOL-NUM.
First, the terminals, then, starting at \a YYNTOKENS_, nonterminals. */
]b4_typed_parser_table_define([String], [names], [b4_symbol_names])[
/* The user-facing name of this symbol. */
public final String getName() {
return yynames_[yycode_];
}]])[
};
]])])
# b4_case(ID, CODE, [COMMENTS])
# -----------------------------
# We need to fool Java's stupid unreachable code detection.
m4_define([b4_case],
[ case $1:m4_ifval([$3], [ b4_comment([$3])])
if (yyn == $1)
$2;
break;
])
# b4_predicate_case(LABEL, CONDITIONS)
# ------------------------------------
m4_define([b4_predicate_case],
[ case $1:
if (! ($2)) YYERROR;
break;
])
## -------- ##
## Checks. ##
## -------- ##
b4_percent_define_check_kind([[api.value.type]], [code], [deprecated])
b4_percent_define_check_kind([[annotations]], [code], [deprecated])
b4_percent_define_check_kind([[extends]], [code], [deprecated])
b4_percent_define_check_kind([[implements]], [code], [deprecated])
b4_percent_define_check_kind([[init_throws]], [code], [deprecated])
b4_percent_define_check_kind([[lex_throws]], [code], [deprecated])
b4_percent_define_check_kind([[api.parser.class]], [code], [deprecated])
b4_percent_define_check_kind([[throws]], [code], [deprecated])
## ---------------- ##
## Default values. ##
## ---------------- ##
m4_define([b4_yystype], [b4_percent_define_get([[api.value.type]])])
b4_percent_define_default([[api.value.type]], [[Object]])
b4_percent_define_default([[api.symbol.prefix]], [[S_]])
# b4_api_prefix, b4_api_PREFIX
# ----------------------------
# Corresponds to %define api.prefix
b4_percent_define_default([[api.prefix]], [[YY]])
m4_define([b4_api_prefix],
[b4_percent_define_get([[api.prefix]])])
m4_define([b4_api_PREFIX],
[m4_toupper(b4_api_prefix)])
# b4_prefix
# ---------
# If the %name-prefix is not given, it is api.prefix.
m4_define_default([b4_prefix], [b4_api_prefix])
b4_percent_define_default([[api.parser.class]], [b4_prefix[]Parser])
m4_define([b4_parser_class], [b4_percent_define_get([[api.parser.class]])])
b4_percent_define_default([[lex_throws]], [[java.io.IOException]])
m4_define([b4_lex_throws], [b4_percent_define_get([[lex_throws]])])
b4_percent_define_default([[throws]], [])
m4_define([b4_throws], [b4_percent_define_get([[throws]])])
b4_percent_define_default([[init_throws]], [])
m4_define([b4_init_throws], [b4_percent_define_get([[init_throws]])])
b4_percent_define_default([[api.location.type]], [Location])
m4_define([b4_location_type], [b4_percent_define_get([[api.location.type]])])
b4_percent_define_default([[api.position.type]], [Position])
m4_define([b4_position_type], [b4_percent_define_get([[api.position.type]])])
## ----------------- ##
## Semantic Values. ##
## ----------------- ##
# b4_symbol_translate(STRING)
# ---------------------------
# Used by "bison" in the array of symbol names to mark those that
# require translation.
m4_define([b4_symbol_translate],
[[i18n($1)]])
# b4_trans(STRING)
# ----------------
# Translate a string if i18n is enabled. Avoid collision with b4_translate.
m4_define([b4_trans],
[b4_has_translations_if([i18n($1)], [$1])])
# b4_symbol_value(VAL, [SYMBOL-NUM], [TYPE-TAG])
# ----------------------------------------------
# See README.
m4_define([b4_symbol_value],
[m4_ifval([$3],
[(($3)($1))],
[m4_ifval([$2],
[b4_symbol_if([$2], [has_type],
[((b4_symbol([$2], [type]))($1))],
[$1])],
[$1])])])
# b4_lhs_value([SYMBOL-NUM], [TYPE])
# ----------------------------------
# See README.
m4_define([b4_lhs_value], [yyval])
# b4_rhs_data(RULE-LENGTH, POS)
# -----------------------------
# See README.
m4_define([b4_rhs_data],
[yystack.valueAt (b4_subtract($@))])
# b4_rhs_value(RULE-LENGTH, POS, SYMBOL-NUM, [TYPE])
# --------------------------------------------------
# See README.
#
# In this simple implementation, %token and %type have class names
# between the angle brackets.
m4_define([b4_rhs_value],
[b4_symbol_value([b4_rhs_data([$1], [$2])], [$3], [$4])])
# b4_lhs_location()
# -----------------
# Expansion of @$.
m4_define([b4_lhs_location],
[(yyloc)])
# b4_rhs_location(RULE-LENGTH, POS)
# ---------------------------------
# Expansion of @POS, where the current rule has RULE-LENGTH symbols
# on RHS.
m4_define([b4_rhs_location],
[yystack.locationAt (b4_subtract($@))])
# b4_lex_param
# b4_parse_param
# --------------
# If defined, b4_lex_param arrives double quoted, but below we prefer
# it to be single quoted. Same for b4_parse_param.
# TODO: should be in bison.m4
m4_define_default([b4_lex_param], [[]])
m4_define([b4_lex_param], b4_lex_param)
m4_define([b4_parse_param], b4_parse_param)
# b4_lex_param_decl
# -----------------
# Extra formal arguments of the constructor.
m4_define([b4_lex_param_decl],
[m4_ifset([b4_lex_param],
[b4_remove_comma([$1],
b4_param_decls(b4_lex_param))],
[$1])])
m4_define([b4_param_decls],
[m4_map([b4_param_decl], [$@])])
m4_define([b4_param_decl], [, $1])
m4_define([b4_remove_comma], [m4_ifval(m4_quote($1), [$1, ], [])m4_shift2($@)])
# b4_parse_param_decl
# -------------------
# Extra formal arguments of the constructor.
m4_define([b4_parse_param_decl],
[m4_ifset([b4_parse_param],
[b4_remove_comma([$1],
b4_param_decls(b4_parse_param))],
[$1])])
# b4_lex_param_call
# -----------------
# Delegating the lexer parameters to the lexer constructor.
m4_define([b4_lex_param_call],
[m4_ifset([b4_lex_param],
[b4_remove_comma([$1],
b4_param_calls(b4_lex_param))],
[$1])])
m4_define([b4_param_calls],
[m4_map([b4_param_call], [$@])])
m4_define([b4_param_call], [, $2])
# b4_parse_param_cons
# -------------------
# Extra initialisations of the constructor.
m4_define([b4_parse_param_cons],
[m4_ifset([b4_parse_param],
[b4_constructor_calls(b4_parse_param)])])
m4_define([b4_constructor_calls],
[m4_map([b4_constructor_call], [$@])])
m4_define([b4_constructor_call],
[this.$2 = $2;
])
# b4_parse_param_vars
# -------------------
# Extra instance variables.
m4_define([b4_parse_param_vars],
[m4_ifset([b4_parse_param],
[
/* User arguments. */
b4_var_decls(b4_parse_param)])])
m4_define([b4_var_decls],
[m4_map_sep([b4_var_decl], [
], [$@])])
m4_define([b4_var_decl],
[ protected final $1;])
# b4_maybe_throws(THROWS)
# -----------------------
# Expand to either an empty string or "throws THROWS".
m4_define([b4_maybe_throws],
[m4_ifval($1, [ throws $1])])
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,380 @@
# C++ skeleton for Bison
# Copyright (C) 2002-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
m4_pushdef([b4_copyright_years],
[2002-2015, 2018-2021])
# b4_location_file
# ----------------
# Name of the file containing the position/location class,
# if we want this file.
b4_percent_define_check_file([b4_location_file],
[[api.location.file]],
b4_header_if([[location.hh]]))
# b4_location_include
# -------------------
# If location.hh is to be generated, the name under which should it be
# included.
#
# b4_location_path
# ----------------
# The path to use for the CPP guard.
m4_ifdef([b4_location_file],
[m4_define([b4_location_include],
[b4_percent_define_get([[api.location.include]],
["b4_location_file"])])
m4_define([b4_location_path],
b4_percent_define_get([[api.location.include]],
["b4_mapped_dir_prefix[]b4_location_file"]))
m4_define([b4_location_path],
m4_substr(m4_defn([b4_location_path]), 1, m4_eval(m4_len(m4_defn([b4_location_path])) - 2)))
])
# b4_position_file
# ----------------
# Name of the file containing the position class, if we want this file.
b4_header_if(
[b4_required_version_if(
[30200], [],
[m4_ifdef([b4_location_file],
[m4_define([b4_position_file], [position.hh])])])])
# b4_location_define
# ------------------
# Define the position and location classes.
m4_define([b4_location_define],
[[ /// A point in a source file.
class position
{
public:
/// Type for file name.
typedef ]b4_percent_define_get([[api.filename.type]])[ filename_type;
/// Type for line and column numbers.
typedef int counter_type;
]m4_ifdef([b4_location_constructors], [[
/// Construct a position.
explicit position (filename_type* f = YY_NULLPTR,
counter_type l = ]b4_location_initial_line[,
counter_type c = ]b4_location_initial_column[)
: filename (f)
, line (l)
, column (c)
{}
]])[
/// Initialization.
void initialize (filename_type* fn = YY_NULLPTR,
counter_type l = ]b4_location_initial_line[,
counter_type c = ]b4_location_initial_column[)
{
filename = fn;
line = l;
column = c;
}
/** \name Line and Column related manipulators
** \{ */
/// (line related) Advance to the COUNT next lines.
void lines (counter_type count = 1)
{
if (count)
{
column = ]b4_location_initial_column[;
line = add_ (line, count, ]b4_location_initial_line[);
}
}
/// (column related) Advance to the COUNT next columns.
void columns (counter_type count = 1)
{
column = add_ (column, count, ]b4_location_initial_column[);
}
/** \} */
/// File name to which this position refers.
filename_type* filename;
/// Current line number.
counter_type line;
/// Current column number.
counter_type column;
private:
/// Compute max (min, lhs+rhs).
static counter_type add_ (counter_type lhs, counter_type rhs, counter_type min)
{
return lhs + rhs < min ? min : lhs + rhs;
}
};
/// Add \a width columns, in place.
inline position&
operator+= (position& res, position::counter_type width)
{
res.columns (width);
return res;
}
/// Add \a width columns.
inline position
operator+ (position res, position::counter_type width)
{
return res += width;
}
/// Subtract \a width columns, in place.
inline position&
operator-= (position& res, position::counter_type width)
{
return res += -width;
}
/// Subtract \a width columns.
inline position
operator- (position res, position::counter_type width)
{
return res -= width;
}
]b4_percent_define_flag_if([[define_location_comparison]], [[
/// Compare two position objects.
inline bool
operator== (const position& pos1, const position& pos2)
{
return (pos1.line == pos2.line
&& pos1.column == pos2.column
&& (pos1.filename == pos2.filename
|| (pos1.filename && pos2.filename
&& *pos1.filename == *pos2.filename)));
}
/// Compare two position objects.
inline bool
operator!= (const position& pos1, const position& pos2)
{
return !(pos1 == pos2);
}
]])[
/** \brief Intercept output stream redirection.
** \param ostr the destination output stream
** \param pos a reference to the position to redirect
*/
template <typename YYChar>
std::basic_ostream<YYChar>&
operator<< (std::basic_ostream<YYChar>& ostr, const position& pos)
{
if (pos.filename)
ostr << *pos.filename << ':';
return ostr << pos.line << '.' << pos.column;
}
/// Two points in a source file.
class location
{
public:
/// Type for file name.
typedef position::filename_type filename_type;
/// Type for line and column numbers.
typedef position::counter_type counter_type;
]m4_ifdef([b4_location_constructors], [
/// Construct a location from \a b to \a e.
location (const position& b, const position& e)
: begin (b)
, end (e)
{}
/// Construct a 0-width location in \a p.
explicit location (const position& p = position ())
: begin (p)
, end (p)
{}
/// Construct a 0-width location in \a f, \a l, \a c.
explicit location (filename_type* f,
counter_type l = ]b4_location_initial_line[,
counter_type c = ]b4_location_initial_column[)
: begin (f, l, c)
, end (f, l, c)
{}
])[
/// Initialization.
void initialize (filename_type* f = YY_NULLPTR,
counter_type l = ]b4_location_initial_line[,
counter_type c = ]b4_location_initial_column[)
{
begin.initialize (f, l, c);
end = begin;
}
/** \name Line and Column related manipulators
** \{ */
public:
/// Reset initial location to final location.
void step ()
{
begin = end;
}
/// Extend the current location to the COUNT next columns.
void columns (counter_type count = 1)
{
end += count;
}
/// Extend the current location to the COUNT next lines.
void lines (counter_type count = 1)
{
end.lines (count);
}
/** \} */
public:
/// Beginning of the located region.
position begin;
/// End of the located region.
position end;
};
/// Join two locations, in place.
inline location&
operator+= (location& res, const location& end)
{
res.end = end.end;
return res;
}
/// Join two locations.
inline location
operator+ (location res, const location& end)
{
return res += end;
}
/// Add \a width columns to the end position, in place.
inline location&
operator+= (location& res, location::counter_type width)
{
res.columns (width);
return res;
}
/// Add \a width columns to the end position.
inline location
operator+ (location res, location::counter_type width)
{
return res += width;
}
/// Subtract \a width columns to the end position, in place.
inline location&
operator-= (location& res, location::counter_type width)
{
return res += -width;
}
/// Subtract \a width columns to the end position.
inline location
operator- (location res, location::counter_type width)
{
return res -= width;
}
]b4_percent_define_flag_if([[define_location_comparison]], [[
/// Compare two location objects.
inline bool
operator== (const location& loc1, const location& loc2)
{
return loc1.begin == loc2.begin && loc1.end == loc2.end;
}
/// Compare two location objects.
inline bool
operator!= (const location& loc1, const location& loc2)
{
return !(loc1 == loc2);
}
]])[
/** \brief Intercept output stream redirection.
** \param ostr the destination output stream
** \param loc a reference to the location to redirect
**
** Avoid duplicate information.
*/
template <typename YYChar>
std::basic_ostream<YYChar>&
operator<< (std::basic_ostream<YYChar>& ostr, const location& loc)
{
location::counter_type end_col
= 0 < loc.end.column ? loc.end.column - 1 : 0;
ostr << loc.begin;
if (loc.end.filename
&& (!loc.begin.filename
|| *loc.begin.filename != *loc.end.filename))
ostr << '-' << loc.end.filename << ':' << loc.end.line << '.' << end_col;
else if (loc.begin.line < loc.end.line)
ostr << '-' << loc.end.line << '.' << end_col;
else if (loc.begin.column < end_col)
ostr << '-' << end_col;
return ostr;
}
]])
m4_ifdef([b4_position_file], [[
]b4_output_begin([b4_dir_prefix], [b4_position_file])[
]b4_generated_by[
// Starting with Bison 3.2, this file is useless: the structure it
// used to define is now defined in "]b4_location_file[".
//
// To get rid of this file:
// 1. add '%require "3.2"' (or newer) to your grammar file
// 2. remove references to this file from your build system
// 3. if you used to include it, include "]b4_location_file[" instead.
#include ]b4_location_include[
]b4_output_end[
]])
m4_ifdef([b4_location_file], [[
]b4_output_begin([b4_dir_prefix], [b4_location_file])[
]b4_copyright([Locations for Bison parsers in C++])[
/**
** \file ]b4_location_path[
** Define the ]b4_namespace_ref[::location class.
*/
]b4_cpp_guard_open([b4_location_path])[
# include <iostream>
# include <string>
]b4_null_define[
]b4_namespace_open[
]b4_location_define[
]b4_namespace_close[
]b4_cpp_guard_close([b4_location_path])[
]b4_output_end[
]])
m4_popdef([b4_copyright_years])
@@ -0,0 +1,157 @@
# C++ skeleton for Bison
# Copyright (C) 2002-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
# b4_stack_file
# -------------
# Name of the file containing the stack class, if we want this file.
b4_header_if([b4_required_version_if([30200], [],
[m4_define([b4_stack_file], [stack.hh])])])
# b4_stack_define
# ---------------
m4_define([b4_stack_define],
[[ /// A stack with random access from its top.
template <typename T, typename S = std::vector<T> >
class stack
{
public:
// Hide our reversed order.
typedef typename S::iterator iterator;
typedef typename S::const_iterator const_iterator;
typedef typename S::size_type size_type;
typedef typename std::ptrdiff_t index_type;
stack (size_type n = 200) YY_NOEXCEPT
: seq_ (n)
{}
#if 201103L <= YY_CPLUSPLUS
/// Non copyable.
stack (const stack&) = delete;
/// Non copyable.
stack& operator= (const stack&) = delete;
#endif
/// Random access.
///
/// Index 0 returns the topmost element.
const T&
operator[] (index_type i) const
{
return seq_[size_type (size () - 1 - i)];
}
/// Random access.
///
/// Index 0 returns the topmost element.
T&
operator[] (index_type i)
{
return seq_[size_type (size () - 1 - i)];
}
/// Steal the contents of \a t.
///
/// Close to move-semantics.
void
push (YY_MOVE_REF (T) t)
{
seq_.push_back (T ());
operator[] (0).move (t);
}
/// Pop elements from the stack.
void
pop (std::ptrdiff_t n = 1) YY_NOEXCEPT
{
for (; 0 < n; --n)
seq_.pop_back ();
}
/// Pop all elements from the stack.
void
clear () YY_NOEXCEPT
{
seq_.clear ();
}
/// Number of elements on the stack.
index_type
size () const YY_NOEXCEPT
{
return index_type (seq_.size ());
}
/// Iterator on top of the stack (going downwards).
const_iterator
begin () const YY_NOEXCEPT
{
return seq_.begin ();
}
/// Bottom of the stack.
const_iterator
end () const YY_NOEXCEPT
{
return seq_.end ();
}
/// Present a slice of the top of a stack.
class slice
{
public:
slice (const stack& stack, index_type range) YY_NOEXCEPT
: stack_ (stack)
, range_ (range)
{}
const T&
operator[] (index_type i) const
{
return stack_[range_ - i];
}
private:
const stack& stack_;
index_type range_;
};
private:
#if YY_CPLUSPLUS < 201103L
/// Non copyable.
stack (const stack&);
/// Non copyable.
stack& operator= (const stack&);
#endif
/// The wrapped container.
S seq_;
};
]])
m4_ifdef([b4_stack_file],
[b4_output_begin([b4_dir_prefix], [b4_stack_file])[
]b4_generated_by[
// Starting with Bison 3.2, this file is useless: the structure it
// used to define is now defined with the parser itself.
//
// To get rid of this file:
// 1. add '%require "3.2"' (or newer) to your grammar file
// 2. remove references to this file from your build system.
]b4_output_end[
]])
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
dnl GNU M4 treats -dV in a position-independent manner.
m4_debugmode(V)m4_traceon()dnl
@@ -0,0 +1,525 @@
# C++ skeleton for Bison
# Copyright (C) 2002-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
# This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
# it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
# the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
# (at your option) any later version.
#
# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
# GNU General Public License for more details.
#
# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
# along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
## --------- ##
## variant. ##
## --------- ##
# b4_assert
# ---------
# The name of YY_ASSERT.
m4_define([b4_assert],
[b4_api_PREFIX[]_ASSERT])
# b4_symbol_variant(YYTYPE, YYVAL, ACTION, [ARGS])
# ------------------------------------------------
# Run some ACTION ("build", or "destroy") on YYVAL of symbol type
# YYTYPE.
m4_define([b4_symbol_variant],
[m4_pushdef([b4_dollar_dollar],
[$2.$3< $][3 > (m4_shift3($@))])dnl
switch ($1)
{
b4_type_foreach([_b4_type_action])[]dnl
default:
break;
}
m4_popdef([b4_dollar_dollar])dnl
])
# _b4_char_sizeof_counter
# -----------------------
# A counter used by _b4_char_sizeof_dummy to create fresh symbols.
m4_define([_b4_char_sizeof_counter],
[0])
# _b4_char_sizeof_dummy
# ---------------------
# At each call return a new C++ identifier.
m4_define([_b4_char_sizeof_dummy],
[m4_define([_b4_char_sizeof_counter], m4_incr(_b4_char_sizeof_counter))dnl
dummy[]_b4_char_sizeof_counter])
# b4_char_sizeof(SYMBOL-NUMS)
# ---------------------------
# To be mapped on the list of type names to produce:
#
# char dummy1[sizeof (type_name_1)];
# char dummy2[sizeof (type_name_2)];
#
# for defined type names.
m4_define([b4_char_sizeof],
[b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type],
[
m4_map([ b4_symbol_tag_comment], [$@])dnl
char _b4_char_sizeof_dummy@{sizeof (b4_symbol([$1], [type]))@};
])])
# b4_variant_includes
# -------------------
# The needed includes for variants support.
m4_define([b4_variant_includes],
[b4_parse_assert_if([[#include <typeinfo>
#ifndef ]b4_assert[
# include <cassert>
# define ]b4_assert[ assert
#endif
]])])
## -------------------------- ##
## Adjustments for variants. ##
## -------------------------- ##
# b4_value_type_declare
# ---------------------
# Define value_type.
m4_define([b4_value_type_declare],
[[ /// A buffer to store and retrieve objects.
///
/// Sort of a variant, but does not keep track of the nature
/// of the stored data, since that knowledge is available
/// via the current parser state.
class value_type
{
public:
/// Type of *this.
typedef value_type self_type;
/// Empty construction.
value_type () YY_NOEXCEPT
: yyraw_ ()]b4_parse_assert_if([
, yytypeid_ (YY_NULLPTR)])[
{}
/// Construct and fill.
template <typename T>
value_type (YY_RVREF (T) t)]b4_parse_assert_if([
: yytypeid_ (&typeid (T))])[
{]b4_parse_assert_if([[
]b4_assert[ (sizeof (T) <= size);]])[
new (yyas_<T> ()) T (YY_MOVE (t));
}
#if 201103L <= YY_CPLUSPLUS
/// Non copyable.
value_type (const self_type&) = delete;
/// Non copyable.
self_type& operator= (const self_type&) = delete;
#endif
/// Destruction, allowed only if empty.
~value_type () YY_NOEXCEPT
{]b4_parse_assert_if([
]b4_assert[ (!yytypeid_);
])[}
# if 201103L <= YY_CPLUSPLUS
/// Instantiate a \a T in here from \a t.
template <typename T, typename... U>
T&
emplace (U&&... u)
{]b4_parse_assert_if([[
]b4_assert[ (!yytypeid_);
]b4_assert[ (sizeof (T) <= size);
yytypeid_ = & typeid (T);]])[
return *new (yyas_<T> ()) T (std::forward <U>(u)...);
}
# else
/// Instantiate an empty \a T in here.
template <typename T>
T&
emplace ()
{]b4_parse_assert_if([[
]b4_assert[ (!yytypeid_);
]b4_assert[ (sizeof (T) <= size);
yytypeid_ = & typeid (T);]])[
return *new (yyas_<T> ()) T ();
}
/// Instantiate a \a T in here from \a t.
template <typename T>
T&
emplace (const T& t)
{]b4_parse_assert_if([[
]b4_assert[ (!yytypeid_);
]b4_assert[ (sizeof (T) <= size);
yytypeid_ = & typeid (T);]])[
return *new (yyas_<T> ()) T (t);
}
# endif
/// Instantiate an empty \a T in here.
/// Obsolete, use emplace.
template <typename T>
T&
build ()
{
return emplace<T> ();
}
/// Instantiate a \a T in here from \a t.
/// Obsolete, use emplace.
template <typename T>
T&
build (const T& t)
{
return emplace<T> (t);
}
/// Accessor to a built \a T.
template <typename T>
T&
as () YY_NOEXCEPT
{]b4_parse_assert_if([[
]b4_assert[ (yytypeid_);
]b4_assert[ (*yytypeid_ == typeid (T));
]b4_assert[ (sizeof (T) <= size);]])[
return *yyas_<T> ();
}
/// Const accessor to a built \a T (for %printer).
template <typename T>
const T&
as () const YY_NOEXCEPT
{]b4_parse_assert_if([[
]b4_assert[ (yytypeid_);
]b4_assert[ (*yytypeid_ == typeid (T));
]b4_assert[ (sizeof (T) <= size);]])[
return *yyas_<T> ();
}
/// Swap the content with \a that, of same type.
///
/// Both variants must be built beforehand, because swapping the actual
/// data requires reading it (with as()), and this is not possible on
/// unconstructed variants: it would require some dynamic testing, which
/// should not be the variant's responsibility.
/// Swapping between built and (possibly) non-built is done with
/// self_type::move ().
template <typename T>
void
swap (self_type& that) YY_NOEXCEPT
{]b4_parse_assert_if([[
]b4_assert[ (yytypeid_);
]b4_assert[ (*yytypeid_ == *that.yytypeid_);]])[
std::swap (as<T> (), that.as<T> ());
}
/// Move the content of \a that to this.
///
/// Destroys \a that.
template <typename T>
void
move (self_type& that)
{
# if 201103L <= YY_CPLUSPLUS
emplace<T> (std::move (that.as<T> ()));
# else
emplace<T> ();
swap<T> (that);
# endif
that.destroy<T> ();
}
# if 201103L <= YY_CPLUSPLUS
/// Move the content of \a that to this.
template <typename T>
void
move (self_type&& that)
{
emplace<T> (std::move (that.as<T> ()));
that.destroy<T> ();
}
#endif
/// Copy the content of \a that to this.
template <typename T>
void
copy (const self_type& that)
{
emplace<T> (that.as<T> ());
}
/// Destroy the stored \a T.
template <typename T>
void
destroy ()
{
as<T> ().~T ();]b4_parse_assert_if([
yytypeid_ = YY_NULLPTR;])[
}
private:
#if YY_CPLUSPLUS < 201103L
/// Non copyable.
value_type (const self_type&);
/// Non copyable.
self_type& operator= (const self_type&);
#endif
/// Accessor to raw memory as \a T.
template <typename T>
T*
yyas_ () YY_NOEXCEPT
{
void *yyp = yyraw_;
return static_cast<T*> (yyp);
}
/// Const accessor to raw memory as \a T.
template <typename T>
const T*
yyas_ () const YY_NOEXCEPT
{
const void *yyp = yyraw_;
return static_cast<const T*> (yyp);
}
/// An auxiliary type to compute the largest semantic type.
union union_type
{]b4_type_foreach([b4_char_sizeof])[ };
/// The size of the largest semantic type.
enum { size = sizeof (union_type) };
/// A buffer to store semantic values.
union
{
/// Strongest alignment constraints.
long double yyalign_me_;
/// A buffer large enough to store any of the semantic values.
char yyraw_[size];
};]b4_parse_assert_if([
/// Whether the content is built: if defined, the name of the stored type.
const std::type_info *yytypeid_;])[
};
]])
# How the semantic value is extracted when using variants.
# b4_symbol_value(VAL, SYMBOL-NUM, [TYPE])
# ----------------------------------------
# See README.
m4_define([b4_symbol_value],
[m4_ifval([$3],
[$1.as< $3 > ()],
[m4_ifval([$2],
[b4_symbol_if([$2], [has_type],
[$1.as < b4_symbol([$2], [type]) > ()],
[$1])],
[$1])])])
# b4_symbol_value_template(VAL, SYMBOL-NUM, [TYPE])
# -------------------------------------------------
# Same as b4_symbol_value, but used in a template method.
m4_define([b4_symbol_value_template],
[m4_ifval([$3],
[$1.template as< $3 > ()],
[m4_ifval([$2],
[b4_symbol_if([$2], [has_type],
[$1.template as < b4_symbol([$2], [type]) > ()],
[$1])],
[$1])])])
## ------------- ##
## make_SYMBOL. ##
## ------------- ##
# _b4_includes_tokens(SYMBOL-NUM...)
# ----------------------------------
# Expands to non-empty iff one of the SYMBOL-NUM denotes
# a token.
m4_define([_b4_is_token],
[b4_symbol_if([$1], [is_token], [1])])
m4_define([_b4_includes_tokens],
[m4_map([_b4_is_token], [$@])])
# _b4_token_maker_define(SYMBOL-NUM)
# ----------------------------------
# Declare make_SYMBOL for SYMBOL-NUM. Use at class-level.
m4_define([_b4_token_maker_define],
[b4_token_visible_if([$1],
[#if 201103L <= YY_CPLUSPLUS
static
symbol_type
make_[]_b4_symbol([$1], [id]) (b4_join(
b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type],
[b4_symbol([$1], [type]) v]),
b4_locations_if([location_type l])))
{
return symbol_type (b4_join([token::b4_symbol([$1], [id])],
b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type], [std::move (v)]),
b4_locations_if([std::move (l)])));
}
#else
static
symbol_type
make_[]_b4_symbol([$1], [id]) (b4_join(
b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type],
[const b4_symbol([$1], [type])& v]),
b4_locations_if([const location_type& l])))
{
return symbol_type (b4_join([token::b4_symbol([$1], [id])],
b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type], [v]),
b4_locations_if([l])));
}
#endif
])])
# b4_token_kind(SYMBOL-NUM)
# -------------------------
# Some tokens don't have an ID.
m4_define([b4_token_kind],
[b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_id],
[token::b4_symbol([$1], [id])],
[b4_symbol([$1], [code])])])
# _b4_tok_in(SYMBOL-NUM, ...)
# ---------------------------
# See b4_tok_in below. The SYMBOL-NUMs... are tokens only.
#
# We iterate over the tokens to group them by "range" of token numbers (not
# symbols numbers!).
#
# b4_fst is the start of that range.
# b4_prev is the previous value.
# b4_val is the current value.
# If b4_val is the successor of b4_prev in token numbers, update the latter,
# otherwise emit the code for range b4_fst .. b4_prev.
# $1 is also used as a terminator in the foreach, but it will not be printed.
#
m4_define([_b4_tok_in],
[m4_pushdef([b4_prev], [$1])dnl
m4_pushdef([b4_fst], [$1])dnl
m4_pushdef([b4_sep], [])dnl
m4_foreach([b4_val], m4_dquote(m4_shift($@, $1)),
[m4_if(b4_symbol(b4_val, [code]), m4_eval(b4_symbol(b4_prev, [code]) + 1), [],
[b4_sep[]m4_if(b4_fst, b4_prev,
[tok == b4_token_kind(b4_fst)],
[(b4_token_kind(b4_fst) <= tok && tok <= b4_token_kind(b4_prev))])[]dnl
m4_define([b4_fst], b4_val)dnl
m4_define([b4_sep], [
|| ])])dnl
m4_define([b4_prev], b4_val)])dnl
m4_popdef([b4_sep])dnl
m4_popdef([b4_fst])dnl
m4_popdef([b4_prev])dnl
])
# _b4_filter_tokens(SYMBOL-NUM, ...)
# ----------------------------------
# Expand as the list of tokens amongst SYMBOL-NUM.
m4_define([_b4_filter_tokens],
[m4_pushdef([b4_sep])dnl
m4_foreach([b4_val], [$@],
[b4_symbol_if(b4_val, [is_token], [b4_sep[]b4_val[]m4_define([b4_sep], [,])])])dnl
m4_popdef([b4_sep])dnl
])
# b4_tok_in(SYMBOL-NUM, ...)
# ---------------------------
# A C++ conditional that checks that `tok` is a member of this list of symbol
# numbers.
m4_define([b4_tok_in],
[_$0(_b4_filter_tokens($@))])
# _b4_symbol_constructor_define(SYMBOL-NUM...)
# --------------------------------------------
# Define a symbol_type constructor common to all the SYMBOL-NUM (they
# have the same type). Use at class-level.
m4_define([_b4_symbol_constructor_define],
[m4_ifval(_b4_includes_tokens($@),
[[#if 201103L <= YY_CPLUSPLUS
symbol_type (]b4_join(
[int tok],
b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type],
[b4_symbol([$1], [type]) v]),
b4_locations_if([location_type l]))[)
: super_type (]b4_join([token_kind_type (tok)],
b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type], [std::move (v)]),
b4_locations_if([std::move (l)]))[)
#else
symbol_type (]b4_join(
[int tok],
b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type],
[const b4_symbol([$1], [type])& v]),
b4_locations_if([const location_type& l]))[)
: super_type (]b4_join([token_kind_type (tok)],
b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type], [v]),
b4_locations_if([l]))[)
#endif
{]b4_parse_assert_if([[
#if !defined _MSC_VER || defined __clang__
]b4_assert[ (]b4_tok_in($@)[);
#endif
]])[}
]])])
# b4_basic_symbol_constructor_define(SYMBOL-NUM)
# ----------------------------------------------
# Generate a constructor for basic_symbol from given type.
m4_define([b4_basic_symbol_constructor_define],
[[#if 201103L <= YY_CPLUSPLUS
basic_symbol (]b4_join(
[typename Base::kind_type t],
b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type], [b4_symbol([$1], [type])&& v]),
b4_locations_if([location_type&& l]))[)
: Base (t)]b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type], [
, value (std::move (v))])[]b4_locations_if([
, location (std::move (l))])[
{}
#else
basic_symbol (]b4_join(
[typename Base::kind_type t],
b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type], [const b4_symbol([$1], [type])& v]),
b4_locations_if([const location_type& l]))[)
: Base (t)]b4_symbol_if([$1], [has_type], [
, value (v)])[]b4_locations_if([
, location (l)])[
{}
#endif
]])
# b4_token_constructor_define
# ---------------------------
# Define the overloaded versions of make_FOO for all the token kinds.
m4_define([b4_token_constructor_define],
[ // Implementation of make_symbol for each token kind.
b4_symbol_foreach([_b4_token_maker_define])])
File diff suppressed because it is too large Load Diff
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!--
bison.xsl - common templates for Bison XSLT.
Copyright (C) 2007-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
-->
<xsl:stylesheet version="1.0"
xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
xmlns:bison="https://www.gnu.org/software/bison/">
<xsl:key
name="bison:symbolByName"
match="/bison-xml-report/grammar/nonterminals/nonterminal"
use="@name"
/>
<xsl:key
name="bison:symbolByName"
match="/bison-xml-report/grammar/terminals/terminal"
use="@name"
/>
<xsl:key
name="bison:ruleByNumber"
match="/bison-xml-report/grammar/rules/rule"
use="@number"
/>
<xsl:key
name="bison:ruleByLhs"
match="/bison-xml-report/grammar/rules/rule[
@usefulness != 'useless-in-grammar']"
use="lhs"
/>
<xsl:key
name="bison:ruleByRhs"
match="/bison-xml-report/grammar/rules/rule[
@usefulness != 'useless-in-grammar']"
use="rhs/symbol"
/>
<!-- For the specified state, output: #sr-conflicts,#rr-conflicts -->
<xsl:template match="state" mode="bison:count-conflicts">
<xsl:variable name="transitions" select="actions/transitions"/>
<xsl:variable name="reductions" select="actions/reductions"/>
<xsl:variable
name="terminals"
select="
$transitions/transition[@type='shift']/@symbol
| $reductions/reduction/@symbol
"
/>
<xsl:variable name="conflict-data">
<xsl:for-each select="$terminals">
<xsl:variable name="name" select="."/>
<xsl:if test="generate-id($terminals[. = $name][1]) = generate-id(.)">
<xsl:variable
name="shift-count"
select="count($transitions/transition[@symbol=$name])"
/>
<xsl:variable
name="reduce-count"
select="count($reductions/reduction[@symbol=$name])"
/>
<xsl:if test="$shift-count > 0 and $reduce-count > 0">
<xsl:text>s</xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
<xsl:if test="$reduce-count > 1">
<xsl:text>r</xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:for-each>
</xsl:variable>
<xsl:value-of select="string-length(translate($conflict-data, 'r', ''))"/>
<xsl:text>,</xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="string-length(translate($conflict-data, 's', ''))"/>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template name="space">
<xsl:param name="repeat">0</xsl:param>
<xsl:param name="fill" select="' '"/>
<xsl:if test="number($repeat) &gt;= 1">
<xsl:call-template name="space">
<xsl:with-param name="repeat" select="$repeat - 1"/>
<xsl:with-param name="fill" select="$fill"/>
</xsl:call-template>
<xsl:value-of select="$fill"/>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:template>
</xsl:stylesheet>
@@ -0,0 +1,401 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!--
xml2dot.xsl - transform Bison XML Report into DOT.
Copyright (C) 2007-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Written by Wojciech Polak <polak@gnu.org>.
-->
<xsl:stylesheet version="1.0"
xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
xmlns:bison="https://www.gnu.org/software/bison/">
<xsl:import href="bison.xsl"/>
<xsl:output method="text" encoding="UTF-8" indent="no"/>
<xsl:template match="/">
<xsl:apply-templates select="bison-xml-report"/>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="bison-xml-report">
<xsl:text>// Generated by GNU Bison </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="@version"/>
<xsl:text>.&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:text>// Report bugs to &lt;</xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="@bug-report"/>
<xsl:text>&gt;.&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:text>// Home page: &lt;</xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="@url"/>
<xsl:text>&gt;.&#10;&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:apply-templates select="automaton">
<xsl:with-param name="filename" select="filename"/>
</xsl:apply-templates>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="automaton">
<xsl:param name="filename"/>
<xsl:text>digraph "</xsl:text>
<xsl:call-template name="escape">
<xsl:with-param name="subject" select="$filename"/>
</xsl:call-template>
<xsl:text>"&#10;{
node [fontname = courier, shape = box, colorscheme = paired6]
edge [fontname = courier]
</xsl:text>
<xsl:apply-templates select="state"/>
<xsl:text>}&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="automaton/state">
<xsl:call-template name="output-node">
<xsl:with-param name="number" select="@number"/>
<xsl:with-param name="label">
<xsl:apply-templates select="itemset/item"/>
</xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
<xsl:apply-templates select="actions/transitions"/>
<xsl:apply-templates select="actions/reductions">
<xsl:with-param name="staten">
<xsl:value-of select="@number"/>
</xsl:with-param>
</xsl:apply-templates>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="actions/reductions">
<xsl:param name="staten"/>
<xsl:for-each select='reduction'>
<!-- These variables are needed because the current context can't be
referred to directly in XPath expressions. -->
<xsl:variable name="rul">
<xsl:value-of select="@rule"/>
</xsl:variable>
<xsl:variable name="ena">
<xsl:value-of select="@enabled"/>
</xsl:variable>
<!-- The foreach's body is protected by this, so that we are actually
going to iterate once per reduction rule, and not per lookahead. -->
<xsl:if test='not(preceding-sibling::*[@rule=$rul and @enabled=$ena])'>
<xsl:variable name="rule">
<xsl:choose>
<!-- The acceptation state is referred to as 'accept' in the XML, but
just as '0' in the DOT. -->
<xsl:when test="@rule='accept'">
<xsl:text>0</xsl:text>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:value-of select="@rule"/>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:variable>
<!-- The edge's beginning -->
<xsl:call-template name="reduction-edge-start">
<xsl:with-param name="state" select="$staten"/>
<xsl:with-param name="rule" select="$rule"/>
<xsl:with-param name="enabled" select="@enabled"/>
</xsl:call-template>
<!-- The edge's tokens -->
<!-- Don't show labels for the default action. In other cases, there will
always be at least one token, so 'label="[]"' will not occur. -->
<xsl:if test='$rule!=0 and not(../reduction[@enabled=$ena and @rule=$rule and @symbol="$default"])'>
<xsl:text>label="[</xsl:text>
<xsl:for-each select='../reduction[@enabled=$ena and @rule=$rule]'>
<xsl:call-template name="escape">
<xsl:with-param name="subject" select="@symbol"/>
</xsl:call-template>
<xsl:if test="position() != last ()">
<xsl:text>, </xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:for-each>
<xsl:text>]", </xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
<!-- The edge's end -->
<xsl:text>style=solid]&#10;</xsl:text>
<!-- The diamond representing the reduction -->
<xsl:call-template name="reduction-node">
<xsl:with-param name="state" select="$staten"/>
<xsl:with-param name="rule" select="$rule"/>
<xsl:with-param name="color">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test='@enabled="true"'>
<xsl:text>3</xsl:text>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:text>5</xsl:text>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:for-each>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="actions/transitions">
<xsl:apply-templates select="transition"/>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="item">
<xsl:param name="prev-rule-number"
select="preceding-sibling::item[1]/@rule-number"/>
<xsl:apply-templates select="key('bison:ruleByNumber', @rule-number)">
<xsl:with-param name="dot" select="@dot"/>
<xsl:with-param name="num" select="@rule-number"/>
<xsl:with-param name="prev-lhs"
select="key('bison:ruleByNumber', $prev-rule-number)/lhs[text()]"
/>
</xsl:apply-templates>
<xsl:apply-templates select="lookaheads"/>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="rule">
<xsl:param name="dot"/>
<xsl:param name="num"/>
<xsl:param name="prev-lhs"/>
<xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$num &lt; 10">
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$num &lt; 100">
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:text></xsl:text>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
<xsl:value-of select="$num"/>
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$prev-lhs = lhs[text()]">
<xsl:call-template name="lpad">
<xsl:with-param name="str" select="'|'"/>
<xsl:with-param name="pad" select="number(string-length(lhs[text()])) + 1"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:value-of select="lhs"/>
<xsl:text>:</xsl:text>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
<xsl:if test="$dot = 0">
<xsl:text> .</xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
<!-- RHS -->
<xsl:for-each select="rhs/symbol|rhs/empty">
<xsl:apply-templates select="."/>
<xsl:if test="$dot = position()">
<xsl:text> .</xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:for-each>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="symbol">
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="."/>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="empty">
<xsl:text> %empty</xsl:text>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="lookaheads">
<xsl:text> [</xsl:text>
<xsl:apply-templates select="symbol"/>
<xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="lookaheads/symbol">
<xsl:value-of select="."/>
<xsl:if test="position() != last()">
<xsl:text>, </xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template name="reduction-edge-start">
<xsl:param name="state"/>
<xsl:param name="rule"/>
<xsl:param name="enabled"/>
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="$state"/>
<xsl:text> -> "</xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="$state"/>
<xsl:text>R</xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="$rule"/>
<xsl:if test='$enabled = "false"'>
<xsl:text>d</xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
<xsl:text>" [</xsl:text>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template name="reduction-node">
<xsl:param name="state"/>
<xsl:param name="rule"/>
<xsl:param name="color"/>
<xsl:text> "</xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="$state"/>
<xsl:text>R</xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="$rule"/>
<xsl:if test="$color = 5">
<xsl:text>d</xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
<xsl:text>" [label="</xsl:text>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$rule = 0">
<xsl:text>Acc", fillcolor=1</xsl:text>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:text>R</xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="$rule"/>
<xsl:text>", fillcolor=</xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="$color"/>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
<xsl:text>, shape=diamond, style=filled]&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="transition">
<xsl:call-template name="output-edge">
<xsl:with-param name="src" select="../../../@number"/>
<xsl:with-param name="dst" select="@state"/>
<xsl:with-param name="style">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="@symbol = 'error'">
<xsl:text>dotted</xsl:text>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="@type = 'shift'">
<xsl:text>solid</xsl:text>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:text>dashed</xsl:text>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="label">
<xsl:if test="not(@symbol = 'error')">
<xsl:value-of select="@symbol"/>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template name="output-node">
<xsl:param name="number"/>
<xsl:param name="label"/>
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="$number"/>
<xsl:text> [label="</xsl:text>
<xsl:text>State </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="$number"/>
<xsl:text>\n</xsl:text>
<xsl:call-template name="escape">
<xsl:with-param name="subject" select="$label"/>
</xsl:call-template>
<xsl:text>\l"]&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template name="output-edge">
<xsl:param name="src"/>
<xsl:param name="dst"/>
<xsl:param name="style"/>
<xsl:param name="label"/>
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="$src"/>
<xsl:text> -> </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="$dst"/>
<xsl:text> [style=</xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="$style"/>
<xsl:if test="$label and $label != ''">
<xsl:text> label="</xsl:text>
<xsl:call-template name="escape">
<xsl:with-param name="subject" select="$label"/>
</xsl:call-template>
<xsl:text>"</xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
<xsl:text>]&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template name="escape">
<xsl:param name="subject"/> <!-- required -->
<xsl:call-template name="string-replace">
<xsl:with-param name="subject">
<xsl:call-template name="string-replace">
<xsl:with-param name="subject">
<xsl:call-template name="string-replace">
<xsl:with-param name="subject" select="$subject"/>
<xsl:with-param name="search" select="'\'"/>
<xsl:with-param name="replace" select="'\\'"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="search" select="'&quot;'"/>
<xsl:with-param name="replace" select="'\&quot;'"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="search" select="'&#10;'"/>
<xsl:with-param name="replace" select="'\l'"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template name="string-replace">
<xsl:param name="subject"/>
<xsl:param name="search"/>
<xsl:param name="replace"/>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="contains($subject, $search)">
<xsl:variable name="before" select="substring-before($subject, $search)"/>
<xsl:variable name="after" select="substring-after($subject, $search)"/>
<xsl:value-of select="$before"/>
<xsl:value-of select="$replace"/>
<xsl:call-template name="string-replace">
<xsl:with-param name="subject" select="$after"/>
<xsl:with-param name="search" select="$search"/>
<xsl:with-param name="replace" select="$replace"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:value-of select="$subject"/>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template name="lpad">
<xsl:param name="str" select="''"/>
<xsl:param name="pad" select="0"/>
<xsl:variable name="diff" select="$pad - string-length($str)" />
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$diff &lt; 0">
<xsl:value-of select="$str"/>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:call-template name="space">
<xsl:with-param name="repeat" select="$diff"/>
</xsl:call-template>
<xsl:value-of select="$str"/>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:template>
</xsl:stylesheet>
@@ -0,0 +1,572 @@
<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<!--
xml2text.xsl - transform Bison XML Report into plain text.
Copyright (C) 2007-2015, 2018-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
This file is part of Bison, the GNU Compiler Compiler.
This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
(at your option) any later version.
This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
GNU General Public License for more details.
You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
along with this program. If not, see <https://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
Written by Wojciech Polak <polak@gnu.org>.
-->
<xsl:stylesheet version="1.0"
xmlns:xsl="http://www.w3.org/1999/XSL/Transform"
xmlns:bison="https://www.gnu.org/software/bison/">
<xsl:import href="bison.xsl"/>
<xsl:output method="text" encoding="UTF-8" indent="no"/>
<xsl:template match="/">
<xsl:apply-templates select="bison-xml-report"/>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="bison-xml-report">
<xsl:apply-templates select="grammar" mode="reductions"/>
<xsl:apply-templates select="grammar" mode="useless-in-parser"/>
<xsl:apply-templates select="automaton" mode="conflicts"/>
<xsl:apply-templates select="grammar"/>
<xsl:apply-templates select="automaton"/>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="grammar" mode="reductions">
<xsl:apply-templates select="nonterminals" mode="useless-in-grammar"/>
<xsl:apply-templates select="terminals" mode="unused-in-grammar"/>
<xsl:apply-templates select="rules" mode="useless-in-grammar"/>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="nonterminals" mode="useless-in-grammar">
<xsl:if test="nonterminal[@usefulness='useless-in-grammar']">
<xsl:text>Nonterminals useless in grammar&#10;&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:for-each select="nonterminal[@usefulness='useless-in-grammar']">
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="@name"/>
<xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:for-each>
<xsl:text>&#10;&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="terminals" mode="unused-in-grammar">
<xsl:if test="terminal[@usefulness='unused-in-grammar']">
<xsl:text>Terminals unused in grammar&#10;&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:for-each select="terminal[@usefulness='unused-in-grammar']">
<xsl:sort select="@symbol-number" data-type="number"/>
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="@name"/>
<xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:for-each>
<xsl:text>&#10;&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="rules" mode="useless-in-grammar">
<xsl:variable name="set" select="rule[@usefulness='useless-in-grammar']"/>
<xsl:if test="$set">
<xsl:text>Rules useless in grammar&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:call-template name="style-rule-set">
<xsl:with-param name="rule-set" select="$set"/>
</xsl:call-template>
<xsl:text>&#10;&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="grammar" mode="useless-in-parser">
<xsl:variable
name="set" select="rules/rule[@usefulness='useless-in-parser']"
/>
<xsl:if test="$set">
<xsl:text>Rules useless in parser due to conflicts&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:call-template name="style-rule-set">
<xsl:with-param name="rule-set" select="$set"/>
</xsl:call-template>
<xsl:text>&#10;&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="grammar">
<xsl:text>Grammar&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:call-template name="style-rule-set">
<xsl:with-param
name="rule-set" select="rules/rule[@usefulness!='useless-in-grammar']"
/>
</xsl:call-template>
<xsl:text>&#10;&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:apply-templates select="terminals"/>
<xsl:apply-templates select="nonterminals"/>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template name="style-rule-set">
<xsl:param name="rule-set"/>
<xsl:for-each select="$rule-set">
<xsl:apply-templates select=".">
<xsl:with-param name="pad" select="'3'"/>
<xsl:with-param name="prev-lhs">
<xsl:if test="position()>1">
<xsl:variable name="position" select="position()"/>
<xsl:value-of select="$rule-set[$position - 1]/lhs"/>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:with-param>
</xsl:apply-templates>
</xsl:for-each>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="grammar/terminals">
<xsl:text>Terminals, with rules where they appear&#10;&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:apply-templates select="terminal"/>
<xsl:text>&#10;&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="grammar/nonterminals">
<xsl:text>Nonterminals, with rules where they appear&#10;&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:apply-templates select="nonterminal[@usefulness!='useless-in-grammar']"/>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="terminal">
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="@name"/>
<xsl:call-template name="line-wrap">
<xsl:with-param name="first-line-length">
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="string-length(@name) &gt; 66">0</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:value-of select="66 - string-length(@name)" />
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:with-param>
<xsl:with-param name="line-length" select="66" />
<xsl:with-param name="text">
<xsl:if test="string-length(@type) != 0">
<xsl:value-of select="concat(' &lt;', @type, '&gt;')"/>
</xsl:if>
<xsl:value-of select="concat(' (', @token-number, ')')"/>
<xsl:for-each select="key('bison:ruleByRhs', @name)">
<xsl:value-of select="concat(' ', @number)"/>
</xsl:for-each>
</xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="nonterminal">
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="@name"/>
<xsl:if test="string-length(@type) != 0">
<xsl:value-of select="concat(' &lt;', @type, '&gt;')"/>
</xsl:if>
<xsl:value-of select="concat(' (', @symbol-number, ')')"/>
<xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:variable name="output">
<xsl:call-template name="line-wrap">
<xsl:with-param name="line-length" select="66" />
<xsl:with-param name="text">
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
<xsl:if test="key('bison:ruleByLhs', @name)">
<xsl:text>on@left:</xsl:text>
<xsl:for-each select="key('bison:ruleByLhs', @name)">
<xsl:value-of select="concat(' ', @number)"/>
</xsl:for-each>
</xsl:if>
<xsl:if test="key('bison:ruleByRhs', @name)">
<xsl:if test="key('bison:ruleByLhs', @name)">
<xsl:text>&#10; </xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
<xsl:text>on@right:</xsl:text>
<xsl:for-each select="key('bison:ruleByRhs', @name)">
<xsl:value-of select="concat(' ', @number)"/>
</xsl:for-each>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:with-param>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:variable>
<xsl:value-of select="translate($output, '@', ' ')" />
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="automaton" mode="conflicts">
<xsl:variable name="conflict-report">
<xsl:apply-templates select="state" mode="conflicts"/>
</xsl:variable>
<xsl:if test="string-length($conflict-report) != 0">
<xsl:value-of select="$conflict-report"/>
<xsl:text>&#10;&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="state" mode="conflicts">
<xsl:variable name="conflict-counts">
<xsl:apply-templates select="." mode="bison:count-conflicts" />
</xsl:variable>
<xsl:variable
name="sr-count" select="substring-before($conflict-counts, ',')"
/>
<xsl:variable
name="rr-count" select="substring-after($conflict-counts, ',')"
/>
<xsl:if test="$sr-count > 0 or $rr-count > 0">
<xsl:value-of select="concat('State ', @number, ' conflicts:')"/>
<xsl:if test="$sr-count > 0">
<xsl:value-of select="concat(' ', $sr-count, ' shift/reduce')"/>
<xsl:if test="$rr-count > 0">
<xsl:value-of select="(',')"/>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:if>
<xsl:if test="$rr-count > 0">
<xsl:value-of select="concat(' ', $rr-count, ' reduce/reduce')"/>
</xsl:if>
<xsl:value-of select="'&#10;'"/>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="automaton">
<xsl:apply-templates select="state">
<xsl:with-param name="pad" select="'3'"/>
</xsl:apply-templates>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="automaton/state">
<xsl:param name="pad"/>
<xsl:text>&#10;&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:text>State </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="@number"/>
<xsl:text>&#10;&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:apply-templates select="itemset/item">
<xsl:with-param name="pad" select="$pad"/>
</xsl:apply-templates>
<xsl:apply-templates select="actions/transitions">
<xsl:with-param name="type" select="'shift'"/>
</xsl:apply-templates>
<xsl:apply-templates select="actions/errors"/>
<xsl:apply-templates select="actions/reductions"/>
<xsl:apply-templates select="actions/transitions">
<xsl:with-param name="type" select="'goto'"/>
</xsl:apply-templates>
<xsl:apply-templates select="solved-conflicts"/>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="actions/transitions">
<xsl:param name="type"/>
<xsl:if test="transition[@type = $type]">
<xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:apply-templates select="transition[@type = $type]">
<xsl:with-param name="pad">
<xsl:call-template name="max-width-symbol">
<xsl:with-param name="node" select="transition[@type = $type]"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:with-param>
</xsl:apply-templates>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="actions/errors">
<xsl:if test="error">
<xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:apply-templates select="error">
<xsl:with-param name="pad">
<xsl:call-template name="max-width-symbol">
<xsl:with-param name="node" select="error"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:with-param>
</xsl:apply-templates>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="actions/reductions">
<xsl:if test="reduction">
<xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:apply-templates select="reduction">
<xsl:with-param name="pad">
<xsl:call-template name="max-width-symbol">
<xsl:with-param name="node" select="reduction"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:with-param>
</xsl:apply-templates>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="item">
<xsl:param name="pad"/>
<xsl:param name="prev-rule-number"
select="preceding-sibling::item[1]/@rule-number"/>
<xsl:apply-templates
select="key('bison:ruleByNumber', current()/@rule-number)"
>
<xsl:with-param name="itemset" select="'true'"/>
<xsl:with-param name="pad" select="$pad"/>
<xsl:with-param
name="prev-lhs"
select="key('bison:ruleByNumber', $prev-rule-number)/lhs[text()]"
/>
<xsl:with-param name="dot" select="@dot"/>
<xsl:with-param name="lookaheads">
<xsl:apply-templates select="lookaheads"/>
</xsl:with-param>
</xsl:apply-templates>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="rule">
<xsl:param name="itemset"/>
<xsl:param name="pad"/>
<xsl:param name="prev-lhs"/>
<xsl:param name="dot"/>
<xsl:param name="lookaheads"/>
<xsl:if test="$itemset != 'true' and not($prev-lhs = lhs[text()])">
<xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
<xsl:call-template name="lpad">
<xsl:with-param name="str" select="string(@number)"/>
<xsl:with-param name="pad" select="number($pad)"/>
</xsl:call-template>
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
<!-- LHS -->
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$itemset != 'true' and $prev-lhs = lhs[text()]">
<xsl:call-template name="lpad">
<xsl:with-param name="str" select="'|'"/>
<xsl:with-param name="pad" select="number(string-length(lhs[text()])) + 1"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="$itemset = 'true' and $prev-lhs = lhs[text()]">
<xsl:call-template name="lpad">
<xsl:with-param name="str" select="'|'"/>
<xsl:with-param name="pad" select="number(string-length(lhs[text()])) + 1"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:value-of select="lhs"/>
<xsl:text>:</xsl:text>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
<!-- RHS -->
<xsl:for-each select="rhs/*">
<xsl:if test="position() = $dot + 1">
<xsl:text></xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
<xsl:apply-templates select="."/>
<xsl:if test="position() = last() and position() = $dot">
<xsl:text></xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:for-each>
<xsl:if test="$lookaheads">
<xsl:value-of select="$lookaheads"/>
</xsl:if>
<xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="symbol">
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="."/>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="empty">
<xsl:text> %empty</xsl:text>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="lookaheads">
<xsl:text> [</xsl:text>
<xsl:apply-templates select="symbol"/>
<xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="lookaheads/symbol">
<xsl:value-of select="."/>
<xsl:if test="position() != last()">
<xsl:text>, </xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="transition">
<xsl:param name="pad"/>
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
<xsl:call-template name="rpad">
<xsl:with-param name="str" select="string(@symbol)"/>
<xsl:with-param name="pad" select="number($pad) + 2"/>
</xsl:call-template>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="@type = 'shift'">
<xsl:text>shift, and go to state </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="@state"/>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:when test="@type = 'goto'">
<xsl:text>go to state </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="@state"/>
</xsl:when>
</xsl:choose>
<xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="error">
<xsl:param name="pad"/>
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
<xsl:call-template name="rpad">
<xsl:with-param name="str" select="string(@symbol)"/>
<xsl:with-param name="pad" select="number($pad) + 2"/>
</xsl:call-template>
<xsl:text>error</xsl:text>
<xsl:text> (</xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="text()"/>
<xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
<xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="reduction">
<xsl:param name="pad"/>
<xsl:text> </xsl:text>
<xsl:call-template name="rpad">
<xsl:with-param name="str" select="string(@symbol)"/>
<xsl:with-param name="pad" select="number($pad) + 2"/>
</xsl:call-template>
<xsl:if test="@enabled = 'false'">
<xsl:text>[</xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="@rule = 'accept'">
<xsl:text>accept</xsl:text>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:text>reduce using rule </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="@rule"/>
<xsl:text> (</xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of
select="key('bison:ruleByNumber', current()/@rule)/lhs[text()]"/>
<xsl:text>)</xsl:text>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
<xsl:if test="@enabled = 'false'">
<xsl:text>]</xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
<xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="solved-conflicts">
<xsl:if test="resolution">
<xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:apply-templates select="resolution"/>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template match="resolution">
<xsl:text> Conflict between rule </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="@rule"/>
<xsl:text> and token </xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="@symbol"/>
<xsl:text> resolved as </xsl:text>
<xsl:if test="@type = 'error'">
<xsl:text>an </xsl:text>
</xsl:if>
<xsl:value-of select="@type"/>
<xsl:text> (</xsl:text>
<xsl:value-of select="."/>
<xsl:text>).&#10;</xsl:text>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template name="max-width-symbol">
<xsl:param name="node"/>
<xsl:variable name="longest">
<xsl:for-each select="$node">
<xsl:sort data-type="number" select="string-length(@symbol)"
order="descending"/>
<xsl:if test="position() = 1">
<xsl:value-of select="string-length(@symbol)"/>
</xsl:if>
</xsl:for-each>
</xsl:variable>
<xsl:value-of select="$longest"/>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template name="lpad">
<xsl:param name="str" select="''"/>
<xsl:param name="pad" select="0"/>
<xsl:variable name="diff" select="$pad - string-length($str)" />
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$diff &lt; 0">
<xsl:value-of select="$str"/>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:call-template name="space">
<xsl:with-param name="repeat" select="$diff"/>
</xsl:call-template>
<xsl:value-of select="$str"/>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template name="rpad">
<xsl:param name="str" select="''"/>
<xsl:param name="pad" select="0"/>
<xsl:variable name="diff" select="$pad - string-length($str)"/>
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="$diff &lt; 0">
<xsl:value-of select="$str"/>
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:value-of select="$str"/>
<xsl:call-template name="space">
<xsl:with-param name="repeat" select="$diff"/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template name="line-wrap">
<xsl:param name="line-length"/> <!-- required -->
<xsl:param name="first-line-length" select="$line-length"/>
<xsl:param name="text"/> <!-- required -->
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="normalize-space($text) = ''" />
<xsl:when test="string-length($text) &lt;= $first-line-length">
<xsl:value-of select="concat($text, '&#10;')" />
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:variable name="break-pos">
<xsl:call-template name="ws-search">
<xsl:with-param name="text" select="$text" />
<xsl:with-param name="start" select="$first-line-length+1" />
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:variable>
<xsl:value-of select="substring($text, 1, $break-pos - 1)" />
<xsl:text>&#10;</xsl:text>
<xsl:call-template name="line-wrap">
<xsl:with-param name="line-length" select="$line-length" />
<xsl:with-param
name="text" select="concat(' ', substring($text, $break-pos+1))"
/>
</xsl:call-template>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:template>
<xsl:template name="ws-search">
<xsl:param name="text"/> <!-- required -->
<xsl:param name="start"/> <!-- required -->
<xsl:variable name="search-text" select="substring($text, $start)" />
<xsl:choose>
<xsl:when test="not(contains($search-text, ' '))">
<xsl:value-of select="string-length($text)+1" />
</xsl:when>
<xsl:otherwise>
<xsl:value-of
select="$start + string-length(substring-before($search-text, ' '))"
/>
</xsl:otherwise>
</xsl:choose>
</xsl:template>
</xsl:stylesheet>

Some files were not shown because too many files have changed in this diff Show More